Audio

531: A Proven Method To Grow Your Social Media Following In 30 Days

531: A Proven Strategy for Growing Your Social Media Following In Just 30 Days

For the month of April, we’ve been running a challenge in our Profitable Audience Class that has dramatically increased the social media following for the students in the course.

If you’re interested in growing your YouTube, TikTok or Instagram channels fast, then listen to this episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • Strategies to grow your social media following
  • The results of our video challenge
  • The secret to growing any social media account

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now for the past 10 days, we’ve been running a challenge in our profitable audience class that has dramatically increased the social media following for the students in the course in just a short period of time. So in this episode, Tony and I are going to talk about what we did and how you can grow your own social media accounts as well. But before we begin, I want to you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit

00:29
are almost sold out over at SellersSummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:59
Now I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th May 16th, and right now this is your last chance to grab your ticket. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book,

01:28
the family first entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:04
Welcome back to the My Wife Coder Job podcast. Today we’re going to talk about an event that we are running for one of our courses that’s been super fun and I can’t wait to see the results. You’ve actually had a lot more fun than I expected with the challenge. Why is that? Well, you messaged me yesterday and you said, I’m loving this challenge. I’m loving watching all the videos. Yes. You want to just describe what we’re doing right now first?

02:31
Yes, so in our Profitable Audience course, which is a content-based course, we have challenged our course members to create 30 videos in 30 days and publish those 30 videos in 30 days on whichever platform they choose, whether it be TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, and we are allowing shorts. So we’re not expecting people to create 30 pieces of long-form content in 30 days. However, it needs to be 30 pieces of some kind of video content posted

03:01
in the 30 days of April. And the reason why I like this is I actually get to see people on camera. A lot of times when you’re teaching a class, don’t get you don’t get that interaction, although we do zoom calls. So I guess I guess we do get that interaction. But it’s nice to see someone on video produce something. So what I think is nice is when we I love the zoom calls for that reason is that we finally get to see people in the course. I feel like they only see us. However, with the video.

03:29
With the Zoom calls, we have a group of people on the calls and some people are more chatty than other people. Some people just like to listen. And so it’s been nice to me to get to see, like some of these people, I had no idea what they were doing because they don’t share a lot. So we have one course member who has a YouTube channel with like 60,000 subscribers. know, 65,000. Let’s not move that. Yeah. And did you have any idea? I feel like did we miss something in this? I don’t know.

03:59
I had no idea and I went on the channel, I was like, oh my God, she’s killing it. Yeah, and this is where I feel like people are like, oh, I can’t do video, everyone’s already done it or no one’s gonna listen to what I have to say. Everyone has all these excuses, right? Her channel is daily prayers and it’s very structured and I don’t know much about what she’s doing as far as like, I believe it’s like based in the Catholic faith and.

04:26
It’s a very structured prayer and your intentions that you set for the day. And first of all, these videos are, they’re interesting. I enjoyed watching, you know, they’re like 45 minutes long. So I watched several minutes of her videos. So they’re interesting, they’re well done. And you can tell by the interaction in the comments that people are actually very appreciative of this daily content being put out on YouTube. And I was like, where did you come from, right?

04:55
It just kind of came out of nowhere and it’s a very, very successful channel. So I think when people have this thought of, no one’s gonna be interested in this or no one cares what I have to say, that’s not true. You can truly make video content about anything. She’s making content about prayers, which I think is phenomenal and obviously is helping a lot of people around the internet.

05:21
Are you telling me my microprocessor design channel has a chance? You have a chance. You have a chance. So anyway, it’s been really interesting to see what people are doing. And what I really like is that there are some folks in the class who have never made a video before, are very new to the whole video content creation, and they’re putting themselves out there and they’re being, you know, I hate to, I think brave is kind of overused, but it is hard to get in front of a camera and make content or even film or have your voice recorded.

05:50
And so I’m really proud of these folks for just taking that risk and putting themselves out there. Uh, and huge shout out to Leon. I don’t know if you saw his video yesterday. Talk about the edits. I don’t want to say, I didn’t want to say this because like, I know he’s going to get stuck in the editing if I compliment his edits. However, first of all, he’s looking slim. So good job, Leon. And then second, his videos are great. And if you remember, like we’ve known Leon for several years, his improvement on video is like 10 out of 10.

06:20
100 % agree, he sounds very natural up there now. And the hardest part about creating content is consistency really. So I am really excited to see what happens at the end of 30 days. I remember it took me, I think 15 videos, short form, until one popped off. Interesting. So 30 days, think is, I think so everyone’s gonna have at least one video pop off in those 30 days. I’m sure. So I’m doing this too, although I’m not like publicizing it.

06:48
And it’s funny because my short form video from two days ago was it got like 1500 views and normally mine get 400. So I was like, okay, so that’s that’s good now. But like the topic was not one that I can like recreate. So why is that? What was the topic? It was how to get like evenly sized muffins when you’re baking. So they all bake to the same consistency. It’s just a hack, right? And I actually so this is this is what I’m doing is I’m taking my longer videos and I’m hacking up.

07:17
little tips inside the videos and making them into short form videos with voiceover, because I don’t have a lot of free time right now with seller summit right around the corner and losing my video editor. So I’ve been just hacking up my small videos. But what I’ve also realized for myself as someone who like used to do YouTube and then took a huge break and then is back, it’s fun, right? Like when I got the 1500 views, I was like, ooh. So now I’m like, let me make 25 more videos because.

07:45
It’s funny how quickly you see when you post that constant consistently, like my subscribers are going up every day, my watch time’s going up every day. And so I can see how this can become really addictive. You know, I just kind of publishing YouTube shorts because I was on the fence for a while. But now that I’ve been doing it consistently now for just about a month, like consistently, like every single day, including weekends, it’s actually contributing a significant amount of subscribers now also.

08:14
Yeah, so since I started doing the shorts, I think I’ve gained like 15 subscribers in three days, which is not like earth shattering. However, if you’re trying to build a channel, I think that that’s like 50, that’s five subscribers a day. So just with one short, it’s like, well, that’s 150 subscribers a month that gets you to the monetization level of subscribers pretty quickly. Yes, definitely. Now, the watch time part is a totally different story, right? You really need those long form videos to get your watch time up.

08:44
And I think with a 30 day challenge, those long form videos are a little bit more difficult, mainly due to the editing time, if you’re doing any significant amount of editing to the videos. So my goal is to do one long form a week and then the rest short form for the 30 days, but it’ll be interesting to see. I really wanna do this in a fair way. So I’m not telling my email list or my website that I’m doing this. Because.

09:13
Not that it would help anyway, I don’t think actually. I think it would because my people love video and whenever I used to send out like my Facebook lives, those videos would skyrocket when I would send them out in email. So I know that if I sent stuff out in email, I would get a lot of views on those videos because people do like to watch that stuff on in my demographic. So I’m waiting. I’m going to wait till May 1st.

09:37
to send people over because I’m like, want to be able to compare myself to the students, right? I want to show people that like, hey, and I’m doing very minimal editing since I lost my video editor. So I’m putting up like, I would say medium quality content. Like the information is good, the, you know, I did a short in my car today. Like that was my one that went up. Those work, it doesn’t matter. Right, but I want to be able to show people at the end or at least we can test it, right? Like, because we have one student in the class, Kevin, who is doing

10:06
awesome editing on his videos, right? Like I’m watching his videos and I feel like I’m watching like a produced show. They’re really good. And like I learned all about Bitcoin. I had no idea. Now I know. So his editing’s amazing. So it’s like, okay, well, Kevin’s gonna do this like high quality editing. I’m going to do really minimal editing and let’s see like, can we grow at the same rate? Is Kevin gonna like outgrow me, which is fine if he does. I would probably then start incorporating more editing down the road if that’s what’s necessary.

10:35
but I’d like to see like kind of testing between, it’s a great test between all of our accounts of, because we’re all starting out, right? Most of the people, except for the prayer girl who’s got 65,000 subscribers. Yeah, she’s got a little bit of an unfair advantage. She’s got an unfair advantage, you have an unfair advantage. So I don’t wanna give myself that unfair advantage. I really wanna be able to compare apples to apples at the end of the 30 days. It’ll be interesting too, because Kevin’s going all out with the editing. He’s even creating custom thumbnails for his shorts. Yes. Which is something that,

11:05
I don’t know if I could justify, because the thumbnail takes a long time. Yes, yes. So because I hate to only do one thing for one thing, this morning or last night or sometime in the middle of the night, I got my trusty little notebook out because I had all these ideas because I started thinking to myself, OK, I’m making these shorts. like they’re not my favorite. However, they’re good enough, right, to be published. And.

11:30
So what else am I gonna do with these things? So I’m thinking, okay, I don’t wanna put them on Instagram because that’s truly like a personal page for me. I don’t. I was say about that. No, no, no, I removed all them from my feed, but now I just have them published on the separate thing and it makes me feel so much better. So you can probably pull it off. But I thought, my TikTok account is like, it’s nothing, right? Like who cares? So I think I’m gonna now put all of them on TikTok.

11:56
because they’re not like, they don’t have music, they’re not watermarked, there’s nothing YouTube specific about them. So I thought, my TikTok account I don’t care about in that. My Instagram account is truly like, the other problem with my Instagram account is I have a lot of my kids’ friends following me. So I’m always really cautious about what I post on Instagram because my kids are now at the point where my youngest one is like, please don’t post me on Instagram, all my friends follow you. Like if the picture’s not good, like if I think the picture’s good but she doesn’t think the picture’s good, you know, all that stuff.

12:25
Anyway, I’ve realized that Instagram kind of just needs to stay like pictures of my dogs and, you know. OK, why are her friends following you? I have no idea. I guess I’m the cool mom and she’s it. I’m sure that’s causing cringe across the the Greater Orlando area when I say that. I don’t know why they follow me. I think my content’s boring. Maybe because of my traveling, I post a lot of my travel stuff. That’s that’s interesting. I’m just thinking I don’t think any of my kids friends follow me.

12:55
All my kids’ friends follow me and I do know that so I’ve always been cautious about what I’ve posted on Instagram. But TikTok, I don’t really care and if your kids are on TikTok following me, I’m not the worst person they’re following, I’m sure. So I think I’m gonna put it on TikTok but then this morning I was like, I think I can put these on Pinterest. Because you can put video content on Pinterest. Actually, I think Pinterest wants that type of content, right? Yes, they do. So I was like, huh.

13:24
And Pinterest really, really, really wants new content. They don’t really love, the new Pinterest doesn’t really love you pinning, they don’t even like you pinning the same thing to multiple boards. You can pin the same link, but they want different images on the multiple boards now, right? So was like, well, this is an easy way to come up with new content, right? Is just repurpose the…

13:48
YouTube shorts on Pinterest. Now it’s not gonna work with a long form video because of the sizing and I don’t think you can upload that long of information to Pinterest. I think it has to be under 60 seconds. But I was like, huh, okay, I’ll put it on Pinterest. Let’s see what happens. Debating on Facebook, because that’s mostly my friends and I was like, I don’t want my friends like me, like, oh, what is she doing? Actually, I feel like that on Instagram all the time. Yeah.

14:16
Like my friends are like, what is this guy doing? like business. My stuff’s like, here’s how you organize Tupperware. Like, I Well, no, that’s better. By the way, just as a quick aside, your last one was about how to make the same size muffins. Don’t you just put the same amount of batter in each little cup? But how do you do that? How do you do that quickly and easily? You just go up to like, say I’m going to fill half the cup, right, with the batter. And then you got to like scrape the batter out of the cup.

14:42
Okay, you’re doing it. Here’s what you’re doing wrong with my quick and easy muffin tip. So anyway, I think I’m going to put it on Pinterest just to test and see what happens. I have a big following there, so it’ll be it’ll be a good test, right? Because have a lot of I have a lot of people on there that follow me. So I just post to. I don’t know. I was wondering that, too. Actually, I was thinking about you. I was thinking about our friend Jim Wang because he’s talking to me about Pinterest stuff.

15:11
Um, yeah, I let me test it first because if it, if it doesn’t do well, then it’s fine, but I don’t want you to do it too. Well, no, no, no. So I’m using this, uh, tool called repurpose.io right now. And I wonder if it even connects to Pinterest. No, it doesn’t. It doesn’t. It only connects to TikTok, YouTube, Instagram, and snap. Should I post a Snapchat or is that just for kids? don’t even know how to snap anybody. Like one of my kids was like, snap me back. I was like, don’t even know Pinterest is one of the options of this tool.

15:39
So I’m just gonna auto, you know what, you should sign up for this tool, Tony. I know, I was actually thinking about it the last time you mentioned it in an office hours that I should sign up. It’s very good and it’s very robust. It’s a little clunky for the scheduling, but it makes my life so much easier. Say the name of it again so I can put it in my handy-dandy notebook. Repurpose.io. Repurpose.io. And you know how I am about spending money on tools, right? Got it in the notebook, that means it’s gonna happen. So anyway, that was my next thought was, okay.

16:09
Let me put it on Pinterest, let me put it on TikTok. I’m definitely not putting it on Instagram. Facebook’s out for judgment, I’m not sure yet. Probably when they get better. You have a lot of Facebook folks though. I do, I do. Now I could, oh, you know, I could put it on Happy Housewives Facebook. I was thinking of my personal Facebook. I definitely put it on Happy Housewives. Yeah, forgot about that. And then the other thing that I’ve been doing is, and I did this yesterday.

16:38
So as I’ve talked about before, I’m doing the Amazon Influencer program where I’m reviewing products and those videos live on Amazon listings and they pretty much stay on Amazon listings. I’ve published one to YouTube, it didn’t do very well so I’m not gonna put any more on YouTube. It felt relevant, it was about hamburger stuff so I was like, okay, I talk about food, this makes sense, but that video bombed. So I’m Yeah, but I mean, just one video bombed and you’re gonna stop? I’m gonna wait. Okay.

17:05
Cause like when all the other videos are helping my channel grow and that one’s not, I’m not gonna put more. But so I bought this rolling cart, this little small, it’s very narrow. And I bought it for my daughter’s birthday. And I was like, okay, well I’m gonna make the Amazon review video. So I made the review video. But then because I got it for her birthday, what I did was fill it with like, she has a very small bathroom that she shares with her sister. And so I got this cart so she could keep it in her room and then like roll it in and out of the bathroom.

17:35
So I went to Target and bought all these Toiletries Girls Like. I don’t know what else to say about it. And so I put together this super cute gift. So it was the cart, which was the Amazon product. And then I filled it with face masks and brushes and all these cute little things and these containers with cotton balls and whatever. And I made this whole gift about it. So I was like, wait a second. Now this is a perfect YouTube video, right? Like how to make a cute gift for a teen.

18:04
And the benefit of it is like every single product basically has an affiliate link either to Amazon or somewhere else on the web. So I filmed it basically three ways. So I filmed the Amazon review video of me like putting the cart together, showing how easy it was, the features, video one. Video two was a little bit of the cart and then mostly me like basically putting the cart together like everything that I put in it. And it’s all gonna be voiceover. So I didn’t talk.

18:33
during the video and then the third video I filmed as a short. So basically that was me talking like, do you need a fun gift idea for a teen? And then just talking about how I got the card on Amazon and the products that I filled it with. So I basically filmed it three times yesterday, but it didn’t take me that long because everything was already out. So it was just a matter of flipping the, and I filmed it with my phone. So it was a matter of flipping the phone angle and just making those three videos and.

19:02
I was like, those are going to do well. Yeah, I’m pretty sure. Yeah. And I’m going to write a blog post about it. So I was like, oh, this is money. Right. Like blog post is great because it totally fits in with what I talk about. It was a great frugal ish gift. Right. Because a lot of the things I gave her were stuff that she needs anyway. I’m, you know, toothpaste and face wash and, you know, cotton balls, all things that like I supply her on a regular basis from my own bank account. So I just made it a gift.

19:29
And she loved it, she thought it was super cool. yeah, so that will be, to me I’m like, oh, this will kill on Pinterest, right? Like awesome for Pinterest. So I’m like, this hits every single channel. And all I had to do was film it three different ways, which took maybe an extra 25 to 30 minutes total.

19:57
If you are interested in learning how to make money with content, whether it be through blogging, podcasting, or YouTube, we put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started blogging that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process, including a full tutorial on how to set up your first content website. This course is 100 % free and you can sign up over at profitableaudience.com slash free. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash free. Now back to the show.

20:28
This is doing the class that did crafting videos, right? And it’s just her hands. But for some reason, I just want to watch all the way to the end. Yes. Oh, the crochet? I was like, wait. crochet, yeah. I trying to think of what it was. Yeah, crochet. Because she’s like, stitch one, stitch two, stitch three, loop. And I was like, wait, do that again. And the other one was making a coca drink or something. It was preparing some food. Oh, the ASMR in that was 10 out of 10. Yeah.

20:57
So those work really well. I imagine most of it’s in the editing, but yeah. Yes, which I’m terrible at. And that was the one thing that I was thinking with this roller cart. It would have been cool to do just me placing everything on the cart with like the sound because I love the, know, when you rip open a bag of something or you put the measuring cup down and there’s like the clink. I actually think those videos are really engaging. But at that point I was like, I gotta get this gift together. She gets home from school in 25

21:27
So this is just an aside, but you know how I’ve been like switching up my short strategy lately? I think I’ve decided because I started posting my older TikToks and YouTube and they’re actually doing quite well. OK. And I think it’s because the ones that I kind of mass produce all in one take, it’s me in the same exact environment wearing the exact same shirt, same like cuts and everything. Whereas I remember like the older ones that used to make. I used to film wherever I was.

21:56
So the background would change, there’d be motion and everything. And I think that actually contributes to it working better. You know, that makes sense. I haven’t thought about that, but I have thought about switching up my background. For me, my best place to film is my kitchen. It’s got the best lighting. I don’t need any additional… And my kitchen’s also really nice.

22:19
So it just looks really nice for a backdrop. But I was thinking like when I did the one in my car, I was like, this is kind of nice mixing it up a little bit. But there’s this Asian dude, I don’t know if you follow him on TikTok. I think his name is Frank. All he does is it’s just his face filling out the entire screen and he just gives like some sort of bland tip or something like, no, actually what he says is interesting, but it’s the video itself is bland. Yeah. And follow him because he says he says some interesting things. No editing.

22:49
Nothing. He just posts it. He’s got millions of followers. Yeah, so I think if you are interesting enough, you don’t need to edit. This is his delivery. His delivery is like, you know, if you want to get a job in the high tech industry, I mean, that’s that’s the type of delivery it is. But he’s giving good information, right? He is. Yes, he is. Yeah. Yeah. So yeah, I mean, like I do like slick editing. Like I like to watch stuff with good editing.

23:16
but also if it’s like that crochet, had no editing, right? But I watched, I actually watched that video twice because I was like, wait, how did she do that one thing? And I went and watched it back. Not that I’m ever going to crochet, but I was like, now I know I’m never going to after I watched it. I was like, this is far too much counting and you gotta pay attention. Like this is definitely not for me. But it was just literally the phone or the camera above her hands. And it was just the perfect angle.

23:45
Right? Like you could just, I don’t know, I was really impressed by that video because it was just very clear and obvious what you needed to do to do this stitch. And so if I was wanting to learn how to crochet, I would watch that video. You know, I’ve been thinking a lot about shorts lately, mainly because we’re doing this challenge, but how it fits into the overall ecosystem of what I do. Because shorts by themselves don’t really make any money, right? Yeah.

24:12
But I think there’s something to be said about just top of funnel lead gen. I still remember when I, that one tick tock I had hit 1.2 million views. I was getting an enormous amount of email subs every single day. And that, that one tick tock, I remember lasted like over a week. So I was getting an abnormal. Yeah. Cause tick tocks last longer than like an Instagram post for some reason. And, uh, I,

24:40
It’s funny, I got hit by the Google update for my blog, but I think now that I’ve been doing shorts, I’m actually generating more email subs than prior to the update now. I wonder if that’s the reason why. Interesting. need to track. The problem is I don’t want to use this really long tracking link in TikTok. Oh, yes. I want to know which video and what’s doing it also. It’s hard to track all that stuff. Speaking of…

25:10
the shorts and strategy, the other question that we get all the time from people is that I wanna make video, but I don’t wanna show my face. I wanna be anonymous. And while I would say I am definitely of the opinion that it is better to show your face and be part of the video for the most part, we have a student in the class who is building a faceless channel and…

25:40
Secretly did not even tell us and is already to, started at the end of January, we talked about this in the last podcast, is already to like 1,500 subscribers. And I’ve watched a lot of their videos. I mean, it’s about cars, I’m not a car person, but they’re very interesting. And I can see how a faceless channel for certain topics would definitely work.

26:03
faceless and it’s not even her voice, right? Correct, yeah, it’s AI voice. And the voice actually is good. Yeah, I agree, the voice sounded really good. Because one of the things I don’t like about AI, because I’m on true crime TikTok, a lot of the true crime TikTok is AI generated voice, and it’s the same dude, right? And it’s like, on March 15th, blah, blah. Like it just feels like you’re listening to a robo call.

26:28
And it’s the one thing I don’t like. I’d much rather have people do the true crime where they like put their makeup on and tell you this whole true crime story. Even though I don’t care about the makeup, I’m like, you’re more interesting to listen to. But their voice on the videos sounds very human, right? It doesn’t sound to me like it’s AI at all, which I mean, that’s I think that’s another reason why the channel is doing well. So Pat, Pat Flynn just published this YouTube video where he took the time to train 11 labs, which is a company that specializes in this.

26:58
And he just wrote this paragraph and read it himself. And then he showed the AI version. The AI version was practically indistinguishable. It got his intonations and everything, but he’s been podcasting for years. And I think he uploaded tons and tons of training data, which gives me a whole bunch of ideas also. I think there’s another student in our class who doesn’t want to show her face.

27:25
But I had a one-on-one with her. She’s very intelligent. She’s very knowledgeable about this one topic that she’s gonna be talking about. But just doing voiceovers, I think, is good enough also. If you don’t wanna show your face, people aren’t gonna recognize you by your voice, right? Yeah. I think there’s a couple buckets where I think showing your face matters. I think if you’re talking about anything in finance or money, there’s a trust factor. Unless you’re talking about like,

27:56
Bitcoin or explain like some future not not the bitcoins futuristic, but if you’re talking about like Certain topics in finance. I think you can get away with it But if you’re giving people advice like our friend, what is his name financial tortoise? Is that him? Oh, yeah, Tate. Tate. Yeah Like the stuff that he’s giving information on I think he needs to show his face, right? There just needs to be that no like and trust factor for certain things, but you know

28:23
our student has really convinced me that you can definitely do a faceless channel if you get the topic right. And I do think having the voice not sound so robotic is helpful, but that’s probably just my own personal opinion. I think in the grand scheme of things, like monetizing shorts, like how I do it, because you’re not gonna make much money off of the actual content itself, right? The other stuff that you sell, like if it depends on trust heavily, I think you have to at least do a voiceover.

28:53
Yeah. Right. So in my research for all for this challenge, I it’s funny because everybody who’s done this either as an experiment or challenge for themselves that I found, they all had success. Like this is almost a guaranteed way to jumpstart your YouTube channel. But what I thought was interesting is I found some people that were very small creators, so 1500 subscribers or less, and they were talking about their journey to monetization.

29:22
And basically a lot of these people seem to just, I don’t know if it was coincidentally or if there’s some sort of like threshold, but like at the 1500 subscriber number, as well as like the number of videos they were creating, they hit the monetization. They could become, you know, they could put ads on their videos. And it was interesting to me because like they were sharing like, hey, this is what I made my first month. And, you know, a lot of them were making a couple hundred dollars a month.

29:50
from 1,500 subscribers. And I was like, know, 1,500 subscribers is not a lot. Like that How are they making their money? Through ads, like just through. Really? Yeah. And they were making between about 150 to $300 a month from 1,500 subscribers, putting out, you know, one to two pieces of long form content a week. And what I thought was fascinating, because I watched a couple of their.

30:19
It was funny too, because they’re such YouTube creators, right? Because their videos are all 12 minutes long. And I’m fast forwarding, I’m like, I just wanna know how much money you’re making every month. But it’s interesting to me, because I feel like if you compare that to blogging, right? When I had 1,500 readers a month, I was making zero dollars, right?

30:42
That’s a very, 1,500 readers a month, you’re not gonna make a lot of money on a website unless you’re so niche down that every single one of those 1,500 people is super into whatever you’re talking about. But I was like, 1,500 subscribers and you’re already making 300 bucks a month? That’s pretty good. I think if you had 1,500 subscribers, you could easily make a lot more than that, Absolutely. stuff, yeah.

31:08
Well no, but I’m thinking about if you have 1500 subscribers on YouTube versus 1500 visitors a month on a blog. Oh yeah, yeah, no question. I’m shocked that the number is that high. They must produce really good videos and their channel’s growing like gangbusters. Because the number of subs isn’t necessarily reflective of the number of views you’re gonna get. Correct, but so this video was eight months old, nine months old. She was at 1500 subscribers when she made that video. She’s now at 22,000. yeah.

31:37
But I also think that somehow there’s that tipping point, right? When you hit the monetization point, when you hit a certain number of subscribers, as you’ve talked about a lot, it just kind of grows exponentially. And so that’s why I think this challenge or something like this, and obviously if you’re not in the course, you can totally do this on your own. Just the course is nice because you get that accountability. But I think if you do this,

32:03
It’s almost like we never can guarantee anyone have success or make money, right? But I do feel like this is almost a sure thing as far as if you create the content, you publish the content, you improve the content, because as we know, the more content you create, the better you get with every video, you’re gonna be able to make money on anything, right? mean, crocheting, praying, cars, like.

32:30
Can you talk about a more diverse group of topics? Like it’s nuts that what people, you know, I just think the possibilities are endless. You know, I love this challenge because it’s really like how many one-on-ones have we had where people just struggle with consistency? Yeah. And so seeing a whole bunch of other people do it actually made me want to double my content effort actually. Oh, I just like literally I have a notebook and it’s filled with video ideas right now.

32:57
Video ideas and seller summit, that’s in the notebook. Yeah, and I’m just thinking to myself, we should do this like, well, every month might be a little stretch. single month. Well, no, because it motivates me too. Yeah, oh yeah, I’m so motivated. Like, it’s crazy. I would love to do one for long form also. Yes, Because I think the biggest gains would be long form. That one might be a little tougher, but you know, one a week, long form. So that’s what I was thinking, because I think the short form video is how you sort of like that. It’s the gateway drug. Yeah.

33:27
It’s also like the, what is it called when you have a heart attack and they shock you? It’s like the, it’s like the. paddles. The paddles, right? It shocks your count into being awake, right? So your videos are getting shown to people. People do subscribe off shorts. And so you’re getting all that traction and then you hit them with the long form video, right? You create these shorts and also the shorts are a really good way to practice being on video.

33:54
because you don’t have to talk for a long period of time. It’s much harder to talk for eight or nine minutes, even if you have a teleprompter, than to talk for 30 seconds to 60 seconds. But what I think is happening, and I’ve seen this with Charles and Kevin, who are two people in our course who have been creating video content for several months, their videos are progressively getting better and better, even in short form, right? Like I noticed, I’ve been watching Charles’s, Charles does primarily shorts.

34:22
and his videos are getting far more succinct in the more he does, right? His delivery is better and he’s very charismatic. So it’s not like he would even struggle to create that video content, but even someone like him who I think started off pretty good is getting better and better as he’s going along. And I think Kevin has made like huge improvements in his delivery on video. And that comes from, like 30, think about it, you make 30 videos in a month.

34:51
You’ve had a lot of practice delivering lines on camera. Kevin’s already had some shorts that have hit over 15,000 views, 20,000 I want to say now. And he’s had a couple long form that have hit as well. Exactly. You one thing I’ve noticed also is that I think the short form has added views to my long form also. It’s just weird. I was just looking at my stats the other day and I noticed this pop up and I’ve been publishing long form at the same rate. Yeah. But ever since I started doing the shorts every day,

35:22
There’s just this sudden rise, I would say in the last couple of weeks. So one thing that I noticed when I was publishing my short yesterday is that at the end of your short, you can have it recommend another video. Yeah. And so I always just click another short. But what I did was I actually clicked on one of my most popular long.

35:45
I’m gonna have popular long form videos from a long time ago, but like my most current popular long form video, and then I saw that video get bumped yesterday as well. So I do think there’s something to that, just in general, not necessarily even like clicking the recommend thing, but just in general, I think it does boost your overall views. Yeah, for a while I was always just linking to the long form because my shorts are usually just long form broken apart. Yeah.

36:12
and the shorter ones. So all those linked to the main video. Maybe that’s what’s contributing to it. I wish it was like more data on this. I know. So the other thing that I think that we should encourage our students to do at the end of this challenge is, so now you have 30 short form videos. Go back and look at the ones that have hit, right? The ones that were more popular and then create long form out of those short form videos. So it could be that, like for me, I’ll probably have four or five short form that can make one video. I mean, I’ll rerecord it.

36:41
But the topic’s already there, right? I’ve already said everything and it’s probably already written down. So I just need to record it again in long form horizontally. And I think for our students, know, basically, you know, which ones hit, which ones were popular and then go make a long form video, you know, by combining a couple of those short forms. So they’re not even going to have to really think about what they have to do for long form. So I think this is a good way to like ease into that long form video creation as well. Oh, and once you find out

37:11
which shorts are working well, just make more of them. There’s this one buddy I follow, he had this one video hit like over a million views, 1.5 million views. And he just kept making like almost the exact same content with that short. And each one of those subsequent ones were hitting like hundreds of thousands of views.

37:33
how many ways can you make even muffins? I don’t even I you’re just saying it in a different way, but presenting the same information and chances are people aren’t seeing the same thing. Well, yeah, I mean, if you think, let’s just think about this for a minute. So let’s just say you have a short pop off, right? And it gets 50,000 views. So how many people didn’t see that on YouTube? Millions and millions and millions of people did not see that on YouTube.

37:57
So I mean, yeah, even if you have a video that does amazing, it’s not being seen by the vast majority of people on the platform. And I remember when I hit 100,000 subs on YouTube, one of my videos on Alibaba just took off. And I think today it has like 2 million views or something crazy like that. Yeah. But every time I make an Alibaba video, it does well. So if I’m feeling down the dumps, like I just created an Alibaba video and a lot of times it’s

38:26
It’s the same overlapping content and it just for some reason always does well. Yeah. I mean, and I think that’s one of the tricks of YouTube, right? Is to continue to create the content that does well, as long as it’s in your niche. We know a of people who’ve had that backfire on them, but. I mean, I’ve been trying to break out of it because I don’t want to be the Alibaba guy. Like I’m no Amazin, but I don’t want to. Yeah. You’re the spokesperson for, well, even Alibaba.

38:52
contacted you after that. You are the Alibaba. Then I spoke at the Alibaba event, so maybe I am the Alibaba. I don’t want to be the muffin man, so I got to change my content before. My worst performing video to date is the one talking about my traditionally published book, like the process. So much to say. Nobody wants to know the process of writing a traditionally published book and all the finances and everything behind it. I thought it was interesting. I would think that’s an interesting video, but

39:22
Yeah, it’ll be also interesting to me to see, and this is one of the things that I’m most excited about it because we have such a diverse group of people in our class, is that just seeing the different niches in how they perform. know, because I don’t actually think there’s a ceiling for anybody. I think that, you know, you can have success no matter what you’re talking about. And I would love to be able to sort of have our own mini case study.

39:49
when this is over to show that to people because I think so many people, there’s so many hangups about video, which if we’re being honest, it’s good, right? Because the less competition we have, the better. That’s one of the reasons why we keep telling people to start doing this because so many people just won’t do video. But at the same time, I also feel like if you’re struggling or if you’re trying to get your website up or you’re just not seeing the success that you feel like you need to see, start making video content and

40:17
I think that’s gonna be a game changer for you. And let’s just talk about equipment real quick. You really just need your phone and this cheap lavalier mic that you can get online for like 10 bucks. Yeah, although I’ve filmed a couple without a mic. Don’t tell anybody. Well, I did too and no one… Okay, so one of the ones… I’ve been published my old ones, I told you lately, right? Yeah, yeah. A lot of those old ones, I didn’t use a mic at all. But ironically, those are doing better than the ones where I have my full setup.

40:44
because I think people somewhat sometimes just like the lack of polish. Yeah, and I will say with an and you have an Android phone. I have an iPhone. I filmed that one in my car and the audio quality is fine. Now, I’m sure my brother would probably have a few things to say, but it’s clear there’s not any background noise. You know, I’m in my car with the windows up, so you can’t hear anything. And like I wouldn’t recommend that be every video that you create. But to me,

41:13
As long as there’s not a lot of background noise where you are, I really think you can, if an idea comes to you and you’re at the grocery store, go to your car and film it. Because I do think that those videos will be just fine when it comes to audio and video quality. I 100 % agree. And it’s actually made me think, should I even bother using a mic? Because I’m much more impromptu if I don’t have it. Because I always make that excuse, ah, I don’t have my mic with me. So I’m not going to film now.

41:43
Well, that’s what happened. I was literally at at cheer in the parking lot waiting for my daughter and I was on Tik Tok and I saw a Tik Tok video about organizing and I was like, I have a better idea. I have a better idea than what she’s saying. And so I literally like propped my phone up on the air conditioner vent and took like three tries. It kept falling off and then just filmed these three things, filmed it in one take.

42:06
edited on CapCut on my phone and I had one of my kids, I was like, let’s just give me some quick B-roll. And of course they were like, what’s B-roll? And I was like, you know, it’s when like someone’s talking but there’s stuff happening. And I was doing a horrific job of explaining it to them because they thought it was come film me talking and doing something while I’m talking. And I was like, no, no, no. It’s like a voice overlay. My kids would be like B-roll, I only want A-roll. I thought you said B’s are bad. My kids would be like,

42:36
I made a bee. Yay. Give me my money. Anyway, I literally had the whole thing done and edited in probably under 10 minutes. I do think that people can take that mentality to it and just like, get it out there. Let’s get the bare minimum out there and you have time to improve. Even if you have 100 subscribers, your videos are only getting 1,000 views at most at this point.

43:04
Get the content out there and practice. I mean, for all of you guys who made it to the end of this episode, just take your phone and just commit to yourself producing one short form video per day. Doesn’t even matter what it is. And I guarantee you, you’ll have at least one or two videos that at least get a couple thousand views. And if you think about it, a couple thousand people is a lot. It’s a lot of people. So it’s rewarding. You’ll get comments. And I think once you have that one thousand view video,

43:35
you’ll get really excited about this and hopefully it’ll spark you to continue making them and then eventually move to long form, which is where the money is.

43:46
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now the key to success on social media is consistency and it always helps to take part in a challenge to hold yourself accountable. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 531. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go to sellersummit.com.

44:15
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

530: The Must Have Pet Products To Sell Online | A Recap Of The Pet Summit

530: The Must Have Pet Products To Sell Online | A Recap Of The Pet Summit

This past week, Toni gave 4 talks at the annual Pet Summit in Orlando, Florida which is a conference that covers all things related to pet products sold online.

In this episode, she gives a recap of the Summit along with the hot products to sell in the pet industry.

What You’ll Learn

  • The details of the Pet Summit and who should attend
  • How to make a profit selling Pet products
  • Which pet products are hot

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now this past week, Toni Urbach gave four separate talks at the Pet Summit Orlando, which is a conference that covers all things related to pet products sold online. So in this episode, she’s going to give us a recap of the event and what’s hot and what’s not in the pet industry.

00:24
But before we begin, want to you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods

00:53
and not some high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th May 16th.

01:22
And right now, this is the last chance to get your tickets. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

01:51
So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now on to the show.

02:03
Welcome back to another episode of the My Wife Put Her Job podcast. Today we’re going to be talking about the Pet Summit. I have no idea what that is, but I just know Tony spoke four times at this event and there’s a lot of influencers and e-commerce folks at this conference. Yes, it was a, you know, I went in there not knowing what to expect at all. We got connected through our friend, Kristin Levine, who is in, I think both the courses doing content and e-commerce with us, but she connected

02:34
myself and Liz with the Pet Summit folks and yeah, we ended up, I ended up filling in for someone at the last minute that got COVID. So my three talks quickly went to four the week of the event. So it was very interesting. I learned a ton about the pet industry, which I will say, you probably teach the opposite of this in profitable online store, but I think there’s still a big opportunity to get into the pet product world after being at this event.

03:02
I don’t, what do mean I teach the opposite? There’s so many students selling pet stuff. It’s super competitive, right? Like there’s, think there’s a lot of sellers. However, after being there and I listened to like state of the pet industry, I don’t know. State of the union for pets. It was given by this guy who’s, you know, on the board, but he’s former like CEO of PetSmart and stuff like that. But he said that the industry this year is projected to do $154 billion.

03:32
And what is that up from the previous year? They’re up 8%, I think. Year over year. And what’s interesting is their whole marketing strategy is to get people to own more pets. That makes sense. Yeah. Which I’m like, Bob Barker had his day. No more spay and neuter. Like, now we want to fill the earth with dogs and cats. But anyway, yeah, so that was.

03:59
the first eye-opening takeaway that I had was listening to that keynote and realizing that in my mind, the pet space was just really saturated, but. I’ve never considered the pet industry saturated, actually. I there’s a lot of sellers, there’s a lot of innovate. Like, there’s a lot of things you can do with it. Yes. So anyway, that was my first thought was like, let’s sell some pet products. Just because the amount and then the amount of money that people spend on their, especially dogs and cats.

04:29
Obviously, the pet industry is much bigger than that with all the reptiles and fish and the little rodent type pets, but the amount of money that people are spending in pet products is ridiculous. And the one area that had like, I think a decent amount of growth was pet food toppings.

04:49
No way. Yes. like I met. So and the thing is, it was at the convention center in Orlando. So like when you have an event at the convention center, when you eat at the restaurants around the convention center, it’s filled with people at the convention. Right. So you’re even if you’re off site, you’re still usually sitting next to someone who’s going to the same event, kind of like the Canton Fair. Right. There’s tons of people in that area at that period of time. And so I met multiple people and I was like, and usually they were on the manufacturer or, you know, product side. And

05:19
One guy was like, I sell gravy. Like their whole industry is like gravy that you put on dog food. Interesting. Yeah. OK. Anyway. Yeah. So I don’t and that’s not even like supplement stuff, right? That’s just like, oh, they can’t just have regular pet food. They have to have pet food enhanced by like when they said pet toppings. All I could think of was like an ice cream sundae.

05:43
We can’t just give our pet regular dog food anymore. In the refrigerated pet food space is also a crazy, where you can get your food custom made for your pet and all that. Anyway, nuts. I have never owned a dog before, but if my dog would not eat food without a topping, I would just starve him for a little bit. You’re going to get hate. Anyway, but it got me thinking about the whole

06:11
It’s not just about the one thing, right? How do you create that additional value add to something to sell, whether it be physical product or digital, but you know, it wasn’t good enough that we just sold pet food, right? Now we sell pet food plus pet food enhancers. Right. So I know. So pets are basically becoming humans. Yes. And I think their goal, I think they said that they wanted, I think right now it’s like 60 % of households own a pet.

06:38
and they wanna try to push it to about 70 because if they can get it to 70, the numbers tip as far as revenue like pretty significantly. I went into this keynote just wanting the lunch, I’m gonna be honest. I was like, oh, free lunch, sign me up. And I actually was just completely captivated by the amount of data revolving, just kind of like, holy cow, this is a huge industry. And I clearly don’t spend any money on my pets. I was like, I feel like a very bad pet parent.

07:08
There’s someone at ECF who sells iguana equipment or something like that. Yes, the cage people. Cage people, yes. In terraniums, yes, yes. And they’re killing it. Yeah, oh yeah. Not surprising after being at that. So the Pet Summit itself was basically attached to the Global Pet Expo, which that I would say is the Canton Fair for pets, for pet products. okay. So everything from like the…

07:36
You would have appreciated it because it was everything from the very expensive display setups for the big dog food brands and the big cat food brands to the Asian vendors, right, that it looks just like they picked up their booth from the Canton Fair and put it in Orlando to people that had invented pet products. So lot of people that had, there were a lot of inventors there. So the shark tank style stuff to,

08:04
And then like crazy stuff like you can buy hiking pants for your dog. I know, I know, it was crazy. So there were 1,100 vendors at the Global Pet Expo and then the Pet Summit was for pet influencers and pet businesses on the marketing side. So basically two events kind of held simultaneously working together. One was more about walking the floor, making the connections, talking about

08:32
you know, products, what’s coming to the industry. And then the sessions were definitely more business and then the whole influencer track. And it was interesting because the influencer track was all topics geared towards bloggers, right? Or content creators, not really bloggers. But then the bloggers wanted to be on the floor walking the expo to get the free product. You know what I mean? It was just like old school blogging conference. How are the prices? Did you talk to any of the vendors?

09:01
for like the pricing of their products. It’s probably wholesale. We didn’t talk to any, we didn’t talk to anybody. Now, probably wholesale for some of the stuff and you could see they have these little like cubes where they would be in there with like their calculator and their order sheets and stuff. So I think like big companies were actually placing orders. Some people that we met offsite were talking about how they were there. One guy was in London, he’s trying to break into the US as far as bringing his products over here. A lot of people on Amazon.

09:30
So a lot of pet people that typically would sell direct to like a store, like you’re selling at Chewy or PetSmart also are now on Amazon where they weren’t in the past. And I will tell you, most of the pet brands do not know how to do Amazon. That was a big takeaway that I got. So on the expo floor, it wasn’t factories, right? It was more like people’s products.

09:55
Yes, although I think there were definitely a couple of like there was some Canton Fair looking stuff there for sure. OK, yeah. But but it was such a I mean, 1100 vendors. That’s a pretty large expo floor. I don’t think we got I don’t think we walked the entire thing. So these Amazon sellers, if they don’t know what they’re doing, how are they being successful? mean, Amazon these days pretty much requires that you know what you’re doing. Yes. So here’s what they’ve all done. So anyone who’s out there and has like an Amazon business hit these people up.

10:25
They’re like, oh, we have a guy that does our Amazon. Like when we would talk to them about it specifically, it’s like, oh, we have three guys. And I was like, but if you look at your listing, you can see that this is all wrong. We were having like helpful conversations. We weren’t just walking up to brands and going, hey, have you checked your Amazon listing lately? But usually the people at the booth had no idea what was happening on Amazon. I think they feel like, like one people that we, a group that we talked to for a while, they actually sell hay.

10:55
on Amazon. Oh, okay. And so we actually talked to the owner, the owner’s son. We ended up just having a conversation about it. And he’s like, well, I, you know, we’re talking to the youngest son and he said, well, you know, my dad told me that I was in charge of Amazon and we needed to get our products on Amazon. So we pulled up his listing because we were looking at it from the UGC, you talking to him about working with influencers. And so we’re looking at this and Liz has said, you know,

11:23
do you know how much money you’re losing on every sale? And he’s like, what do you mean losing? She’s like, what’s your price point with Amazon fees? They’re in the size of the pack. Like there’s no possible way that you’re making money on these products. And he’s like, yeah, well, there’s some of our best sellers in the store. So we needed them on Amazon. So they just don’t really have a great strategy. And I think a lot of them don’t understand. It’s kind of like they got told to go on Amazon, but then no one has any Amazon experience. Bail ahead has got to be really heavy.

11:52
Yes, this is like chicken hay. So it’s not as big, the package was like a small bag of dog food. So they’re selling this for 10.99 on Amazon. Oh, OK. You’re not making money on that, right? But they did have one product. Well, he’s like, we have one product that’s our hero product on Amazon. And that one did make sense financially.

12:15
So anyway, but a lot of the companies are I think are in that squeeze of you know, we’re going to PetSmart, we’re going to Chewy, we’re in the little tractor supply, whatever. But you know, Amazon is another channel that we’re not utilizing. So they hire someone’s brother to get the listings up. I am curious, you spoke four times. Yes. You want to just tell the audience what your topics were? Yeah. So the first talk that Liz and I gave together was on the Amazon Influencer program.

12:45
and this was specifically to the influencers. And this was an interesting group of influencers because most of them actually had no website. They were strictly Instagram or TikTok or both, which to me is, it made my heart hurt because, I mean, and these people like just dwarf us, right? They’ve got a million followers on Instagram. Their dogs are famous. People are asking for photos, like legit internet famous people. However,

13:14
As I’m talking to them, I’m like, so how do you get people on your email list? Are you putting this stuff on YouTube? Most people weren’t even doing YouTube. And everybody that when I talked to them, and Liz and I had a lot of conversations, it was, I know I need to be doing YouTube. That was the… We get that a lot. mean, it’s kind of a hurdle to get started. It is, but these people are already creating videos every single day, sometimes five and 10 videos a day. That’s true. So that was…

13:42
That was like, okay, you’ve already done all the hard part. So the interesting thing is there was the one bucket of people that, know, just Instagram or TikTok. And then there was this other bucket of people that I feel like have such a leg up because not only are they on Instagram and TikTok, they have a website, they had courses, they were selling physical products. One of them, one guy that we met, he sells, oh my gosh, what was the name of it? Like puppy aid, it’s like Gatorade for dogs. Oh my God.

14:11
But he knew it, he’s like, yeah, I’ve got 100,000 Instagram people, but I need to make money from them. So he does virtual dog training courses, he’s got a physical product, he’s got brand. So there were some people that clearly understood the benefit of diversifying that revenue. So we went and told him about the Amazon Influencer program, because these people are already making videos about products on Amazon.

14:37
and they have no problem getting accepted to the program. In fact, many of them were already in the program, but were like, I didn’t really know what it was about. So that was a fun talk because everybody in the room was like, oh, I can do this right this minute. Like I can upload videos today. So that was exciting, because it’s always nice when you give a talk and people are like, oh, this is doable. And then what was interesting is there were some brands that came to the talk who immediately came up to us afterwards and were like, how do we work with the influence?

15:06
It’s like, how do we get these on our listings? Which was funny because we’re like, come to the talk at four o’clock or we’ll teach you how to work with influencers and get the content on your listings. So then the next talk we gave was basically the brand side of it. So what is that UGC on Amazon? How does it work? Most brands are very confused because they think it’s people posting on their TikTok or Instagram and driving traffic to Amazon. And that’s not what the Amazon Influencer program is. It’s where the, you know, the UGC from the content creators live on the listings.

15:35
And the big thing for brands, which most people don’t get is in order to be eligible for this, you have to put your own branded video on the listing first. And once the brand uploads their own video, you’ve unlocked that for influencers to then create the content. And so most of these brands had video content that they weren’t utilizing to get that unlocked. So anyway, so that was an interesting talk because the brands had no clue what we were talking about.

16:03
had never even heard of this, didn’t really understand. And then when we started going through people’s listings and they’re like, wait, how could they already, they had a video so they had unlocked that upper carousel video slot. But they’re like, wait, I didn’t tell this person to make a video. And we’re like, well, if you have a top selling product in pets, which is really crazy, and especially for the influencers, pets are really high commission rate. That’s 4 % on Amazon. So if a product is categorized correctly on Amazon, this is

16:32
like one of the sweet spots to make revenue with videos. And the brands are like, but wait, we didn’t tell that person to make a video. What is this? And we’re like, well, this is what happens. And when you have a hot product, influencers are gonna find it and make that content.

16:49
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

17:18
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

17:30
So I’m curious, those influencers that you talked to that didn’t have a website or an audience, how are they making money? Brand deals, all brand deals. Wow. Yeah. Okay. That’s like my least favorite way to make money. I know, brand deals and then some of that is also through like TikTok affiliates. So TikTok affiliates is really big. So any, and I don’t know if we’re even, are we talking about this? We are talking about it at Seller Summit. I think Tiffany’s gonna talk about it. Yeah.

18:00
But TikTok affiliates is actually really lucrative for the affiliates because I didn’t know this. They make 20 % of the sales.

18:10
So yeah, at ECF there was a talk where this woman had very few followers on TikTok, made $80,000 in the span of like a month promoting one product. Cause her TikTok went viral. Yep. And when I was talking, I was actually having this conversation this week about how much affiliates get. I said, so you make 20 % if you promote it on TikTok shop, right? As an affiliate. But if you promote something on Amazon, you get 2%. Yeah. So

18:39
It’s a huge difference. Shoot. Should I be hawking products on TikTok? Yes, you should. Start talking about the hair straightener. So yeah, most of the influencers are making money from brand deals and then some affiliate and then TikTok shop. Although I covered. So then the next talk I did was my fill in talk. And I don’t remember what the lady was supposed to talk about, I just did the diversifying your income talk.

19:09
And I had, basically pulled one of our webinar slides for it. And what Liz and I did was just switch out a lot of the graphics for pet type products, just doesn’t make more sense. And then after the first day, so the first day neither of us spoke, but we met all these people and we came back to the room and literally read it all of our slides because we realized who we were talking to. You know, it was like eye-opening. And what I realized with this group was that

19:36
None of them had that foundational property. None of them had the website. None of them had the e-bills list. Not none. Large percentage of people had no way to capture the customer. And there was a girl who talked the day before who talked about the Google update. Did that go over everyone’s heads? No, she did. gave a great talk on explaining basically why it was so bad.

20:02
But the point of her thing was basically like it decimated her site over the past like three updates. And she positioned it in this, and she blogs about like Docsens, right? So she has a very niche audience. And she basically was like, I had finally reached that six figure, which is sort of the pinnacle of blogging, right? Like content creator making six figures a year.

20:29
That’s when you kind of know like, okay, this isn’t a hobby anymore. This is a real job. And then she got hit with like three Google updates and basically just, her site just crap. Like she doesn’t have hardly any traffic anymore. And she can’t get it back. it’s, you I know of her. you know, I know she’s not doing shady stuff. Like she just got caught, right? Like in the updates and there was probably nothing she could have done. You know, she was doing all the things right when it was right. And then,

20:59
It wasn’t right anymore. I’m curious for all those people who have TikTok accounts in the event that TikTok gets banned in six months. What are they? Did that come up? Yes, people talked about it a lot and nobody really has an answer other than I don’t think it’s going to get banned. I am a little skeptical, too, that it’s going to get banned. think something’s going to happen. I agree, although they just banned it in Florida for 14 and under. Did they really? Yes. Wow. Florida. How about that? Yeah.

21:29
14 and under, it’s banned. All my kids are not 14 anymore, so lucky them. They aged out of the law. Okay. All it takes is a couple states to start that, right? Yes. I don’t necessarily think banning it for kids under 14 is that bad of an idea. Oh, no. I am fully on board with that. I would say 18 until they go to college. Yes. I’m not really for people things getting banned in general. It bothers me when I watch those hearings and like,

21:58
clearly the people in the government have never opened the TikTok app once in their life. It’s embarrassing to me. It’s like, at least know what you’re talking about. I’m not saying TikTok’s great. It’s not all great, but you sound like a fool. Did you watch that hearing with the CEO of TikTok? Lord. I was just embarrassed. I was like, I’m embarrassed. I’m embarrassed that you guys didn’t even like open the app and watch Pookie for like five minutes. Come on. So anyway, yeah, there was a lot of talk of that.

22:26
And so what I ended up changing my talk to was, hey, you’re making really, these people are making really good influencer money, which is hard because I remember when I was making tons of money doing influencer deals and it’s like too good to be true, right? You’re like, this brand wants to pay me $5,000 to do what? know, put my dog in a stroller and walk it around. And so I remember how that felt. And so,

22:51
I tried to craft this balance between, this isn’t a bad thing that you’re doing this. These brand deals, you’ve worked hard to grow your channels, good for you. But every time you take a brand deal, you’re taking a piece of work that takes you time. And these people are creating really great content, so it’s not like they’re just talking with a phone, walking down the street, which is fine too, but these people are doing heavy edits, really nice production value type stuff, and they have to include their pet.

23:21
You know, it’s complicated. sounds like pretty miserable, actually. If your pet’s not cooperative, you can’t put together a good video, right? OK, yes. And can I just tell like a side note story? Sure. the opening night. Well, so pets were allowed to come to this thing. Oh, God. So like there was some some pee and poop places and they had like SPCA there with like baskets of puppies that you could take home. I had to like drag Liz away from a puppy.

23:50
But there were dogs everywhere, not as many cats. But the first night they had this big opening party. They had entertainment and the big entertainment was this border collie group that did tricks in the night before one of the border collies passed away. They had to cancel the performance, which was like this whole huge thing. I mean, they’re telling us and they’re like, the border collies aren’t coming. And I was like, oh no, that’s too bad. And she’s like, one died. And I was like, oh, like, what are you saying?

24:19
I don’t even know they were, but I was just like, this sounds terrible. So you’re like tripping over dogs. And anyway, it was there’s a lot of dogs in strollers, which I have a whole other opinion. How are you able to even give a talk? Isn’t there like dogs barking in the background? There was actually one of my talks. I think I had more dogs than people in the session. I’m pretty sure it was. I was not prepared. Let’s just say that. So the talk that I gave once I sort of interacted with all these people was like,

24:48
Yeah, that’s great, you’re making $5,000 a deal or $10,000 a deal or whatever and getting free product, it’s great, but it requires you to do a piece of work every time you get that deal. So if you’re not doing deals, you’re not getting paid. You have no residual from this. And not only that, you don’t have the ability to turn on the money spigot, right? So you don’t, you,

25:13
We know all these people that are in either digital or physical products where it’s like, I’m having a low month, let’s run a promotion or let’s do a webinar, right? Or let’s turn on this lever and bring in some revenue. And if the brand deals aren’t there at the moment, then you don’t have any way to make money if this is what you’re relying on. So that’s sort of what I switched my talk up to. And I talked about our five different ways to make money.

25:40
But then I really hit on how do you make that all work together? So yes, get your brand deal. That’s your bread and butter. Do that. But why aren’t you putting all that content on YouTube? And why aren’t you taking your top content and turning it into long form video on YouTube? And then trying to figure out what your niche is going to be on YouTube. And several people there were doing that to the tune of millions of subscribers. Wow.

26:05
And I said, you know, here’s the thing. I said, you can make a lot of money just on ads on YouTube, which is completely passive, and you’ve already made all this content. So you have content sitting over here on Instagram or in your hard drive that you could easily publish on YouTube today and probably within a few weeks hit the monetization level on YouTube based on the fact that they have such huge audiences other places. And this could just be a passive stream of income for you with the content you’re already creating.

26:34
by just putting it in a secondary place. And a lot of people just, was like this mental, it’s like the mental hurdle that we see from everybody. It was just like, oh yeah, I should do YouTube. And I’m like, no, you should do nothing else but that until you do, you know, that like, that should be your next thing. You know what’s low hanging fruit that I’ve seen a lot of TikTok people do now? They just put together like 10 of their TikToks back to back in a YouTube video and that’s a long form video. I watched them actually because

27:04
they’re entertaining these people that I watch, right? And I can sit easily through a long form YouTube video and watch all those clips. Yeah. I think they’re just so, obviously if TikTok’s where your bunny is, then that’s where you’re putting your focus, right? Like that’s how you’re getting your deals. But the fact that they’re, to me, it’s like most people’s hurdle is making the video. So they don’t have that hurdle. Right. That’s the biggest hurdle. Right. And so I was like, if you do nothing else after this talk, please put everything on YouTube.

27:33
And then the next thing I talked to them about was like, how do you grab those email addresses and getting people, I said, even if you just literally put up a landing page on a WordPress site, I was like, you don’t have to design a fancy site, you don’t have to do anything, just literally get one page up with a place for people to opt in for something. Because right now, you have no way to like interact with people except for hoping that they see what you put on social media, which we all know a small fraction of your actual audience sees that content.

28:01
I mean, you don’t even need a WordPress site. No, you could use a ConvertKit landing ConvertKit has a landing page. I mean, it won’t be a nice URL or anything, but at least you I mean, they’re using cloaked links anyway on the… Oh, okay, yeah. Yeah. And I said also, there’s AI now that will take your videos and transcribe them into content. could easily create the content that you’re putting on video into print form just to fill pages up, right? Like you could create a robot…

28:31
bus system without having to redo much work. So that was, you and I felt like I was like- you were like the star of this place, I bet. I was probably like, y’all are sick of seeing me at this point. But it was just, it was interesting because I felt like these people have done, like so many people we know can’t grow their socials, right? They struggle with that. These people have completely figured that out.

29:00
But yet, it’s not like a long-term thing, and it’s funny. So I started my talk, I used a Pat Flynn hack. You know how Pat Flynn starts with the black slide? Like it’s just a dark screen, you don’t see anything. So he gets up there and starts talking, and the screen is dark. And then when he makes his first point, he clicks on that first slide to make the point, and the first slide’s always something like really interesting. So I was like, it’s a great technique to get people, so if you ever have to do public speaking, this is a great technique to like catch your audience’s attention.

29:29
didn’t work as great for the dogs, but people works really well. So I started talking and I got up there and I didn’t introduce myself or anything. I just went right into it and I said, I started talking and then I said, and this is my first website and I put the picture up of my very first website, which as we know is hideous. I mean, to be fair, I didn’t think it was horrific. I mean, obviously, but.

29:54
My point was what I thought I was making was, as we often make when we do this together is you need something. You have to start somewhere. And then the next point I made was I often joke that I’m a dinosaur in the blogging space. I said, but that’s actually not true because dinosaurs are extinct and I’ve managed to find a way to reinvent myself over the last 20 years. And then I found the, what’s it called? The horseshoe shrimp.

30:21
or something like that, which is supposed to be the oldest living animal that’s like prehistoric, it still exists today. And I was like, so instead of a dinosaur, I’m now a shrimp. And I had my big shrimp photo. But the point was like, yeah, you’re doing on, you’re on Instagram, you’re on TikTok, that’s great. When I got started, there was no Instagram, there was no TikTok, there really wasn’t Facebook and Twitter had just started. And it’s like, what you’re doing right now is going to look, there’s none of this is gonna exist in 10 years in the way that it does today.

30:51
And so how do you leverage what you’re creating today so that in 10 years you still have a profitable business? And that’s kind of how I started the talk. Cause it was like, this is all fine and dandy, but this isn’t gonna take you to, this isn’t gonna take you 20 years in the business. No way. And then, you know, talking about email, YouTube, websites, and then how to even leverage more out of what they’re already doing. like, cause I, so this is something that was interesting. I talked about what we share all the time.

31:20
If you have an affiliate that’s performing well, you need to go to that company and ask for a better offer for your audience and a higher commission. Or just private label that product. Well, that was my last. That was my last section. Yeah. Actually, I had a picture of me, you and Jen in China. But I was saying, I said, you know, these rates are all negotiable. You know.

31:44
you think you can only get 4%, not from Amazon, but outside of that, working with other, especially directly with the brand. I’m like, if you’re sending good traffic and conversions, you can get more money. And it was like, it never occurred to them that that was a negotiable thing. I’m like, you’re in the driver’s seat. They want traffic, you’re giving it to them. You’ve gotta negotiate for better rates for yourself. talk through a lot of affiliate hacks and then,

32:13
Finally, I was like, but listen, 10 % is great, but how about 60 %? I was like, you have everything that brands want, data and audience. So how about you just private label the products that sell the best? And like eyes are like, you know, and then I said, and let me tell you something, I put the picture of us up and I was like, if I can go to China and figure this out, anybody in this room can go to China and figure this out. I was like, it’s not rocket science. It’s a formula, right?

32:42
And you also already know what everyone buys, which most people don’t when they get started. And so they were just like completely like, wait, what? And then I showed a picture of my dining room table with all the jewelry and right. Right. I was like, that’s ups and downs. Let me tell you. But, you know, it’s like they had never, you know, the people there, obviously people that are doing that, like the guy who invented the doggy Gatorade. But there were a lot of people that weren’t. And I’m like, you don’t have to invent something.

33:10
you can just sell something that’s already out there that you know your audience likes. And right now when you’re probably have a lot of like kind of free money from brand deals, like this is the time to invest some of that into something that actually can make you like lasting revenue. I want to know, did you go to any sessions? Did you learn anything about how these people are growing their socials? Cause I know if you have a pet that instantly gives you a leg up on the socials. Yes. A hundred percent. Step one, get a dog.

33:40
Um, I’m literally texting my family the whole time, get videos of the pets immediately start making content. Like, um, so anyway, uh, I, so the one session that I wanted to go to so badly, but it conflicted with my session was SEO for Tik TOK and Instagram, which I didn’t get to attend, but that was the one that I was most interested about because I didn’t even know that that was a thing. Maybe for Tik TOK, I didn’t know for Instagram. was a thing. I know it is a thing for Tik TOK.

34:10
Yeah. I attended a couple sessions, mostly I was speaking so I didn’t attend as many. However, I will say, we talked about this, the social content is a grind. These people are creating multiple pieces of content a day. They’re constantly testing, putting stuff up. It does not seem appealing to me because there’s really no…

34:35
I don’t know what the right word is. There’s definitely a way to do it, but it’s like, sometimes it hits, sometimes it doesn’t. It’s not always clear why something works and why something doesn’t work. There’s just no real formula to it. It’s almost like you just have to see if it’s right time, right place. A lot of people are talking about the trending audio or the trends or even times of day that you’re posting, length of reels, just all these different things that people are trying and testing, but it just seems like it’s a constant.

35:06
cycle of try this, try that, try this, do this, this is working, do this, do this, do this, wait, not working anymore, now do this. I was just like, and I overheard a lot of conversations like that, and I was like, yeah, no, not for me. Yeah, this is why it’s really hard to teach a class in this stuff. Yeah. Because it is, maybe one in 20 is gonna get any traction, right? Yep. And it’s like throwing spaghetti on a wall. Although once you have a formula down, it’ll last for a while. Yeah.

35:35
It kind of reminds me of like the fashion industry. Not that I know anything about the fashion industry, right? But you know, it’s constantly changing, right? You have to constantly release new lines. I mean, I’ve spoken to people who sell and you know, the stuff from like last year, you can’t keep it in your store. Right, right. It has to go. It’s got to go and you got to try something new. Yeah. The one overarching theme was consistent content. Usually people are posting multiple times a day. This person I had on the podcast a while back,

36:04
she just made it a habit. Like the first thing she did as soon as she sits at her desk is to film three short form videos before she starts her day. And then that’s how she’s able to be consistent. But she’s also really good. Like she can just pick, you could probably pull this off. I don’t think I could, but she just picks up her phone and just, and then she throws it over and someone else makes it nice. Yeah. mean, these people, these people were good. And they had all the like,

36:33
hot video equipment, all the cool gimbals. None of them really were filming with anything other than a phone though. Oh, that’s good to know. But just the newest ring light that attaches to something. It was just that kind of stuff, right? Where I was like, oh, these are kind of cool gadgets that I definitely don’t need to buy. But yeah, the biggest thing that was overwhelming was just the consistency of content and the frequency of content. Everyone’s posting a ton.

37:02
We do know works, right? Like, I mean, that’s why we’re doing the 30 day challenge, because we know that if you consistently post content, you’re going to grow. But that’s that’s a grind. That is a grind that I don’t. But I mean, everything is a grind. This one’s just grindier. Yeah. In my opinion. So I’m curious, the proportion of YouTubers, TikTokers, Instagramers, bloggers. Did you have like a rough idea? No bloggers. No bloggers. I mean, less than 10 percent.

37:32
Wow. Huge skew to Instagram and TikTok. And most people were doing Instagram and TikTok. Like they were basically just reformatting stuff a little bit. But there was a, I would say less than 50 % of people were doing YouTube, which to me is nuts considering they’re making all video content. That’s the part that I couldn’t get over. I got the whole no do a YouTube video. True, true. But these people are putting a lot of effort in already. But it’s more effort to put together a cohesive 10 minute video, right?

38:02
than it is to just pick up your phone and just talk for a minute. Yeah, but even that, not just put it on, you’re still gonna grow on YouTube. You’re talking about shorts. Yeah, I mean, why not just get it out there and then, you know, make one long form video a week? Yeah, no, no, no, I’m not arguing with you. I’m just saying like the hurdle, like for me to put out a short form, scripting that up or deciding what I’m gonna say might take me like a minute. Yeah.

38:30
but a long form takes me like a good two hours to put together something that I want to talk about. speaking for 10 minutes, now I’m used to it, but sometimes I’m recording and I’m like, good Lord, how much more is there? I’m so bored of myself. know, I am. That’s where I felt like there was this huge golden opportunity for people was in YouTube. To me, the contents, the website, to me, that’s just a

39:00
you have to do it, right? You have to get a landing page set up, nothing, don’t worry about anything else, but like, please, please, please do YouTube. You’re already making the video content, you already have all the video equipment, you already have a dog that everybody likes. And it was interesting, because it was people either were like straight up influencers, or they had completely gotten this robust, so they were influencers, plus they had a dog product, and they had courses or memberships, like.

39:26
There was very little people that were like, oh, I’m edging towards that. It was like, I do this or I do that. But there wasn’t many people in the middle. Yeah. mean, long form is where it’s at, right? I think TikTok has realized that they can’t make money off of short form content. Yep. Like outside of TikTok shop. so they’re encouraging people to upload like 10 minute videos now. Yes. I watch them all the time. Mostly true crime. But I do watch them. Do you watch them all the way through? Like I can’t last for more than like two minutes. Oh, yeah. Yeah. I need to know what happens.

39:55
And they’re actually encouraging people to upload the horizontal version. So there’s black bars in the top of the box. I know, which I don’t love. But yeah. So then total wrap up. But the last talk I did was the email talk that I a similar talk that I gave at Seller Summit. But what I realized after this is the literally the last talk of the event, not a closing keynote, just the last talk. Four p.m. on a Thursday. I’m like, is anybody awake? There was a guy in the like second row who I’m pretty sure was falling asleep the whole time. I was like, this is really encouraging. I’m killing it.

40:25
But what I came to realize is I was basically gonna re-give the seller summit talk, but take out a few things and nobody’s on Klaviyo. And that talk is just all Klaviyo-centric. So I ended up having to redo the slides. So instead of showing like the Klaviyo flows, I would just put the definitions, right? cause when you get in the flows, it gets confusing for people that don’t use, or that aren’t doing it at all, right?

40:54
But that was interesting, because that talk was not well attended, not surprising, because everyone was on an airplane going home. But the people that were in there were frantically taking notes, taking photos. I was like, I’ll send you guys the slides. And I said, I’ll send you the Klaviyo flows, too, if you want them. I just took them out, because I didn’t want to just absolutely bore people to death. But most people that came to the talk were not doing email at all. Well, they don’t even have a website.

41:23
These are the brands. Oh, these are the brands. Got it. Yes. Because there was like a brand track and a creator track. So like when we did the Amazon UGC for brands, that was on the brand track. So was the email one. Although there were a couple of bloggers in there. The handful of bloggers that did have websites were in that talk. But most of them are not doing most of the brands are because I don’t think they’re really D to C for the most part.

41:47
They’re either selling on Amazon or they’re selling wholesale, but they have some small level of DTC that they’re not utilizing. So while I think that talk was really good, it just, there weren’t a lot of people in there and I pitched Seller Summit heavily. I was like, there’s not a lot of people in here. It’s mostly dogs. I can tell everybody to come to Seller Summit and get even a better talk. I was just thinking the whole time you were talking, I would have opened with like this video of someone throwing a ball and then a frisbee.

42:17
You got to get the dog’s attention first, right? Yes. Listen, it was it was definitely out of my comfort zone for sure. Yeah, but it sounds like, you know, you learned a lot also. Yeah, I learned a lot and it was actually really good. So we met several inventors, people. In fact, we met someone who lives in Fort Lauderdale. I think she’ll be coming to Sellers Summit. She invented this dog and cat feeder and.

42:45
She was such a sweet, she came to all of our talks, even though she was a seller, right? And she, it’s been three years in the making, she had molds done, it’s really clever, you don’t know anything about pets, so I won’t go into detail, but it’s way to keep, it’s better for the dog’s back, it keeps bugs out of your dog food, like very cool features on this thing. And she went from idea, mold, manufacturing, got a patent on it, everything, right?

43:14
and she launched in like December and she’s like, I’ve only had like, you know, a handful of sales on Shopify. And I was like, yep. I was like, you’ve done all the really, really hard stuff and now you have to do the hard stuff. It’s like, um, and she just was, you know, she’s like, I feel like I worked so hard on this and then crickets, right? Like this is your, basically gave birth to a, an invention. If her invention is pretty innovative, should be really easy to sell on Facebook.

43:40
Yes. we actually, and we took such a liking to her, we immediately group texted her with Kim Meckwood. We’re like, first of all, because this is a Shark Tank product, 100%. Right. We introduced her to a couple of people that were at the expo that do like brand launches and things like that. Like we hooked her up because I was like, this is a really cool idea and all you need now is an audience. Right. Like you have everything and you’ve made a defendable product, right? Like, cause she has the patent and all this stuff.

44:09
But anyway, was pretty, and it was also reminded me of old e-commerce days. She’s like, I have 4,000 units, know, like was the whole, I was like, oh yeah, I don’t miss that part of it at all. But yeah, so anyway, we met a lot of people like her who had invented really cool products and just now need to get them out in front of people, which obviously is why she was there. But yeah, she was super sweet and she lives in Fort Lauderdale, so you’ll get to meet her in a couple weeks, a couple months.

44:37
This is gonna be a yearly thing for you? I mean, if they have us back, they might be sick of us. Nah, I think they’ll have you back. You did four talks. One note that I learned that I think I’ve never, I don’t know how I’ve never thought of this before, like changing our slides to really talk to the pet audience, because that was like, usually you don’t have such a tight demographic.

45:04
but was really actually really helpful. Like on our intro slides, we put pictures of our dogs, not us. know, like just little things and like for any examples, we always tried to use pet products. It definitely made the presentations better. And it wasn’t that hard to change them out. You know, at first I was like, ugh, I don’t want them to do this. Plus I was also sick going into that week, but it really like, it kept people’s attention because they immediately could relate to what we were talking about because it was something more familiar. And,

45:33
I don’t, I mean, I guess I’ve never talked to an audience that was so niche down before, but that’s definitely, if you ever have to do a presentation, like switching out your images is actually probably a really smart idea.

45:47
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now, pet products are great products to sell because people always tend to overspend and your customers are generally not price sensitive either. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 530. And once again, tickets to Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go to sellersummit.com.

46:15
And if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

529: How My Student Sally Wilson 10x’ed Her Ecommerce Business Selling Cross Stitch Supplies Online

529: How My Student Sally Wilson 10x'ed Her Ecommerce Business Selling Cross-stitch Supplies Online

Today I’m thrilled to have Sally Wilson back on the show after 4 years. Sally is a student from my Create A Profitable Online Store Course (https://profitableonlinestore.com). She resides in the UK and runs a very successful online business over at CaterpillarCrossstitch.com

Since she was last on, her business has grown 10X so in this episode, we talk about her leap into 7 figures and how her business has evolved from the last time we spoke.

What You’ll Learn

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now, today I have a student from my Create a Profitable Online Store course back on the show. And the last time I had Sally Wilson on several years ago, she had just hit six figures in revenue. But today she now runs a seven figure e-commerce store over at caterpillacrossstitch.com, which is a store that sells cross-stitch supplies online.

00:28
So in this episode, we’re going to talk about the steps she took to grow her business 10X since the last time she was on. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, is a curriculum based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business.

00:58
Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales in around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

01:28
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th. And right now there are only a handful of tickets left. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon right now for 50 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting.

01:56
When you grab the book, over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:13
Welcome to the My Wife, Could Her Job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have Sally Wilson back on the show after four years. If you don’t remember Sally, she’s a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course. She resides in the UK and she runs a very successful online business over at caterpillarcrossditch.com. last time I had Sally on, she was making a healthy six figure income. I don’t remember her exact numbers back in 2020, but I’ll link up her previous episode in the show notes.

02:41
But today her business has grown dramatically to seven figures in British pounds. I thought I’d might add also she’s been featured in the Daily Mail and she has all sorts of new projects going on. So what we’re going to talk about today is how she made the leap to seven figures and how her business has evolved from the last time we spoke four years ago. And with that, welcome back to the show, Sally. How are doing today? Thank you very much. Good. Thank you. I hadn’t quite realized that it was so long since we last spoke.

03:09
I didn’t realize it was that long either. And so you’ve been doing this for a long time now. Yeah, we’ve just turned eight years old at the end of November as a business. Um, but it feels like about two years. Um, have we known each other that long? That’s ridiculous. I, well, it’s easy to remember because it I was on maternity leave and I remember I purchased your course in June of 2013.

03:38
when my daughter was six months old and I did it between when she was six months old and 12 months old. And then it was that 12 month gap that I knew I had to make a decision of what to do next. So I remember very vividly having a specific notepad and I used to watch all your videos on the iPad in the garden while she was napping. So yeah, 2013 I did the course. Crazy, crazy. Well, Sally, just in case the audience didn’t listen to our very first episode.

04:06
Just tell the audience about your store and what you sell real quick. Sure. So caterpillacrossstitch.com. We, well, I design and we manufacture and ship all over the world, modern cross stitch kits and other accessories and supplies like scissors, hoops, needle minders, and project bags. And is, are most of your customers in the UK or are you really international now where you’re getting a lot of business from other countries?

04:34
So we shipped over 30 countries, but the vast majority of customers are UK and USA, split pretty evenly actually. Oh, okay. Yeah, and that forms for about 9 % of our customers. And then the remaining 10%, I would say is Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and then a few in Europe. You know, what’s funny is a lot of people always come up to me and say, hey, I’m in the UK or I’m in the EU, is the market big enough?

05:02
And are there any hurdles with you shipping to the US because the shipping costs are high or how have you managed to resolve that issue? I mean, to be honest, the shipping costs aren’t too bad. We use Royal Mail to ship everything. And I think as well, if you’re ordering something from UK, USA or vice versa, you expect to pay a little bit more than you would domestically.

05:26
It’s more the, I suppose one issue we have is things sometimes get damaged. And we have certain packaging that we know in the UK it’s going to arrive absolutely perfectly. I mean, it is quite rare to be fair, but sometimes some of the packages might be ripped or torn or something. And that will always be international. And then also just delays. I mean, we’re pretty good at the moment. Obviously 2020 and 21 was a different story. But in the UK, something could get there the next day.

05:56
in the States, it could be anything from seven days to four weeks. It depends which state. It’s not always just on the distance of how long it takes. think Vancouver takes quite a while in Canada. And yeah, it’s not too bad. I’m just curious, are there any plans to like have like a distribution center in the US or has everything just been okay in general with shipping? Well,

06:24
It’s funny you asked that actually, because that was on my notes to talk to you about. Everything has been pretty much okay. But we are selling on various Amazon platforms as well. And I was going to say recently, but it was actually a while ago now, we started selling on amazon.com. And Amanda has kindly offered their sort of warehouse and staffing. So we now get all of the needle minders and the supplies.

06:53
for the Amazon US shipped directly to her and then her team prep everything and ship it to the local Amazon fulfillment center. Oh, wow. So it cuts us out completely of that. And actually that’s doing really well in America. We’ve been selling amazon.co.uk for longer. But the needle minders sort of the price point between sort of 10, 15 pounds.

07:19
is just a really good price point for FBA and sort of gifting and stuff like that. So it’s a really easy sort of transactional thing to just keep it flowing through and make sure the stock’s there. So yeah, Amanda’s been a great help. That’s amazing. So Amanda is another student in the class. She’s been on the show, I don’t know, two or three times, I think. Is most of your business non Amazon? It was the case last time we spoke. Is it still the case? Yes. Okay.

07:49
Yeah, so Amazon’s doing really well, but it’s probably 5%. Okay, yeah. So I’ve turned over so vast majority is on our website via Shopify. So I was actually just on your website. And I noticed that you’re running events now as well. In fact, it’s right front and center like the main call to action on your website right now. did. Yeah, it’s right. It’s the first one you can see. Oh, it’s the first one. Okay, I was just gonna ask has have events become a meaningful contributor to your revenue?

08:19
but it sounds like this is very first one. Yes. So we’ve been doing stitching social events, we call them, since 2019 when I started doing them in person. And we started having groups of 12 people, sort of a cross stitch class, a social event, lots of fun games, quizzes. I’m there and other staff to kind of teach people techniques. And it’s just loads of fun.

08:44
So we did a few of those in 2019 and then 2020 everything went online and we’ve stuck online with those ever since. So we have, we’re actually starting in February as well with this next batch. So we have 18 events with 15 people at each event three times a year, but it’s all online and we’ve got hosts all over the world as well so that they can do the events in their time zone. because when I, I do four and then we’ve got different hosts.

09:14
Mine are always at 7pm, but obviously if you’re in Australia or America that’s not going to be suitable. So yeah, they’re always themed as well. So we’ve had a run recently of sort of cottages and little shops. So if you do all the events, you can collect them basically. But yes, this year is our first retreat. So it’s called the Caterpillar Stitch Retreat and it’s a weekend event.

09:40
It’s in Birmingham, which is not too far from us here. It’s pretty central in England in June at the hotel. So very new for us, but I’ve been to events before in London and all over the place. And I know they’re pretty big in America as well. So we’ve got 300 tickets. We haven’t sold them all yet, but it’s really good fun actually because we’re planning all the benefits as well.

10:06
of what the attendees will get. We’ve got like standard tickets, VIP tickets. We’ve got finishing workshops and t-shirts and all the merch. So yeah, I’m really excited. That sounds really exciting. I still remember the first year I had my event and I had the best time. You’re going to have an amazing time. It’ll be amazing to just see everybody there face to face. Yeah, it’ll be so different. think with e-commerce, you’re just so used to email and social media and YouTube.

10:35
And then to just be in a room with that many people as well. Yeah. And names that I will have seen so many times, you know, on social media and stuff and chatted with, it’s just going to be amazing. I know that just building a community for your business has been so huge for you guys. Yeah. And I don’t know if you can remember four years ago when we talked, but how things evolved from what it was four years ago to seven figures, like what things have changed for you to grow your business so dramatically?

11:07
So wasn’t the start of 2020 we spoke? Yes, it was January of 2020. pandemic. So yeah, I think I just hit, yeah it was because the previous year I just hit six figures. Well, lockdown helped a lot. And I think we quadrupled turnover in 2020. Oh wow. So that was a big boost. There was an awful lot of people taking up all sorts of crafts for the first time anyway.

11:36
And I think the issue after that in 21 was so many people said to me, oh, have you noticed a big drop off or everyone’s given up now that, you know, they can go on holidays again and they can go back to work. But actually I think because we had the communities and the content around it, we actually managed to keep about 76 % return rate and we just kept those people. made sure we had the email addresses. We made sure that they subscribed and followed and joined the Facebook group.

12:05
and made sure that just because the pandemic was over as such or, you know, lockdown is eased, they still continued being a customer. So in the Facebook group for us as a start has always been in the foundation. I think we have six moderators now. Wow. And that’s really active. We’re nearly at 20,000 people in the group. And just lots of engagement, lots of questions. We involve the community in everything. So

12:34
I’m writing a book at the moment about Taylor Swift lyrics. Being very careful not to infringe on any trademark because she’s got hundreds of trademarks. But I’m always in the group saying, you what’s your favorite lyric? What’s your favorite album? What would you like to see next? We do a lot of surveys to make sure that people feel part of it, but also for me to create things that people are going to want.

13:02
It’s got to be a balance, I think, of stuff I’m passionate about and inspired by, but also things actually everyone else wants as well. So luckily there’s lots of Swifties as well. So one of my weaknesses has always been, you know, starting up a group and building up a community. It’s it’s harder for me. You seem to do it very easily. What does it take to start a Facebook group from scratch that supports your brand? And what are the steps that you take to do it?

13:27
Well, I remember, I mean, full cross stitch as a niche specifically, and I think anything like that, that’s a hobby. Facebook groups, again, you know, this is eight years ago, and they’re still big now, but it might be a generational thing. And I think some younger people aren’t quite as into Facebook groups anymore. But it really was the place to hang out and go to be friends with people who have the shared common passion.

13:56
But if it’s a bit of an unusual passion as well, you’re unlikely to have someone in real life who’s your friend from work or neighbor who’s going to like the same thing as you. I think I only know about three people who actually cross-stitch in my real world. So if I was a customer, I wouldn’t have anyone really to share it with. But right at the start, I was in, when I think I was researching stuff, I was in about 10 other cross-stitch groups on Facebook.

14:23
And I couldn’t believe how engaged they were and how many hundreds of posts a day. Because with cross-stitch it takes such a long time, you would post photos and the progress and tips as you went along on the project. So if you’re stitching over the course of two months, you might be posting 20 or 30 different photos and your accessories. So it’s quite a long process and there’s lots of content.

14:52
But one thing that really helped, sorry. No, no, go on, go on. I was just going to say one thing really helped at the start was that there was another Facebook group that I then collaborated with as a designer to create a Stitch Along project. So it was Happiness is Homemade, which was a cakes afternoon tea theme. And they asked me to design something that then their group members could stitch also. So we had a bit of an overlap of my Facebook group.

15:21
and their members and they were very kindly, you know, encouraging them to come over to me as well. So that really helped get sort of the initial, let’s say thousand members of the group. So in terms of the group in the beginning, were you posting like all the time? Like jumpstarting the group is actually the hardest part and encouraging people to actually post, right? Yeah, definitely. It’s, it’s really, really hard at beginning. I mean, everything is and it’s one of those things that where it’s like,

15:51
you know, it’s not always the person who’s the best. It’s just the person who doesn’t quit. And it’s just staying laser focused. And even if it is true, even if you have two people that like a post, or you get one comment on something you’ve worked really hard on, it doesn’t matter as long as you know, someone is responding and you’re pointing it out there. And before you know, you’ll get like thousand responses. But yeah, it is a bit soul destroying at the start when you are

16:19
creating videos and going live. And I did a lot of freebies as well. So I designed free cross stitch patterns and put those on there or say, you know, sign up for the email newsletter list. And there was an ebook of patterns. But yeah, funny memes. There’s lots of in jokes, I think that can be adapted for hobbies. So I’m trying to think. So I don’t know with cross stitch, for example, you’re supposed to have a piece of thread that’s no longer than from your hand to your elbow.

16:49
But that would then mean that you’ve got to replace it more often. So people that like to push it a little bit have like a piece that’s a meter long and then you’ll use it upright to the last millimeter and play thread chicken, it’s called. And then yeah, the old joke of where, you you’re supposed to just have one thing at a time, but actually most cross stitches have about 27 projects and flip around and do a little bit of each one. So yeah, lots of

17:19
funny memes and I think things that people can share and posts that people can tag their friends in. Giveaways, collaborations and going live really. People do love a live video.

17:33
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

18:02
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

18:14
Would you say that the community that you’ve developed is still your number one vehicle for customer acquisition or have things evolved? Yes, I would say so. I’d say Facebook, Facebook ads, the main page, the group. Facebook completely outdoes any other, for us, any other social media platform. YouTube is a pretty close second, great as well, and that’s been growing a lot recently.

18:43
And I think, just posting consistently sort of once a week and just really looking at the analytics and seeing what people are enjoying and also looking at when they’re dropping off so that, you you don’t want them a bit bored and see like that five minute mark, okay, everyone’s going now, making sure it’s really valuable. I’m pretty sure you didn’t have your YouTube channel four years ago. I did. You did. Okay. But it nearly as large. No, it wasn’t. It was probably, probably not even getting ad revenue or something.

19:13
I did start doing YouTube videos probably about seven years ago. I had another channel and I was doing cake decoration and all sorts of videos like that. But I’ve always loved photography, videography, just making any videos really. So it came quite naturally. you spend a lot of money on ads or is it mainly organic that drives most of your revenue?

19:39
Um, we spend a decent amount on ads. Um, would say mainly Facebook and Google ads. not a huge amount. Um, I think if we’ve got a specific project or a launch, we’ll plow a bit of money into it. Um, so for example, at the moment we are. In fact, we’re not doing any ads on our advent calendar because it’s actually going really well. But if we’ve got a few left and we really need to push them out and we’re getting towards September, October, we’ll do a specific advent calendar.

20:09
or a specific stocking filler ad or something like that. Okay. But for the most part, it’s organic, which is great because that means your profit margins are really good. Can we talk about your YouTube channel? Like when you started it and we know it’s, I mean, I started a YouTube channel about four years ago and starting it is, it’s, it’s a bit depressing, right? You spend all this time putting out a video and no one watches it and then you just have to continue on.

20:38
So what’s going be here? Yours has been absolutely incredible. I’ve been following it and I’m always shouting to my husband, tell him like, you’ll never guess. Look at Steve’s now. Well, I want to ask you about yours because, you know, when it comes to e-commerce, there’s, there’s people who just want to focus on the selling and they’re not willing to put the time in and go through the slog of a YouTube channel. So when you first set out,

21:06
Like what was the overall strategy and has it worked out the way you would have liked with your channel? So specifically with YouTube? Yes, that’s correct. So yes, it has worked out. Luckily how I hoped the strategy was, I suppose really in the basic sense to be on YouTube at all because one of the reasons why I chose the niche, one of the reasons why I chose the niche was because

21:33
I thought, well, actually looking at the other players in the category and looking at the competition, there wasn’t anyone really doing video and there wasn’t anyone doing lives and sort of putting their face out there really and being quite personal and doing so many tutorials and just bringing people behind the scenes. There were lots of websites, there’s lots of designers and manufacturers, but the

22:02
strategy really was just to produce really great quality videos. And I’ve always just stuck to one a week. I thought that’s manageable. I didn’t want to start doing too many and not be able to keep it up. So yeah, one video every week, we do Monday, 7pm. I do have other hosts as well, because it got a bit much for me to record and edit. I’ve now got a lovely editor over in the Philippines, which I think you might have helped with or pointing me in the right direction.

22:32
And it’s really helped because I can just send him like four videos at a time. And I think after a while you do sort of sync up how you work. And I think he understands now sort of which bits to cut out and which ones to keep in. I sometimes talk to him while I’m recording as well. I’ll be like, cut that bit out. And then, yeah, so I’ve currently got two other hosts. One main host, Ford, who’s amazing.

23:01
and he produces most of the content weekly. And then mine are probably like every fourth video will be me and then Jackie as well who will do the odd video or sort of stitch with me videos. those people who are on your staff for that, are they doing it like for fun because they just love it or are these people on your paid staff? Yeah, so essentially they’re freelancers. So yeah, they’re paid. mean, as you know, there’s so much goes into it.

23:30
And we plan out a lot ahead as well and sort of come up with a strategy of what’s going to come next. And then we work with our launch plan for the year as well to see if they can start promoting products earlier. So yeah, so they’re all paid. So how long did it take before the YouTube channel started bearing fruit for you? Oh, probably years.

23:57
exactly when it started. But it probably took a good two or three years. Two or three years. It’s so hard at the start. I think commenting on other people’s videos, being part of their communities as well, and just doing posting really helpful comments, or funny or just something, there’s no point I think commenting on stuff just like, oh, that’s amazing, or well done or great video. No one’s interested in that. And also, it’s really transparent because you can just see you can tell what people are doing.

24:28
But yeah, just really engaging with other accounts or doing collaborations or seeing if you can appear on their channels as well. Sort of like what we’re doing with a side-by-side camera. Even if it’s for five minutes, I would send products to bigger YouTube channels as well and get them, even if it was a second, to just like hold up the product and just say, oh, this is brand new, who is this? Yeah, I mean, everything sort of feeds into each other.

24:56
with YouTube. And the main things that it does for us is drives traffic to the website. But also actually above that, we’ve got the link to sign up for the email to newsletter list. Right. Because I know once I’ve got that, they’re in the funnel. So is it deliberate how you guide people over or is it they just kind of look in the description, they see the link to the newsletter? It’s pretty deliberate. We have a set format as well for each video.

25:24
So with the hosts, I like to not be too prescriptive and sort of controlling, I do my best. But there are certain things that we try to say at certain times or things that will flash up on the screen. Because a lot of the videos are quite long as well. So, you know, if it’s a 15 minute video, there’s certain points where they’ll mention either subscribing or the Facebook group or the email newsletter and the benefits of that as well.

25:52
Okay, yeah, I know for me, YouTube is actually now my number two email sub source outside of the blog. And I’m just very deliberate about just casually mentioning it. know, the video, don’t want be too obvious, but um, but you but equally, you have to sell it, you have to, there’s no point being too coy or shy about it. And there’s loads of benefits to it as well, because we do 10 % off and then we have an ebook of eight patterns.

26:22
to see you through the air. So I think that’s a pretty good And I was just, I’ve just been very shocked by how many people actually click into the description and click on a link in the description. I used to think that was just very low, but it’s actually pretty reasonable. I was just very shocked. Yeah, there’s a lot to be said, think, watching someone’s face on screen, hearing them talk, you feel like they’re a friend.

26:49
your I mean, there’s so much rubbish on YouTube as well of going, okay, this is a genuine person, they know what they’re talking about. And having that window of, okay, yeah, I’ll click this or I’ll give you my email address. It’s something that you can’t necessarily do as well if they can’t see you or you know, they’re just reading some reading words on the internet. Yeah, I was reading some of your reviews, actually, if your podcast and videos and things. And everyone’s saying that

27:16
what comes across is that trustworthiness and so genuine and so knowledgeable. And I think that’s what sets people apart from the people that are just trying it, you know, for the short term or they’re just giving it a go. You’ve got to be consistent and you’ve got to, like you’ve always sort of drilled into us, you know, be an expert in your fields so that people listen to you and respect you and then take that next step. You know, one thing I was actually on your site again, and it had been a while since I’d been on your website,

27:44
You have subscription boxes. Is that relatively new? We started those at the start of 2021. Ah, OK. So not since I last… We’re box 18 now. Wow. So walk me through that. Was that because you wanted a source of recurring revenue and you thought the box would be a great idea for that? Yes, that’s one of the reasons. Also, I just thought it’d be really fun to work with other designers.

28:11
So I don’t design every cross-stitch kit for the boxes. So there’s a new, each box is themed and those themes are chosen by the community. So for example, we’ve just had Easter eggs, which people are stitching now ready for Easter. And then the next one is Woodland Animals, which will be coming out in April. And then we have Halloween, we have a mythical theme, Christmas, we’ve had pets.

28:40
sewing, all kinds of things, lighthouses, seaside. So people will vote on the themes and then we will sort of in our team meetings at work brainstorm all the other things to go in and which designers we’d like to get to create the pattern. And then we produce the kit. They get a license fee for a year or two years for us to use it for the box. And then we work with other small businesses to find three unique items that we might design them ourselves, but

29:08
For example, if it’s hot chocolate or I don’t know, washi tape or ribbons and stuff like that. So when someone receives the box, obviously it’s branded Casper Cross Stitch and we’ve produced it all, but they’ve got a brand new designer that they might never have heard of. And then they’ve got three small businesses. So it could be sweet treats, could be gadgets, anything to do with sort of Cross Stitch. And then often people will then go and buy more from those other businesses as well.

29:38
Yes, the recurring revenue is also nice. That’s amazing. You know, I once interviewed someone on the show who ran a very successful subscription box. And I think one of the pain points that she mentioned was that every single month, you have to find new stuff to include. It’s not like a single product that you just sell the same thing. Yeah. Can we just talk about some of like the trade offs of your subscription box versus just your regular store where you’re selling similar things over and over and over again? Yeah. So

30:07
The box is really good value as well because it’s 25 pounds a box. actually I try to make it worth be worth about 35 pounds if you were to buy everything individually. We started off doing a box every three months. But actually that’s quite a long time because the the projects inside are about six inches so they’re much smaller and people were finishing them in a few weeks. So the

30:35
the majority wanted a bi-monthly box. So we moved to bi-monthly, but yeah, doing six boxes a year, six new designs, complete new themes, and then all the goodies as well to theme them, stick to the theme is a lot of work. We try not to duplicate anything as well. So, I mean, I’m sure we could, and I’m sure the production and fulfillment team would say, you know, let’s streamline this. But with my sort of,

31:05
creative hat on, like, we could do this, and let’s find these. And they’re like, that’s a brand new supplier, this is going to take a while. But yeah, it’s a lot of fun picking out the new things. We try to keep it relatively consistent. So there’s definitely a theme of, it’s going to be a handy craft related item, it can’t just be some random thing. But yeah, it’s a lot of work even on top of it, but we work really far in advance. So I’m working on Christmas right now. Wow.

31:32
Are the prior boxes available for sale in case someone wants to buy an older box? No, we try to not do that. I know that some people do or they’ll put the price up, but to encourage the subscriptions, we say it’s only available with a subscription. And when we have the cutoff dates as well, I will go live on that day and say, listen, if you want this or you’re interested, you have to subscribe now. Because I think otherwise, if they’re all available,

32:02
people might not subscribe. Depending on licenses and sometimes I’ll design them. So the Easter Eggs one that just shipped on the 1st of February, I designed that. So those ones will be available as kits separately, maybe six, nine months later, and they’ll just form part of our normal collection. But it very much depends on the designer.

32:29
and what they want to do because often they’ll do a design for the box and then a year later they’ll say well actually this is really popular I want to sell the PDF myself. Do you foresee the subscription box becoming a more significant portion of your revenue going forward or is it just kind of something fun that you like to do? Just kind of something fun I would say. mean it is profitable and it is growing.

32:56
It is a lot of work. You’re just packaging up so many things. Whereas one of our main kits could be 35 pounds just for the kit. Right. It’s definitely not, you know, one of the biggest contributors, but it’s a nice, a nice add on, shall we say? Sally, it seems like you’ve got so many things on your plate. I am just very curious. How do you allocate your own personal time?

33:24
that gives you kind of like the biggest bang for the buck or are you just kind of doing everything based on what you find fun at this point in the business? Probably bit of a mix. Okay. So I could probably be a bit more organized with how I structure the days and the weeks and the priorities. I think it’s a balance isn’t it between what’s the most profitable but then also what you enjoy.

33:49
We do have strategy days for directors sort of every six months or so where we look at the revenue streams and then how much time and effort goes into them. And also just do I actually enjoy it? And there’s some things that might not be as profitable, but I just love doing them. So like the stitching socials, the events are an awful lot of work, but you’ve only got a few people on each one. So actually it’s not the most profitable.

34:17
But I think then that connection with the audience means a lot and has a knock on effect because those people then go and tell their friends and they talk about it in other groups. A lot of the time I am just winging it and I’m just going with what’s most urgent that month. Yeah, there’s always so many things on the go and I think in some ways,

34:42
that’s just how I like to work. I think I thrive under pressure. I think I’ve always got a million ideas. And actually, I get bored very, very easily. So I think what would probably overwhelm some people, I don’t really think I get stressed by it almost energizes me. Right. And actually, I think I panic if I don’t have enough going on. there’s, think my brain just goes, you only have 57 things. Here’s another six. I’m like, okay, add it to the list.

35:11
Um, but I am trying to do sort of more outside of work as well. We was talking earlier about my piano lessons and, um, I’ve got a personal trainer now and I’m doing a marathon, as a relay, so I’m training for that. It’s not really a marathon. We’re only doing, I think 12 K each. That’s four of us. Um, and yeah, just trying to get involved in other stuff, painting and trying to take time out from the busy work schedule. Yeah.

35:41
I mean, now that you’ve taken a store to six figures, which was a big milestone, and now you’re at seven figures, what would you say were some of the bigger challenges taking it from six to seven figures specifically? Probably for me, touching on the last point as well, one of the hardest things has been when you start by yourself, you don’t have anyone to answer to. And to be honest, maybe it was a worry in the early days when I’d have three orders and I’d think, oh.

36:10
you know, this is not very many, this isn’t going very well. But equally, I had young children at home and I think, well, okay, you know, it’s growing and it was all very relaxed. And I was, I felt like I was my own boss. And even in 2020, when I hired my first employee, which I think by the end of the year, there was four or five of us, even that wasn’t that bad. It was quite manageable. Everyone knew what they were doing. It was all very defined roles.

36:38
And I still felt like I had control, I think, over what we did and when. And we didn’t really have to be that organized or planned so far ahead because if I want to do something two months later, we’d order the stock, we’d make it the numbers and the quantity just wasn’t there. So it was all relatively calm. So I would say definitely the hardest thing has been from that jump has been just the leveling up in terms of mindset.

37:07
I think there’s a lot of like imposter syndrome and sort of thinking hang on a minute, is this actually happening? But also the processes and the systems and the staff. There’s 14 of us now. Wow. And it’s a lot. I do often feel like I’m not actually in charge or I’m not actually.

37:32
the CEO all the time because there’s so much going on and you’ve got all these departments and there’s so much more work that has to go into the planning. So like we’ve, the whole of 2024 is completely planned out now, which is something I would, I would never normally do that. I would leave room for, you know, ideas and creativity. And if, you know, something just popped up in my inbox, but obviously you can’t do that at scale.

38:02
There’s bigger rewards, but there’s also bigger problems. It’s a lot of fun. It’s never a boring day, but I think mindset, also just the practicalities of the amount of people, the staff of absences, sickness, holidays, recruitment, managing staff, training them, and just making sure you’ve got enough stock as well. It’s, yeah, when you’ve got sort of thousands of units to ship out.

38:31
Yeah, it’s not the sort of thing that you can just do the week ahead and go, Oh, yeah, I’ll just pull on all night. So it’s a lot of planning that goes into it. Are you still doing a lot of your own fulfillment? Yes, we do all of it. Oh, you do all of it. Okay, wow. So that is that where a lot of your staff is is in the fulfillment area also or fulfillment and production, I say most of it’s in production.

38:55
gluing the needle minders, cutting the fabrics. We’ve got three machines for our threads that wind them onto the thread holders now. So you can choose the color and the length and it will rotate to give you seven meters, for example. And then packaging stuff up and sticking the labels on. So we’ve got three people in fulfillment, but then the vast majority is in production. And then we’ve got customer service, marketing, social media, stuff like that.

39:22
So I haven’t been able to take a step back though. not, I now do get to stick to sort of marketing, creative photography, video, design, all the stuff that I love. I was just gonna ask you that question. let’s say you didn’t have to run things. Where would you wanna be spending your time? Designing the kits or just come up with the ideas? I think the design does take

39:52
a really long time. So it would be nice to have a graphic designer to work alongside and someone to create the patterns as well. I do like coming up with the concepts for it. So I think I’m pretty good at color and just sort of balancing out a design. The detail of on the grid actually doing the pixels for the stitches and the patterns. My creative assistant does do an awful lot with the patterns and using.

40:21
Adobe Creative Cloud and everything. Yeah, think just planning out exciting new designs. love creating things, but then I love the events. I love video. I love making reels. I mean, I would spend a lot more time on TikTok if I could. I have to delete it at the moment because it’s too addictive. I think I wasted four hours last week in one go and I was like, what’s happened? But yeah, stuff. I love video.

40:51
So Sally, for the people listening here that want to start their business or maybe they’re at six figures or less and they want to get to the point where you’ve gotten to, if you were to advise them to just focus on like just one or two things, what would they be? Just giving your experience. I would probably say email marketing and content marketing. So we do a lot of blogs, you know,

41:19
the reels and YouTube and I think all of those things getting someone’s email, but then again, you used to drill into us, making sure that then you’ve got your email flow set up. So the welcome series, I think we’ve probably got eight emails in that and they’re very, very structured. We’ve analyzed the results in terms of how often to send them, how many days, the click through rates.

41:47
I’m obsessed with things like subject lines and colors. The colors of a button to click and the psychology behind that, making things stand out. And then post purchase and abandoned cart and segmenting people as well. And luckily people don’t really seem to unsubscribe from emails very much. And the open rate.

42:15
they tell me is above the average. So we sometimes get to 40 % open, which is amazing. So I would just say email marketing, like whatever you can do, just collect those emails. So if you’re on social media, think doing lives as well is great. Facebook lives, YouTube lives, and then just always make sure you get someone to sign up for the email newsletter list. We also do Facebook ads for the email list. Oh, you do. Okay.

42:45
Yeah. So you mentioned a couple things there. You mentioned blog, YouTube channel, shorts. Let’s say you had to pick one. Okay, I know I’ve still that was the question wasn’t it? And I’ve now given you too many answers.

43:00
Facebook and Facebook groups Facebook groups for your demographic. Yes. Because you’re talking sort of 40 5060 year olds, right? So it would be very different if you had a product and you were targeting obviously like 24 year olds. Yeah, but for for the stitches and for sharing photos of the progress to be able to upload it in the group and then get comments and tips. It’s the perfect format for that. A lot of people are thinking

43:28
complain that Facebook can be, you know, they’re a bit snarky or mean or, you know, funny comments, but we’ve got really strict rules in the Facebook group and everyone has to be sort of positive and kind and friendly. And we don’t stand for any drama. So anything happens and we’re done. So we’re really careful that everyone’s very supported and protected in there as well because, you know, you might have mental health issues, there might be sickness.

43:55
People might be stitching for all sorts of reasons and they come on there for an escape. So it is like a bit of a sanctuary. about blogging versus YouTube versus short form? I would say I probably put blogging for us at the bottom because it’s so visual that they need to be able to see the techniques. Right. So I’d probably put YouTube at the top, short form video, then blogs. Okay.

44:23
But blogs have definitely still got a place. Yeah, things are just changing so quickly. This is why I asked, you know, with AI and I don’t know if this has affected you as much, but I know for for my wife, quitterjob.com, tons of spam content just auto generated from AI now that are just kind of flooding Google. There’s even like faceless YouTube videos now that are flooding YouTube. Wow, I haven’t actually seen any yet.

44:54
I don’t think we have too much of problem with it. Probably not in cross stitch, I would guess. But just in the business space, at least. It’s probably like 25 % of my feed now is actually AI voices or whatever. And they have a lot of views. So, you know, it might be working. I don’t know. I a little wary about a future where everything is just you’re just watching robots, you know, creating content.

45:22
Yeah, mean, I saw an Instagram account the other day that’s got millions of followers and it’s basically a robot and it’s this woman and they’ve sort of made her into this perfect woman and it’s completely fake but people are following and commenting as if she’s real, it’s so bizarre. I mean, I think there will be some restrictions on it. I mean, surely at some point or I don’t know, legislation or something. I think maybe the cross-stitch is a bit too small to be on the radar perhaps.

45:53
I mean, I sometimes use it to sort of help with, you know, if you’ve run out of inspiration or you’re trying to be a bit more concise or get to the point a bit more, it is really handy for some things if I’m preparing something. But, but as far as you can see, AI is probably not, not going to affect your industry as much. I don’t think so. No, hopefully no.

46:22
Well, Sally, it’s been great catching up. We should probably do this sooner than once every four years. We should have a regular annual podcast. Well, maybe next time we’ll have Jan, you’ll hit 10 million. That might be a while, but we’ll see. Maybe in four years. And I hope we get a chance to meet up one of these days. But for the people listening, where can people check out your awesome cross-stitch kits and your cool events, subscription boxes and everything like that?

46:51
So if you already are a Cross Stitcher or you want to get involved, you can go to caterpillacrossstitch.com. Our Instagram and Facebook YouTube is all at caterpillacrossstitch. And we’re on TikTok. And also if you are interested in purchasing things as of today, this is an exclusive, our products are now available for sale in John Lewis, which if you’re in America, you might not have heard of it, but in England, it’s a big deal.

47:18
And it’s one of my favorite stores. So it’s my first job was there. So it’s a big department store basically. And we had meetings from September last year. And as of today, the products are in the shops and on their website. you can also go and check my job. Congratulations. We didn’t even talk about that. We’ll save it for next time. That’s very exciting. for sure. We can talk about the pitch and the meetings because it was a bit apprentice like with a

47:47
Well, Sally, thanks so much for coming back on the show. I appreciate you. No worries at all. Thanks, Steve.

47:59
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now, Sally is an amazing person and I have no doubt that she’ll hit the 10 million mark by the next time she’s on the show. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 529. And once again, tickets to Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go to sellersummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

48:29
Head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

528: TikTok Shop, AI, Meta Ads & More Gossip – ECF Recap Part 2 With Toni Herrbach

528: TikTok Shop, AI, Meta Ads & More Gossip - ECF Recap Part 2 With Toni Herrbach

Last week, Toni and I attended the Ecommerce Fuel Live event in New Orleans, LA.

This is part 2 of a series where we cover the gossip, the hallway conversations, the sessions,  and some of the trends that we saw at ECF Live. 

What You’ll Learn

  • The new trends with Tiktok shop, AI, and Meta Ads
  • Recap of day 3 of the Ecommerce Fuel Live event
  • What most sellers are having problems with

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Bob Quirter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now, Tony and I were at the eCommerce Fuel Conference in New Orleans last week, and this is part two of the series where we’re covering the gossip, the hallway conversations and the sessions at the event and some of the trends that we’re seeing. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com.

00:26
The Seller Summit is an e-conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events.

00:54
so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off tickets at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250K or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th, and right now, the tickets are almost sold out. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur Yet,

01:23
It’s available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

01:55
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. It is day two of, actually it’s day three. It’s day three. Day three of ECF Live where we’re covering Andrew Udarian’s eCommerce Fuel event. And Bo, Tony and I went to a number of talks and we’re just going to do a little bit of a recap today. Yeah. You said you’re exhausted and can’t wait to get home. I did so much talking today. Actually all days. Yeah. I feel like I’m at that stage where your throat’s just starting to like get that, oh, I need to shut up.

02:25
for a little bit. So let’s record a podcast. Our friend Noah lost his voice on day zero. Yes. Right when he arrived at the opening party. Yeah, he has it back a little bit today. He does. Yes. Yeah. So. So what, are some key takeaways? So I’m seeing a couple common themes. One of the things that we did this time at ECF, which I don’t think we’ve done to this level, is break into those small groups called houses. And I think we discussed that last time.

02:53
but today we basically did mini masterminds with our houses. And the one thing that I’ve noticed throughout the several days, just getting more of those one-on-one conversations and small group conversations is that everybody wants to talk about branding and marketing and content. Yes. Actually, my whole table was mostly about content. Yeah. And how to do it, the methods of doing it and the types of content. Yeah. So I think that’s a common theme. And it’s interesting because we see this a lot with Amazon sellers.

03:23
where people are like, oh, can’t put all my eggs in one basket. I need to get off Amazon. I need to start creating that brand. These people already have brands. They’re not really, I mean, some of them are selling on Amazon, but primarily they are selling on Shopify or BigCommerce. They already have a brand created, but they have trouble creating the content to go along with it. Which I find interesting actually, because if you’re already doing pretty well at D2C, usually you have one channel down, one or two channels down, I would say. And I would say the majority of the people least I talked to are doing really well on.

03:53
Facebook advertising still and that’s what I heard as well though people were unhappy. Oh, okay They were unhappy with Facebook ads. Yeah, they’re just okay, you know, it feels like a roller coaster Well Facebook did go down really recently and yes did so So one of the interesting talks I went to yesterday Was a talk on digital product, which I don’t think Andrew’s ever had a digital product talk And so I was mostly curious

04:21
as to what it was going to be about. from the amount of people in the room, I will say that people didn’t think that was a good idea to have that talk. people were in the room, just curious? About 15. Oh, wow. That’s really small. small. Okay. And it was unfortunate because I feel like that was the sleeper session of the event because it was taught by Julia. She owns a Barware brand.

04:46
which I was explaining this last night to people and one person thought it was club wear, like dancing, like stuff you’d wear to a bar. Pat from Pat, the CB radio guy, thought it meant things you wore to ballet on the B-A-R-R-E bar. And I was like, no, it’s like cocktail shakers, bar wear. Like, so anyway, just to clarify, that’s what she sells. And she actually got her start with digital products and then moved into the physical product space.

05:13
and the way that they are using digital products and they basically are talking about courses. So I think they have eight courses on their site and she shared her numbers for Shopify. So they sell on Amazon and Shopify. For Shopify, about 20 % of her sales on Shopify are the digital products. making up a huge chunk of the actual Shopify revenue. But not only that, they use that instead of a lead magnet.

05:41
So we talk a lot about lead magnets. talk about creating mini courses, PDFs, things like that to get people on your email list. They’re using it as an incentive to buy. So they have a beginner bartender type course, which is $150. It’s set up similar to our courses with person talking video, although they’re actually showing like demonstrating, creating the drinks and stuff. It’s $150. And they basically offer that if you spend over a certain dollar amount, you get that for free.

06:10
So if you spend $75 in the store, you get the course as the bonus, right, as $150 value, which is a huge value and it costs them absolutely nothing, right? It doesn’t cost them anything to mail it. So even though like we do a lot of like free gift with purchase, but this is a hundred percent free gift with purchase and it’s an unlimited quantity. The other thing she said that it worked really well with is

06:36
when people want to give corporate type gifts, which they have a product that lends itself to that, the fact that you can get it, you can also purchase the class. So just think about this. If you’re like in a big company and you want to give your top manager something, you give them all a fancy cocktail set and they get this bartending class. So it takes this product that it seems good and makes it great. And so they’re spending double the amount of money and Julia’s spending

07:05
zero double, you know, she’s spending just what it costs to get the barware and people are double happy. Right. So it’s really a smart move. I talked to Pat for a long time about it last night. He’s like, I need to create a CV. You know, I was like, yes, you do. Yeah, absolutely. So I think there’s a lot of opportunity in that for people to start creating digital products, courses to go with the products that you already sell and using that as your either upsell or your free with purchase.

07:35
or as opposed to just a straight up like put your email address in and get this for free. I like that idea. You know what’s funny is I think at least at this conference, just digital products and courses are kind of looked down upon. Yes. Right. They don’t realize that’s 100 % profit. Yes. And it’s like her course is $150, which is really reasonable for a tad to learn how to mix drinks if that’s what you’re into. That’s a very reasonable priced course.

08:02
And it’s all profit versus maybe her $75 shaker set costs her 10 bucks or five bucks. Plus she’s got to ship it. Plus there’s all these other added costs to it. So someone who was in that session sells a product to style. It’s for men. It’s like how to style thinning hair. it. You just see this teeny tiny comb. Comb with two T’s.

08:28
I think like some sort of like actual like gel or it’s a baby brush. Anyway, but he was he’s been doing digital products for long time. So he actually chimed in on the conversation was really interesting. And he basically sells manuals or courses on how to style and get haircuts that are is good for like thinning or fine hair, which like I’m like, that’s a no brainer, right? You already sell the product.

08:58
it’s not hard to sell somebody on and now we’re going to teach you how to do your hair in a way that makes it look better. Oh, and by the way, with our products, right? Right. And his story was actually funny. So he got into digital products because before he even launched this haircare brand, he has a course that teaches people how to dance. And he said, he said it’s not about his quote was interesting. It was basically, it’s not about the.

09:26
minute details of the course. He’s like, I don’t teach any dance moves that that you can’t learn anywhere on the internet. He’s like, but I target my dance course to older men whose kids are getting married and they want to be able to dance on the dance floor. Like that’s his market because that’s his market for the hair products. Right. I’m like, right. I’m like, give him a microphone. But it’s genius. Right. So it’s like you can take a very simple digital course or product.

09:54
and add the right marketing spin to it, right? Because all dance moves are the same. It’s not like a 60 year old man has a different dance move than a 20 year old girl, right? So they can all do the same dances, but because he’s marketed it in this very specific way, he gets a very targeted customer, which is exactly the type of customer he wants. So I think that’s important for people to think about when they’re thinking about the products they sell, or maybe they don’t sell anything yet, right? And like, I just wanna do something digital.

10:20
you know, what should I do? It’s not necessarily about reinventing some sort of technique. It’s just about putting a spin on that technique that makes it relatable to your demographic of people. Does he still sell that dance course? Yes. To the to the hair? I mean, I the market, I mean, I don’t think he’s like selling it on the same site or anything. OK, I got it. And, you know, if you already sell on Shopify, Shopify has some native integrations that allow you to deliver digital products. So it’s not like you would have to go create something totally new if you wanted to add this to your product suite on Shopify.

10:50
If you aren’t selling anything already, you can do it on WordPress really easily. So we talk about digital products a lot, but it was really cool to hear it talked about in the e-commerce setting and to see people’s like light bulbs going off. All 15 of them? All 15 light bulbs are going off. Anyway, so I thought that was kind of the sleeper session because I think people could really take advantage of this and it’s not hard to create that content these days, especially with AI and overseas, VA’s, things like that.

11:19
So that was my, that’s kind of my winning session as far as like an idea that’s been around forever, but people aren’t utilizing. So my session was the complete opposite of yours. It was packed. It was a Facebook ad section and it was Taylor holiday and her David Herman. I had David Herman on the podcast before, so I kind of knew him pretty well. The first half was about finances. Like, do you even have the numbers to even support ads?

11:47
And I actually had this issue in my class, people want to run ads and they just start doing it without, you know, watching any of the videos and then they fail and they’ll go, Hey, can you take a look? And I’m like, Hey, this product’s not going to work or the numbers don’t work here. Yeah. Cause the product costs 10 bucks. You’re not going to be able to get a conversion for like three bucks. Right. Or whatever. So he went through and what was nice is someone from ECF volunteered their numbers to do a full case study. so they’re.

12:17
there was OpEx operating expenses and then cost of goods. The operating expenses on its own was over 40%. And the margins just didn’t make sense. Basically, if you just added the numbers, there was a negative 10 % profit. Right? And so the whole point of that talk was, you have to get this amount, you have to be able to support the ads before you even think about running them. Right.

12:43
And then the sweet spot average order value is usually 60 to $80. And one thing that I learned that didn’t quite make sense to me, so I talked to David afterward about it. He said anything that’s like over that is actually harder to run Facebook ads for because the impulse buy amount tends to be in that $68 range or less. And any more than that, you have to spend a lot more money

13:10
to determine whether your Facebook ads are gonna work. So it’s a much bigger risk when it’s more expensive because the conversion rate tends to be lower. Yeah, because people, it’s easy to get people to spend a certain amount of money on this for the moment. I mean, I’m not buying a $200 product because I’m scrolling on Facebook. Yes, yeah. And the other funny thing was, you know, he talked about like the minimum budgets and he was just kind of throwing out, you wanna get to like $1,000 a day and you know, this is how you do it.

13:37
Well, what’s nice about this particular talk over other Facebook talks that I’ve been to is that they did it from the perspective of a complete beginner and they kept it really simple. One campaign, Facebook advanced shopping, and then just maybe like three ads of your best ads and just go from there. So was very achievable. And I think it applied to most of the crowd who either just dabbling in Facebook ads or just about to start Facebook ads.

14:07
And then last night we had a party. We, you and I didn’t have a party. We went to a party. went to a party. I’m trying to think who I talked to. I talked to so many people at that party. I talked, this is probably the most people I’ve talked to at a party in a long time. Like the variety of people, met a lot of new people and oh, I also went to the women’s breakfast on Thursday morning. I am curious. So at the women’s breakfast, are you guys like a lot more open because us Neanderthals aren’t around?

14:36
Is the atmosphere different? Yes, we all sing songs and get out our knitting needles and we all work on a friendship blanket. It’s really wonderful. I don’t know. I think it’s nice because you can like make connections. It’s sort of like if they had a breakfast for runners or people that were really into like extreme sports or it’s just sort of like puts you in a group of people that’s smaller and more like so it’s easier to meet people. Right. It’s hard to meet people in a room full of two. If you don’t know anybody.

15:05
Wouldn’t you rather walk into a room of 10 people than 200? Sure. So I kind of look at it that way. It’s interesting because I ended up at the Asian table as I as I often do. That was on purpose, right? Yes. I know. I was the first person to sit there. You’re like, for the second person. I was like, oh, these are my people. I’m going to get better at math this morning. No, brilliant, brilliant women. So I’ve never.

15:33
I don’t think I’ve been to a women’s breakfast before. So I went to the dinner, so I don’t have much to compare it to. But we were pretty intentional at our table. I think there were three tables in the room that had people sitting at them. And our table, everyone went around and just basically said what they sold or what they did and just a little bit about themselves. So I was able to meet everybody at my table and a lot of people doing some really interesting and cool things. Not all of them are in e-commerce, like the data. I think it’s Celine, Selena, Celine.

16:04
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

16:34
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

16:44
I don’t know if I think she’s speaking today about oh, yeah. Yeah. Yeah. So she was there the girl that sold the jumpsuits She was there a girl that I ended up talking to last night named Brooke who sells leather handbags Actually, you met her. Yes. Yes. Right next to me. Yes today. Yeah So anyway met a lot of interesting people learned a lot about their products learned a lot about what they were doing and It was nice because then throughout like all day yesterday and today

17:12
I saw them because it’s easy to stand out as a female ECF because there’s not a lot of us still. There’s more. There’s more than there were in the past years. So it was really nice because it just kind of gave you more friends. as some like there were a lot of people at my table, this was our first ECF. So, you know, they’re coming in probably not knowing a lot of people. And so I think especially for those people, it’s really nice because now they have people to find at the parties and find someone to sit next to and things where in a very like

17:41
easy environment to meet people, which I think the houses did something similar, right? It allowed you to connect with people in a very casual, not like what do you sell walking up and like barging into a conversation sort of thing. Well, that was my indirect way of asking, should what you think about doing that for seller summit or no, we have enough women. We’re half women. OK, OK. We that’s we don’t have a big enough room. So but no, it was great to meet a lot of them and find out what they were doing and.

18:10
It’s interesting because at my table, I believe they were all younger. OK. Like I was definitely the oldest person at the table, but I’m one of the older people here and or feels like I am sometimes. And so like a lot of them didn’t even have kids or weren’t married or anything like that. So they’re in a very different phase of life. Right. Which is also interesting. I’m like, go get it now. It’s your chance. It is right. You get weighed down. the kids start popping out, it’s game over.

18:35
But it was, I do think it was a good way to connect with people. And then I’ve been able to like have other conversations with the same people from my table throughout the last two days. Yeah. What I enjoyed is at our table, we actually just went around and talked about problems and you know, all the businesses have problems. Everyone has problems. Yeah. And this is something I talked about earlier. Whenever I interviewed someone for the podcast, we usually just talk about their successes.

19:02
And then once I hit the stop button, like the real conversation happens. I really wish I could record that part of the conversation. Well, it was like when we recorded the podcast two days ago or yesterday. And then after we were done, Andrew came into the room. And so it was the three of us hanging out for like 30 minutes. And we were all like, this should have been recorded. Like that was the. Well, that was for different. That was ammunition. Yes, that was ammunition against each other. But it was still a really interesting conversation.

19:31
So today we did those masterminds. I don’t know what else to call them. They called them problem solving pods. But for all intents and purposes, they’re masterminds. I was very nervous about this. Why? Because when I was running it, the instructions that I had were, let everybody form into their own groups. And I was like, absolutely not.

19:53
because this, gave me like flashbacks to like the kid in fifth grade that doesn’t get picked on the kickball team. And there’s like the one lonely kid standing on the sideline. And I was like, that’s not going to happen to my group. We’re not going to have the one person left out, like no way. So I just made people count off like one, two, three, four, five, and then listen. Okay. What did you all just get into groups? We did. just sat and you didn’t even pay attention that there was somebody that was without a group.

20:21
No, there’s only two tables. Only 14 people showed up, I think, out of the 25. Oh, really? We had all but one show up. Oh, really? Okay. Guess Ocean Group wins. So, so there’s one topic that came up. One of the entrepreneurs wanted to hire like a director of marketing. And this person made about three million ish, I would say. And he wanted to hire someone local.

20:51
and just outsource all the marketing because he’s like a product guy. And he’s like, the problem is where I live, it would cost like $150,000 a year. And I don’t know if I can like stomach that. then the whole discussion was why are you like, are you looking for like a magic bullet director of marketing? Or can since you’ve been doing marketing and clearly doing a pretty good job, could you just kind of document what you do and then hire someone to just kind of pick up where you left off and have a really strong set of SOPs?

21:20
And maybe you postpone that decision. Maybe you don’t even need a director of marketing, but you’re still growing and you’re the one in charge of doing it. You just don’t want to do it anymore. Right. And so I think he came away with perhaps outsourcing, maybe even someone from the Philippines or overseas, Columbia came up as well. Yeah. And save a ton of money and you wouldn’t feel bad. It would just take a little bit of time to train that person up. Yeah. So in my small group today, I can’t talk about our specific conversations because we had a, we had a blood pact not to share outside the group.

21:50
However, one conversation that we had that was definitely shareable was that one of the people in the group sells some sort of supplement. It wasn’t a supplement, but like an herbal, all-natural type product. He’s a product and manufacturing guy, of like the opposite of your person, right? Who’s like loves branding. He needs more marketing because the problem is they have a hard time getting people in. Once people are in,

22:19
they stay, they continue to purchase because it’s a consumable product, that sort of thing. But his issue was how do you get those people in initially? And because they are like a health product, there’s definitely a lot of things you can’t say and things like that. So when he starts talking, the first thing out of his mouth, and I felt like we were on a coaching call, like it just gave me, I was completely transported to my computer in a Zoom because he said, we bought the fifth largest winery in Colorado, but we don’t make wine.

22:47
That was his starting sentence and I was sucked in and then he could started to tell what he did. He had, was showing us on video and I was like, dude, like this is made for like Tik Tok, Instagram reels, YouTube, like just the initial sentence of I bought the fifth largest winery in Colorado and I don’t make wine. Like you think about that or was it just a casual? It was just, and you know how many people we talk to in coaching calls, right?

23:16
who say like three things and it’s like the best branded statement they’ve ever made and they have not thought about it for two seconds. That was exactly what he was doing. And as he continued to talk about his products and share, I was like, this should be recorded. Like it was all so good. But it just gave me that flashback to so many people, all they needed to do is tell their story, right? Because so many people have such interesting stories. And there were four of us in our little group.

23:42
And all three of us were like hanging on his every word because we were so fascinated by the fact that he bought a winery and doesn’t make wine and he uses the fermentation with the herbs and stuff. And he’s showing this video of like in like one of those wine vat things that normally they stomp on grapes, but he’s churning, who knows, parsley and whatever. I don’t know what it is, but it was just absolutely fascinating. And I was like, oh, people will watch this and they will buy in. They will buy into your product. They will buy into your story.

24:11
they will try it. And he had no idea that his own just talking about the brand was an absolutely amazing story. So what’s funny about that conversation is that occurred at our table too. And people were worried about being the face of their brand because they didn’t want like, if they were to ever sell the business, then they’d have to go with it, right? But I brought up the analogy like Ezra, boom by Cindy Joseph. Cindy Joseph passed away, unfortunately. And the way Ezra solved that problem is he

24:41
just kind of transitioned away to multiple influencers. I think the whole point of that is once you’re successful and you’re ready to sell, you can solve that problem. Like with money or, phase yourself out essentially. And I don’t even think he needs to be the face of the brand. I think it could all just be video shots and information from the actual process. Like just, it could be voiceover, right? Because the story is so interesting, almost like a documentary.

25:08
But anyway, so that was really interesting. And our group primarily did not talk about business. It was a lot of life optimization hacks, time management hacks. One of the people in our group is scaling a business right now, working a million hours a week, really quite unhappy. Like as anyone is in this phase, no one is happy in that scaling phase and just was looking for some like help getting more discipline.

25:36
in their life. so I just think that, those things, you know, oftentimes we get in these masterminds and people talk about their business, like true business, like I need a marketing person, or I don’t know how to do Facebook ads, things like that. But I think some of the conversations that were had in my group are probably even more impactful, because it’s about how you actually optimize your life.

25:57
It even got into like parenting hacks and really we didn’t have any conversations about and one of the people was like, well, I’m Eastern European. So we kind of believe in a pretty firm. Yeah. And I was like, I’m I’m a white girl. Like you’re I’m lucky if I can get him in time out like, you know, but anyway, it was just really interesting. It was really interesting the conversations that we were having about life in general, because I think

26:22
Life does affect business. Business does affect life. know, like if you’re in a growth period in your business and you’re working 80 hours a week and you have a family that affects your family, it affects how you treat them and all those things. And vice versa. If you have a new baby that like, you know, one of the guys in my house, not in my group, you know, he traveled here with his five month old, you know? And so I was talking to him in the elevator. He’s like, I’m exhausted. Right. I was like, yeah, because you’re sleeping with a five month old baby after being out till.

26:50
one in the morning. So I think all those things kind of work together. So it always makes me happy when people are comfortable enough to share those types of things, because those are really personal. Right. And it makes me happy that they’re willing to share and talk through it and, really be vulnerable, which I feel like we get a lot at seller summit, but that’s because we really put those groups together on purpose. And I made people count off to get in a group. you know, so it was interesting in our group also is someone had the problem where all their customers were asking for a very specific product.

27:19
that this person could make but she didn’t want to make it because she didn’t she wouldn’t buy it herself or she didn’t like that product and then she asked the group hey should I just make it is actually should I make this color is the same product just a different color of the product she didn’t like the color she didn’t like the color but everyone’s asking for it so her question was should I just do it anyway and everyone’s like yeah yeah it’s not about you it’s about yeah it’s about what people want yeah and so

27:49
Yeah, that was actually one of our main key takeaways. think she got a lot out of it just for that one question. Some people just need to hear it, right, from other people. And then the other thing that we did in our group, which was this was not a whole ECF thing. I just did this on my own is do you remember? I think we talked about this. Andrew made us write a letter to ourselves a couple of years ago. Right. And so I had people at the very end write a I just had little note cards and with, course, Ocean themed because we are Group Ocean, whatever Ocean House.

28:18
I know you’re rolling your eyes at me. I had them write something that they wanted their future self to remember. Because what I hear a lot from every conference, and we go to a lot of conferences, and I hear this from everybody, it’s like they leave really overwhelmed. They have some takeaways, but by the time they get home, they’re just like spent, they’re tired, they’ve been up all night, they lose their voice, all these things. And I was like, just write something you want yourself to remember in six months.

28:45
Because a lot of the key takeaways from my ocean house were stop worrying about what everyone else is doing. Work on the stuff that you think is a priority, not what other people think is a priority. Stay focused. There was a lot of that in the theme and I was like, this is a really good opportunity for people in six months to open up this letter that they get and remember what they told themselves the last day of ECF. So I was a little worried because it was off the script.

29:11
that people will be like, I don’t want to do this because I didn’t want to do it when Andrew had it to do it, but I did it anyway. And I was glad that I did. But everyone was seemed everyone at least told me they were OK with it. They probably are lying. But what you wrote, I didn’t write it. I’m done. You said you did it last year. It was like five years ago. We did it. OK. have no idea. No, I have no clue. What a cop out. I wish I did. I can’t remember. I honestly don’t. So after that, I went to a session on TikTok shop.

29:40
I was given by Paul and he’s basically doing a million a month on TikTok Shop and he just talked us through, you know, exactly what’s necessary. And here’s some of key takeaways. If you’re going to do TikTok Shop, you want to pick like one hero product that you promote and you want to start seeding the people right away. He’d already done a lot of prep work before he started TikTok Shop, which he attributed

30:09
know, partially to the wild success he had over the holidays. But here he had influencers that had the product and within the platform, there’s a built-in affiliate program. There’s a built-in influencer program where you can give out products, people can request products. And it’s just this glorious cycle because once someone starts promoting and making money, your store goes up in these ranking charts that TikTok proposed. And then the creators see this, that they’re making money promoting a specific product. So they jump on board.

30:39
which causes TikTok to show your product even more. And it’s just this glorious cycle that turns in this gigantic tidal wave. I was thinking how I could apply this to my store. don’t know if I could find a hero. You have to carry a lot of inventory. He’s like, if you’re doing this right, you’re gonna run an inventory. But as soon as you run an inventory, all the momentum dies on TikTok and you have to build it up again and again.

31:08
And the beauty of it, he said, is for the people that are requesting product through TikTok shop, you shouldn’t discriminate because he had this one girl who had less than 500 subs promote his product and made over $90,000 for him. And she got a $20,000 commission. That’s amazing. It’s crazy, right? Yeah. And then once word gets out about that, all these other creators jump in and then promote your product because that’s like the cash product.

31:36
TikTok makes that perfectly visible to everyone too. So there was a strategy, I didn’t go to that when I went to AI, which we can talk about in a minute, but there was a strategy in my small group time where basically at Christmas time, they seeded their product all over YouTube, sending it to creators and they basically did it with only an affiliate relationship, not paid to make videos. And he was saying the goal was that when someone went on YouTube,

32:05
it gave the impression that every person in the world was using this product, right? Because there were so many videos about the product. And I feel like that’s how TikTok shop works as well with the affiliates is that once that one video hits or the shop climbs up in the rankings, other creators see it and then they want to work with them. so it’s like, have you been on TikTok and not seen the athletic greens? Oh yeah. AG1 is everywhere. Yeah. Yeah. But that’s, that’s what they’re doing.

32:32
They want you to think that everybody and their grandmother is using this product. So you have to buy it right this minute and drink it every day and you’ll feel amazing. But it’s a strategy that can actually work for smaller brands because you’re really just leveraging commission and the cost of your product, which is usually pretty low. So it’s not like you’re paying people to make the content. I think your margins have to support it, right? Because a lot of that is heavy on the discounting.

33:01
In that example from the presenter, I think a $24 product was being sold for like six or seven bucks. Right? that, I don’t know, you have to have really crazy margins in order to support that to go viral like he did. Yeah, I think we bought some stuff off TikTok Shop for Christmas. So they seemed heavily discounted. It’s funny too, the negative about TikTok Shop, and I think we’ve talked about this, is like you don’t get any customer information. It’s just like Amazon.

33:27
You do have their address though. So you could take their address and get their email, you know, through one of those append services. The other thing is that, and I’ve heard this from people who sell a lot on TikTok shop is that it’s hard to get them to be a repeat customer because they don’t remember who they bought it from. Right. Which is maybe why you plug in all the address information you have into a service. Yeah. But the other thing that was talked about was the halo effect. So when it went viral,

33:56
the Shopify sales went up like 30%. And this person’s not on Amazon, but I would imagine Amazon would have skyrocketed as well. Yeah, that’s interesting. Yeah. I think TikTok Shop is very similar to Amazon as far as like the pros and cons of it. I think it’s different because it’s like a roller coaster ride. You have a wave, you’re probably gonna go out of stock unless you have some gigantic inventories.

34:24
And what was interesting was that the presenter had to weigh in his mind, do I put down a whole ton of money and just go all in on TikTok shop, which is a risk, right? Because you might not establish that wave again. But fortunately, he played his cards correctly. Yeah, I I know people making a lot of money on TikTok shop. So I know it works. It’s just hard because you don’t get the customer. It takes work to get that customer information. You can put as much flyers and stuff in the product as you want, though.

34:53
Unlike Amazon, there’s no policy against doing that. So the people I know selling on TechShop are putting like, you know, basically catalogs in the shipment for people. That makes sense. Yeah, that makes sense. So I went to an AI talk, which was, can’t think of Kevin’s last name. Williams. So Kevin, what is he like a fractional CMO? He’s kind of like a jack of all trades. Yeah.

35:20
Um, far too much to cover on a podcast and he used far too many specifics. So like, I’d have to go look through my photos of his slides, but basically he was talking about how, like all the different ways he uses AI and his company, uh, or in his companies that he works with and what the capabilities of it. And he actually walked us through a whole process of, um, how to, he was working for a dog food brand and they wanted a picture of a dog with the dog food and how there was all these iterations that it took to look.

35:50
And by the end, the end result looked amazing. And the one thing that he kept saying that really resonated with me was, this is the worst it’s going to be ever, right this minute, which was like so interesting when you think about that. and we were watching this video of golden retriever puppies jump around in the snow and it looked almost realistic. the dog, like everything looked real. It looked like an anim, a very realistic animation. And you’re watching that going, this is as bad as it’s going to be.

36:19
Like this looks pretty darn good, right? In three months, it’s gonna look 10x better and in 12 months, it’s gonna look 50 times better, right? It’s nuts. So it was a really interesting talk. He gave a lot of resources. He showed how different ways that they’re using it in the companies, the tools they’re using and kind of walked through all the different, not all the different resources, some of the main ones.

36:45
He talked about you should not be using Chat GPT if you’re not using the paid version. He was saying that the free version is pretty much garbage at this point. And also if you’re using it, you are the product if you’re using the free version. So he really discouraged against that. And he also talked about a company that I think it’s on Wednesdays. It doesn’t really matter what day it is, but basically this company has their entire workforce spend every Wednesday only on AI.

37:15
learning it, using it, playing on it, like all the different things because they are so confident that it’s sort of the future of everything. Did I tell you that the last website critique I did as a student in the class, I actually redesigned her entire website and I used AI images. It was a cat harness and it looked really good. And the missing piece was, you I had it

37:44
generate a generic cat harness, but then you can Photoshop the actual harness on there. It looked fantastic. Like the images look completely real. And I got this idea actually from another student who designed a purse and didn’t have the money to hire models, know, to model her purse. So what she did was she just had, you know, mid-journey, I think is what she used to generate the models and then carrying purses. And then she Photoshopped her own purse in there.

38:13
So it looks like she has this huge budget with all these models. and yeah that Sounds similar to what Kevin and he was he made a good point about like the video production side of things and he was saying that this is really gonna level the playing field because Forever the only people that could afford big video budgets were huge companies, right? Because video productions it’s very expensive. And so now it’s basically leveling the playing field for some of these brands because anybody

38:42
can has access to these tools and can create these images, use them. And a lot of what it seemed to me, was like, you need a couple tools to be able to do these things. It’s not like there’s one tool that does it all for you. Like one of the ones that we were looking at, it was the pet food one. kept iterating and they got the right image. And then the pet food itself was wrong, right? Because this was like a wet dog food as opposed to like the pebble-y stuff that goes in.

39:11
And AI couldn’t get that, right? Like they know dog food is what most of us think of dog food is. So they ended up Photoshopping the dog food in at the very end. you know, they’re still using Photoshop to do some stuff with it, but it was super interesting. And it was interesting to watch sort of the process of everything. Like he showed us a video from last year and it was like Will Smith eating food, but it was all AI and it was…

39:35
Terrible. Oh, yes. Yes. I remember seeing that Yeah, and then it’s like and then you look at what we have today and it was like he was showing this it was a girl walking through a field and she was wearing some sort of sundress and They’re like make this under us right the Sora demo, right? I asked before his talk. He doesn’t have access to Sora yet But really he was just showing the stock Yeah, the stuff that you can do or will be able to do very shortly is pretty phenomenal It’ll make YouTube b-roll so much easier

40:03
And then I’m going to cancel my Storyblocks subscription. Well, the other thing that I thought was interesting is, especially because we had all these people wanting to talk about branding and content creation and things like that, is that I think there’s still some really important fundamentals that AI doesn’t have yet. And that I think you still need to be very aware of. Like I think about in our course, how we have a whole content section. And a lot of it is in formatting and stylizing and things like that.

40:31
Right now, AI is just shooting out blobs of information and still having been able to organize those in the right way for online content is important. But I think anybody will be able to create content and create ideas. And the other thing is, his big thing was right now, the best use is you’ll never have a blank page. It will give you as many ideas as you can possibly handle to create content. So you put in, own a baby brand, I sell blankets and

41:01
you know, pajamas, our style is, you know, Peter Rabbit, whatever, you can put all that in. Give me 100 video ideas for this. Give me 100 blog post ideas. Like that to me is where it really is. Like today you can start doing this and it’s a great resource. Yeah, absolutely. mean, we part of our discussion at the roundtable also was where the world’s going for the next generation too. Yeah, not just ourselves.

41:29
I mean, I think we’ll be fine since we’ll be on kind of like the cutting edge, hopefully. Yeah. yeah, I do fear for the next generation. Yeah. I was 20 years younger and I was working, you know, just some regular job and I was one day wanted to do something else, I would invest my free time in learning, learning everything I could about AI. Yeah. Yeah. It’s funny. Maybe the I want to go that.

41:58
talk later today since the conference isn’t over yet about that woman who you had lunch with. Yes, the data girl. I think that one’s targeted towards like 100 million dollar businesses though, right? That was just, she did another talk that was targeted to larger businesses. I think this is a more broad talk. Okay, yeah, because it would be interesting to see how larger companies actually handle all the data that’s coming out with AI. well and he talked a little bit about using AI to mine data and understand data better.

42:27
He actually used Klaviyo as an example. They have an AI tool to segment people where you can, instead of understanding how Klaviyo segments work and how to set them up properly, you can actually use AI to say, want a list of people who have spent over a hundred dollars in one transaction, you know, blah, blah, blah. And if you tried that, yes, it doesn’t work terribly well. Oh, okay. But here’s the thing. I tried it three weeks ago. It might work great today, right? Like that’s how quickly things change. When I tried it and

42:57
once again, a lot of this is about the information you’re giving it. And I tried it a couple different ways and I couldn’t get exactly what I needed. So obviously part of it’s me not being able to define it correctly for a clavio. Maybe I’m not using the right terminology or the terminology that they understand, but it gets it pretty close. But you can just massage it from there. Does it literally just use the pull downs after you say it?

43:22
Yes, it does. create the answer. So you can just massage it. It might be off, but then you can correct it, right? Yeah. OK. That sounds like a pretty good feature. I do think it’s good. It’s not quite there, but I’m sure it will get there very soon. And there’s lots of Klaviyo competition popping up also. Yes, there is. So, yeah, I guess once you start getting big, Klaviyo just went public. know, once you become popular, there’s going to be a lot of, I guess, copycats or competitors coming in.

43:52
Anything else you got? We have two, I have a couple more sessions today. Yeah, and I gotta hop on a plane, unfortunately. It’s hard to be away for four days. It is. My biggest takeaway, I think, in the conference isn’t over, but I would say this year I’ve tried really hard to meet new people. I went to a breakfast, I went to a dinner, which I normally never do. I have breakfast and dinner and lunch with all my friends, which is one of the main reasons why I come. So I don’t feel bad about doing those things.

44:21
but I was like, you know what, this year I’m just gonna put myself out there and try to meet some new people. I’ve met some great people. And so I’m really glad that I sort of pushed myself out of my comfort zone to do that because I do think it adds more value to your conference experience. I’ve still hung out with all the people I know. So it’s not like I’ve avoided my friends, but although we haven’t seen each other a whole lot at all. Not today, certainly. No, but most of that has to do with scheduling and wanting to go to different sessions and things like that. So I actually think if you’re,

44:51
going to a conference and you don’t know anybody, it’s really hard to do that. It’s really hard to put yourself out there. It’s not hard for me. I was a house leader. People know me from seller summit. But even if you weren’t a house leader, I was chuckling when you were saying all that because you can just burst into a group and just start talking. I can. That’s not in my bag. However, it’s still hard. Just because I can do it doesn’t mean that I don’t find it difficult. There’s a difference.

45:18
And so I know if it’s hard for me, it’s really hard for other people because it’s definitely something that I’m pretty okay with doing. But I think it’s so valuable to meet new people. I’ve met a couple people this time that I’m like, I think we’re gonna probably be friends to some extent, right? Like online friends. And so I’m really glad that I pushed myself a little bit this year. Because it’s really easy to come to these things and hang out with your four best friends. And there’s nothing wrong with.

45:46
wanting to see old friends, I think it’s really important and one of the main reasons why conferences like this can still exist because people do crave being able to see people once or twice a year. But meeting the new people has been really valuable for me. Yeah. I would say I’ve met the same amount of people as usual. All six of them? Well, no, no, no, I always just talk with random people, but I always make sure to have at least one dinner with

46:11
with the people who are my good friends who I met. The OGs. The OGs, yes, that’s correct. I did feel a little older this year. Yeah, I felt super old. But it’s more of, I don’t know, for you, I feel like there’s still a lot of males here. I feel like the female demographic is really young. Probably true. Because at my table at lunch today, two people were at the table were 49, I’m 51, and the other person was 59. Oh.

46:37
So was like, we must have been at the geriatric. That’s what it was. But overall, like I said, some of the people who’ve impacted my life the most I’ve met at events at ECF, fact, Lars and Dana, Andrew Udarian, of course, Bill, Brandon, Eli, and they all keep coming back. We’re one of the OGs. I’ve been to every single ECF. You’re one of the nine, right? One of the seven. Seven. Okay. Seven OGs. Yeah.

47:05
Can’t wait to hear what your takeaways are for today’s session.

47:13
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now, if you missed Ecommerce Live and you want to attend a conference of like-minded entrepreneurs, then join me at Seller Summit. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 528. And once again, tickets to Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go to sellersummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

47:43
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

527: Insider Perspectives And Ecommerce Trends From 7, 8 & 9 Figure Sellers At ECF Live With Toni Herrbach

527: Insider Perspectives And Trends From Speaking to 7, 8 & 9 Figure Ecommerce Sellers At ECF Live With Toni Herrbach

Last week, Toni and I attended the Ecommerce Fuel Live event in New Orleans, LA. 

In this episode, we breakdown the latest trends and perspectives that we learned from the casual conversations we had at the conference.

What You’ll Learn

  • What are sellers most complaining about?
  • What’s working right now in ecommerce
  • The biggest problems sellers are facing

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Vibe Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. in this episode, Tony and I were at the eCommerce Fuel Conference in New Orleans, and we’ve broken these episodes into two parts, but this first episode is gonna cover the gossip and the chatter among the seven, eight, and nine-figure eCommerce sellers at the event and some of the trends that we were seeing. But before we begin, I wanna let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit

00:28
are almost sold out over at SellerSummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:57
Now I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th, and right now, this is the last time you’ll be able to get tickets, because they are almost sold out, so go over to SellersSummit.com.

01:28
Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away.

01:57
Now onto the show.

02:05
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit a Job podcast and a brand new segment to the show called Profit of Audience, where Tony and I riff about content, building an audience, all the above. So today we just happen to be in the same room at the eCommerce Fuel Live Conference, which is one of our favorite events. Yeah. This is actually year number 10. For you. For me, I’ve been here. I’ve been coming to this event for 10 straight years, which is pretty crazy. I think this is my ninth year. Oh really? It is. the first ECF was in Austin.

02:34
Yes. The second one was in Nashville and that is when I had just started selling, but I had such a crazy launch that I met the revenue requirements to join ECF. You told me to join. so this ECF was my second ever e-commerce event that I went to. Right. Outside of startup bro. That was the first one. was the first one. We don’t count that. I still think that that was my favorite conference of all time. Yeah. Cause you got, you were a speaker and you got the royal treatment. Well, no, it’s not that it was just.

03:01
They just spent so much money on it and lost so much money on it. It was so extravagant. My room was a suite. I think I had a two bedroom suite. They booked me at, was that the Ritz? was the Ritz. Ritz. So awesome. Anyway, we are going to talk about today, you kind of what we learned and I am actually curious because this is the first time at an event where we haven’t really been hanging out at all. I know. I feel like I haven’t seen you the whole time. So I’m curious what the chatter has been.

03:30
around the people that you’ve been hanging out with. Are we gonna be honest about the chatter? Of course we are. Oh, and Tony led a, I don’t know what you’re I’m still leading, I’m still leading. I’m not done. Tony’s actually working this event as one of the- House leaders. House leaders, yes. So she’s here to facilitate conversations, is that what you do? Yes, yes, and organize a bunch of e-commerce nerds. that’s it. I said yes, and that was January Tony that said yes. March Tony is questioning why she said yes.

03:59
So, Patrick, who is Andrew’s right hand COO, reached out and asked if I would be willing to lead a house. Having been in a house last year, I think last year was the first year they did it. And if you’re not familiar with what we’re talking about, it’s similar to masterminds, similar to what we do at Seller Summit with the masterminds, although there’s more people in a house. I think there’s 25 people in each house. And so your job as the house leader is to facilitate conversation.

04:27
organize people into smaller groups to talk about specific topics and just heard the cats, which I was actually pleasantly surprised with my group with Team Ocean. So I love this group. They actually were really great yesterday about not talking over each other because when you get in a group like this, the temptation is that everyone has so much to say and everyone wants to learn so much that everyone talks all the time.

04:52
and everybody loses their voice by the third day. I mean, if you’ve been to Seller Summit, it’s the exact same way. So I thought, you expect me to keep these people in line and actually have conversations and have them be quiet at certain times. As soon as I said yes, I was like, this was a terrible idea because I know what it’s like to try to get these people to do stuff. It’s hard. So give me the dirt I want to hear. I’ll share what I’ve learned too. OK, so the dirt from my ocean house is everyone is mad at Metta.

05:21
Really? Nothing’s really changed dramatically recently. I’m at a loss at this one, right? Because I don’t use it. but that is the it was funny because we went around in the circle and gave a quick introduction and then there were just a few pieces of commentary but everybody’s commentary was about meta and I need to figure out a way to stop relying on ads and I’m unhappy and every time someone would say that you could see the group like collectively nod.

05:48
So it was like, not only was the person speaking unhappy, multiple other people were in agreement. And as we went along, that was definitely an underlying theme. So we had two people in my group. One is in the high fashion industry and the other one is in some pet products. I can’t remember what she was complaining that Meadow was working so well for her two years ago. And then one of the iOS updates basically destroyed that. And she was just looking for some guidance on how to move forward.

06:18
don’t know if she was pissed at Metta. This is more Apple’s fault than anything. Yeah. Yeah. And I think maybe that’s where people are. That’s where their anger should be directed. I think the bigger issue in all of that was that people have realized with some of the changes in the ups and downs that their business is completely reliant on it. Without it, they would not have a business. They would not be able to pay people. That’s really interesting because that sounds like Amazon. Right. Right. Yes. It felt very familiar.

06:48
Yeah, which I guess it just goes to show that you need more than one channel just just in case something goes wrong, right? Yeah, the next one I’m hesitant to talk about but you said nothing was off limits. Sure. People are upset with Klaviyo. I was gonna that was mine. I’ll let you go then. Well, in my case, and it’s it’s weird because Klaviyo has sponsored Andrew, who’s the founder of ecommerce fuel. They sponsored me they sponsored my podcast for three years. They used to sponsor seller summit. Yep. But all of a sudden when they went public,

07:18
It seems like a lot of things went downhill and maybe they’re just focusing on their larger enterprise customers. So this is actually the first year that Andrew has allowed a non-Claveo email marketing company to sponsor the event. And that company is Sendlane. And I’ve been annoyed with Clavio for different reasons, but I’m actually going to go and get a full demo from these guys. actually chatted with them in the booth for a long time and they say they’re

07:46
going to be 30 to 50 % cheaper than Klaviyo for equivalent functionality. So I’m going to give them a shot. I don’t know what happens when companies go public or they get bigger, but I think they’re under so much pressure to grow, grow, grow. That like the smaller guys, and by small, mean like the seven figure sellers. These aren’t small guys. They’re not small, but small in comparison. Like I’m sure they’re going after like the huge companies, The hundred million dollar companies, the billion dollar companies.

08:16
I think in my group, people were upset about the pricing. Yes, exactly. And then feeling like they weren’t. It’s a weird positioning, right? Because people will say, I feel like I’m not getting my money’s worth. But let’s just say you’re spending $3,000 a month on Klaviyo to make $100,000 in email revenue. Those same people are spending $50,000 a month in ads to make $100,000 in revenue. So at the end of the day,

08:43
Any email is better than no email, right? Like anything that you’re doing. However, I think people who have been with Klaviyo for a while are frustrated because things have gone down a little bit. Even customer support time is longer. So remember if you ever get on chat with them, that takes a lot longer. They have changed some of what they do. So you have to go through the AI bot, which I know a lot of companies do that. But to me, it’s like if you’re a certain amount in Klaviyo, you don’t want to go through 10 minutes on a bot.

09:12
to get, because at that point, I already know the knowledge base. don’t, you know, I’m not going to find my answer there. anyway, there’s a lot of irritation at Klaviyo and it’ll be interesting to see how SendLane does. I mean, we won’t know, but- We’ll know for like another, I think my appointments were next week actually. Yeah. Yeah.

09:30
to see if people are angry enough to switch because as you and I both know, it is a pain to switch email service providers. It is. And I think one of Send Lane, what they were trying to explain to me is they have white glove onboarding service if you’re going from Klaviyo because they have to do that, right? So one of the interesting moments yesterday in our round group session was people were talking about affiliate marketing versus influencer marketing. And

09:58
there were a lot of people that hadn’t had great luck with affiliate marketing, but they were looking at affiliate marketing as influencer marketing. So basically they had reached out to an influencer and asked them to promote something for a percentage of the sale. So that’s really affiliate marketing, but I, know, we kind of suggested going through an agency and not really an agency, a service like share a sale or, um, something like that versus the one-offs, right? Trying to contact people directly.

10:24
then I dropped what everyone thought. I didn’t think this was a knowledge bomb, but everybody in the group thought it was a knowledge bomb. And it’s probably because you and I come from a content creator background. But I explained to them, I said, there’s two types of people creating content on social media and YouTube, TikTok, whatever. We have true influencers and we have creators and influencers are people that are telling you what they ate for breakfast, what they wore on vacation.

10:52
what they did on a Tuesday, what brunch spot they went to, those are influencers. And influencers actually don’t convert very well for most brands. So when you go out, we’ve had people that have had Kim Kardashian post their stuff and they didn’t see a lot of sales. I said, then you have creators and creators educate. So influencers entertain, creators educate. And I was like, think about it that way. And I said, if you find someone who’s educating people, and the first person that came to mind is our friend Jamerill, who does the large family cooking.

11:21
and she educates people on basically bulk cooking. If Jamerill talks about a bowl or a pot, it sells, right? And we know it sells. It’s because people aren’t just following her for entertainment purposes only, they’re following her to learn. And it was like, you could see the light bulb in everybody because they lumped all those people into the same category, right? To them, they’re just all influencers.

11:44
And so then I unfortunately had to use you as an example, which I I don’t want to give you any more credit than you already get in life. Okay. So you use me as a positive example. example. Yes. I use you as the influencer. There’s Steve again talking about his V-necks. No, but I talked about how on your YouTube channel, it’s solely for the purpose of educating people on e-commerce. And so people who follow you on YouTube and are watching those videos are coming to learn. And so when you do a video on using big commerce,

12:13
The chances of you converting people to big commerce are significantly higher because people are there with a purpose already, as opposed to just scrolling mindlessly on YouTube and be entertained. And you could just see the people’s, like the doors were open for them because they had all just been going after influencers. People who are talking about what they ate for breakfast or pictures of them driving around their neighborhoods, whatever it is. And those people we know don’t convert. But if you’re looking to find educators to talk about your products,

12:41
It’s a totally different ballgame and you can actually get your products to convert with those types of content creators. So for the people I talk to that say they’ve tried influencer marketing and it fails, the first question I always ask is how many people have you reached out to? Yes. And it’s usually like three or four. I mean, the hit rate is going to be pretty low. you got to, it’s almost like a shotgun approach and then hopefully you find one and then you press that relationship. Yeah. Right. I remember what I was going to say about Klaviyo now.

13:09
So we had this discussion at the table where I do my annual, I shouldn’t say annual, quarterly, you know, deliverability tests where I take Glock apps, which is this app that tests deliverability. Mainly I did this recently because that change just happened, right? Where you had to do DKIM, DMARC and SPF in order to get deliverability out for Gmail and Yahoo, right? So I did it for my Klaviyo account. And I noticed that on, I usually run the test like three times on two out of the three,

13:38
Clavio used an IP that was on a blacklist. And so I think I brought that up in office hours during Zoom. And it turns out a lot of my students who tried the test, because they just followed my directions, they was like, hey, these IPs are on a blacklist. Is that bad? I’m like, well, it’s not good. So I actually brought it up at the table I was sitting at. And one of the guys who does very high volume email, a very large company, he says that Clavio has three tiers, bronze, silver, and gold.

14:08
And if you’re on the gold tier, they pretty much guarantee the best deliverability and they’ll just kick out anyone who has emails that are that go to spam. So it’s very hard to get in that gold tier. You have to be a large company that does high volume. Yeah. And if you so much as send like a couple of emails and have a pretty high spam rate and by high spam, I mean over point one percent, you get degraded down a tier. And the lowest tier is what they call bronze. And there’s no knowledge about this, right? It’s not like they advertise this, but

14:38
If you’re small, and I don’t know if this is unique to Klaviyo, I’m sure all the email providers do it, but we were just talking about Klaviyo because everyone’s on Klaviyo, then their IPs might be on Blacklist. They don’t scrub those IPs as much. And so I don’t know what the solution is, because no one really knows the answer to this, but I think you have to be a larger customer in order to get on that list. And when you’re small, can’t really, it doesn’t make sense to get a dedicated IP.

15:05
I was going to ask you, is your client on a dedicated? No. Because we were talking about like, I think to make getting a dedicated IP for email makes sense. think you have to do like 5 million email sends a month or 5 or 10 million. can’t remember what it Oh, we might be able to get one then. It makes sense to get one. That way you’re in control of your own. Yeah. Because I think last year we sent 60 million emails.

15:31
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

16:00
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

16:11
So I did the same test on Drip, which is what we use for blogging. And the three tests, they were clear. So does that mean that they’re, I don’t know, maybe on a higher tier for Drip? I don’t know. I don’t know. You know, it’s funny, total side note about nothing, but I have like a win. So I went on Drip the other day to send something and I never checked my subscriber count. I just, I never look at it. And I gained 4,000 subscribers over Christmas.

16:41
I had no idea. Happy Housewife? Yes. Oh. I was like… Wait, are you not emailing weekly? I’m emailing like every other week. So I’m not emailing as frequently anymore. But now I’m upping it because I was like, oh, and I know exactly where it’s coming from because I get replies to the flow. So it’s a holiday-themed lead magnet. So the people start responding to me and then I get those in my inbox. But it happens every year, so I don’t even think about it.

17:08
And so I logged in the other day and I was having, I was having some issues. So I was having my tech guy work on stuff. So while I was poking around, I was like, look at that 4,000 people over, you know, a six week period. So get your lead magnet set up. work side note side. That was our, that was our advertising for the, the podcast back to our regular scheduled show. Yeah. So just the overall sentiment of several of the people I talked to was they were kind of not having the best year. Did you get that idea?

17:39
So it’s interesting in my group, either everyone people had a terrible 2023 or they were having a terrible 2024. So if they had a good year last year, this year has been terrible. Or if they had a bad year last year, they feel like they’re on an upswing. Like two people in my group very specifically were like, that was the worst year of my life. What business like business wise. Right. But I also think sometimes when stuff in business goes bad, personal life goes like everything tends to follow. Right.

18:08
If your personal life goes bad, sometimes you’re busy. So they kind of work together. And so two people were like, this was the worst business year I’ve ever had. And then a couple of people were like, we thought we had made it through, they made through all the Google changes and Facebook changes and all that stuff. And then this year has been absolutely terrible. I mean, we’re only two months in, but things aren’t looking good. Yeah. mean, Google just released another update while we were here. So I’m anxiously awaiting that. I think…

18:37
So of the people who are doing well, there’s a bunch of people who are doing well. The people who are doing well have kind of like a moat. So there’s this one guy who sells, you know those outlets that go in the drawer so you can plug in like your hairdryer in the drawer? No, I do not know about this. You know, instead of having like a cluttered bathroom counter, you keep everything in a drawer and the electrical outlets actually in the drawer. Yeah, I just never knew how it worked. Yeah. And then you install it and it’s all hidden, right? Yes.

19:06
his business is taking off because he has that proprietary design technology. And he’s got all these contractors that are rebuying and installing a bunch of homes. So he has that moat of the contractors. He’s got the moat of the design and he’s essentially pretty secure in his business. It’s going to be hard to kick him off that market. One of the things that I guess I’ve never noticed this before about ECF people, but

19:33
Most of them have multiple businesses. not the people, the people that are doing 50 million plus, I mean, there are some big time sellers here. But there are a lot of people that are under 10 million. And what I found in every conversation that I have, so last night I went to a women’s dinner, I was at the women’s breakfast this morning, led the house yesterday. So I’ve been in a lot of small groups more so than I probably normally would at event like this. Because normally I go to dinner with you, right? And we don’t even need to talk anymore.

20:03
So, a lot of people wouldn’t, because a couple of times we went around the circle and said, just, you know, who are you? What do do? And I would say 50 % of the people had at least two things, two completely separate things going. Whether it was like one girl sells compression socks, but she also had a secondary business. One girl does the data mining. Actually, I think she’s giving a talk, but she had another business too. Like all these people.

20:32
like our friend Blake who sells the face paint actually has four e-commerce stores. Really? He sells face paint. He has a store that sells flags like the decorative flags that you put up. Uh, and then two other stores. can’t remember what they are, but a lot of these people, people I talked to yesterday, Heidi, I can’t remember her husband’s name. They have a main business and then they, then they also sell odds and ends in a completely separate business.

20:58
So I’ve never, maybe either I’ve never noticed it before, I just haven’t had these conversations, but I was shocked at the amount of people who were running multiple e-commerce businesses or e-commerce businesses and other offshoots of those businesses. That’s interesting. Because I often am asked, like, why don’t I just start a bunch of e-commerce businesses? Yeah. And I don’t think I would ever start two e-commerce businesses, let alone multiple. I agree. Because it’s a lot of work.

21:27
And it’s much easier to just focus on one than just have to spare product lines, right? Yes. Although I felt good because I often come here and I don’t know if you’ve ever felt this way because we’re sort of in the same boat. But I mean, for a long time, I had my jewelry business. So I had an e-commerce store, but then I also had my blog totally unrelated. And then we also had the course totally unrelated. Then I also had two conferences, one related, one not, know, podcast, whatever it was. Right.

21:56
And so I always felt like, oh, here I am, Mrs. I’m all over the map. And everyone else is here is like, I do one thing. I get up every day and do one thing all the time forever and ever. And then this year I was like, oh, like I can relate to you because I’m doing four completely separate things. But it was interesting to me how many people, and I feel like I would have noticed that before because I always felt out of place. And so that was really interesting to me. And I wonder if people are trying to…

22:22
protect themselves, right, by having multiple, so if something goes down, you know, something else will pick up for them. So I don’t know. I don’t know if you noticed that. I didn’t notice that in my group, but what I did notice in my group is that a lot of them are making most of their money from social media. Interesting. Right? So Instagram, organic Facebook reels. Okay. So Patrick’s wife, nail polish company.

22:50
had this one Facebook reel of her just mixing nail polish go viral. And she made a ton of money over the holidays just off that one reel. My group didn’t my group was like, we don’t get social. But also when I think about what the people sold in my group, it also matters what you sell. Correct. Yes. Nail polish is actually mixing nail polish. Awesome. Yeah. I had a lot of people in my group that did not sell products that I think would be amazing on social like one guy sells

23:19
tarps that you put on your furniture when you paint. Oh yeah. You know, it’s like a pure commodity. And so I was like, cause we were talking about, you know, branding and marketing and I’m like, I just don’t know how you market that on social media. Cause you’re just literally covering furniture and things like that floors. Yeah. That kind of reminds me too. There’s, certain products at Amazon that will not do well like tarps, example, I bet does pretty well on Amazon. Yeah.

23:46
But if you try to sell it in your own shop, unless you’re doing like an overall paint store, where you can cross all bunch of things, I think it’d be a little more difficult. Yeah, his main business, I think, is selling to hardware stores and contractors, things like that, which makes sense. mean, that’s a great… I’d rather sell to contractors than sell to individuals just randomly. But I feel like in my group, there weren’t a lot of people that sold those products that were real sexy for social media, except for Lindsay, who sells all those licensed rain gear and, you know…

24:15
basically art on umbrellas and things like that. Yeah, I had a conversation with a woman who sells fashion and they were just wondering what types of Facebook ads would work. I think just fashion is tough, right? I think it almost has to be an influencer play of some sort, right? I don’t know, have you talked to any apparel? Yes, I actually sat last night. So I sat across from this girl last night and she had on this fantastic jumpsuit.

24:45
And it was, I’m not even joking. I don’t know what a fantastic jumpsuit looks like. A jumpsuit is, I think it’s called a jumpsuit. It’s like a one, it was like a onesie. It was a onesie, but like really nice. And the colors were vibrant. Like it was just, it looked like a thousand dollar jumpsuit. And you know, like I like expensive clothes. So like I can, I can spot a $50 Amazon basics jumpsuit versus a, you know, designer jumpsuit. So I complimented her last night after dinner. said, I love.

25:14
your jumpsuit, it’s amazing. She’s like, oh, thank you so much. We were kind of walking in separate directions. So she ended up at breakfast with me and she was wearing another jumpsuit. And it didn’t even occur to me that she probably sold jumpsuits, which is stupid at ECF because everyone is usually wearing their brand if they have something like, whether it’s a handbag or a pair of socks. Anyone who sells apparel is wearing their apparel at ECF. And so she’s wearing another jumpsuit. So.

25:40
we’re going around the table. Everyone’s sort of talking about what they do and it’s her turn to go and she’s like, I sell jumpsuits. And I was like, you were wearing last night. I’m high end jumpsuits, high end jumpsuits. Wow. And they’re beautiful. The one she has on today’s really nice as well. And she does all of her sales from Instagram. Interesting. What’s it, did you get any hints of what her strategy was or no, cause was literally like they were digging the bell to come to the first session. I was kind of irritated because

26:08
She definitely has like a branded look and everything about her fits what she’s wearing. But when I saw her last night, I was like, that’s an amazing outfit. And then today, and she’s like, oh yeah, I use Instagram primarily to sell. And I was like, oh, this makes perfect sense because of what she’s selling. The fact that you noticed the jumpsuit means it would work well on social media, right? Yes. Just like one look and you know it’s high end. Whereas if you’re just selling kind of everyday staples for clothing, I’m talking about.

26:37
like Gap clothing, probably wouldn’t work as well on Instagram I would imagine, right? Right, but the girl next to me sold compression socks. See, I can see that working okay. Yes, because they’re designer, they’re designed, they’re not just the standard colors. But yeah, in the other thread that I got today, I didn’t hear this as much yesterday, was that one comment changes the trajectory of someone’s life.

27:03
And there were multiple people this morning at breakfast to the there was a girl who invented collapsible dog crates. Yes, I met her. Yes. She’s awesome. Yeah. But so she was this was like five years ago, I guess. And she had a dog and she was trying to collapse the crate and she smashed her finger trying to collapse the crate. And there was a comment like you should figure out how to make one that collapses easily or something like that. There was just like one random comment made. So she did.

27:32
And she developed this collapsible dog crate. Well, the girl in the compression socks sitting on the other side of me, she used to drive for work and she was in the car for like hours and hours and hours every week. And one of her friends is like, you should start wearing compression socks because you’re sitting so much. And she’s like, compression socks are for runners and old people, you know? And they’re like, no, no, no. And so then she ended up, but she thought they were ugly. So she developed stylish compression socks. And she even said, she’s like, it’s amazing how one random comment completely changed my life.

28:02
you know, gave her this business, made her all this money. And that’s kind of a thread that I’ve seen this week of, you know, one little spark, right? One little piece of information and people make a decision on it. You know, she invents a dog crate, right? She makes compression socks, whatever it is. And then they build these really successful, awesome businesses. Yeah, I had to make my wife cry in order to start my business, right? Start our business together. All it took is gallons and gallons of gems tears for…

28:31
So I had a highlight of my night last night as you know, I had someone come up to me. yes. Good old Ted if you’re listening. Thank you. I appreciate you more than you know. This is that we were at the party last night. Someone came up to me and said, hey, I listened to your podcast. And I was like, oh, thank you so much. And I was like, this is how Steve feels every time now. Like I’m getting it. And he’s like, he talked for a minute and then he’s like, yeah, you co-host it with some guy, right?

29:01
So anyway, I pointed you out. I was like, he’s over there somewhere. No, you didn’t say the second part of what you said. OK, so Steve was walking in with Kevin, who is also Asian. Another Asian guy, yeah. And I was like, yeah, he’s over there. I just waved at both of them. Like, I’m not even going to tell you who it’s one of those Asian guys. It’s one of those Asians guys walking through. Highlight of my week at ECF. So one thing I was actually kind of surprised about is the amount of people that I talked to that do not do content is

29:29
pretty high. Yes, right. It seems like they just sell and I always wonder how they get their business but it’s either through ads. It’s mostly ads actually. Yeah, it’s all ads. And they’re not doing any content. They don’t really know how to do the content or even short form or video. So I think that’s like a huge gap that people have to figure it out. So this was another aha moment that I had in at breakfast this morning because we were talking about that exact thing because most of people at my breakfast table

29:58
all were content create, like they all created content around their products, which is rare because most of the people that I’ve talked to before that were not making content about their products. And so we were kind of throwing around ideas on why it’s so hard for people to build the brand side of it. And I said, well, if you think about it, let’s just take selling on Amazon versus selling on Shopify or BigCommerce. You can basically outsource everything on Amazon. You can hire someone to do your listing. You can hire someone to optimize your listing. You can hire someone to do PPC.

30:27
And you can find companies that do really good jobs in all of those things, right? There are quality companies out there. So you don’t have to figure, like once you get a product idea, you can have other people do a lot of your work for you or help you along or get you started. But with branding, to pay a company to create a brand story for you, and first of all, there’s a lot of really bad companies out there. And two, if you get a good one, they’re very expensive. So it’s not as easy to…

30:55
create a brand around a product and a story without spending a whole lot of money. Most people don’t have a whole lot of money to spend initially. So I think that’s why people struggle because unless you’re naturally drawn to branding and content and in that storytelling, it’s not something that you can just, okay, let me hire a PPC company. Right. Right. And so I think that’s why people get hung up on it because it’s not something that comes naturally to everybody. And it’s really hard to outsource. Here’s some objections I heard at my table. They’re like,

31:25
how much content could I possibly make about this product? And what I was trying to tell them is that you don’t make it about the product. You just try to target the people who would buy it and just get them to like you and then just kind of casually mention your products. Because I was kind of outlining my social media strategy for Bumblebee, which hopefully will get implemented sometime this quarter or the latter half of the year. I’m just going to talk about the business, just funny things that happen and whatnot. And just over time, people will want to just follow the story or the day to day.

31:54
And whenever they think about buying a keepsake or something, they’ll think about my store. That’s the long-term strategy. Yeah. Well, so we met up with Anja, who came to Sellers Summit last year, sells first aid kits for moms. And she was talking this morning, we were talking about the branding thing, and she said, you know, content’s a huge part of our strategy. What they do is because it’s a first aid kit for moms, but it’s sort of a, actually, you’ve got one in your bag. It’s portable.

32:20
And so basically they create content for, yeah, there it is. got it. I got it right in of me. So look how small it is. It’s the size of, I don’t even know what that’s, you know. It’s like a coin purse if anyone carries coins anymore. If anyone has a coin purse laying around, that’s the, This is something that Jen would love because it’s kind of fashionable, right? Yeah. So they, so the, the, the selling point of her first aid kits is that they are fashionable. They are

32:49
portable so you can take them when you’re traveling if you’ve got your kids, you know, if you’re doing like around town playgrounds, things like that, they’re easy to take along with you. And so they do content on, you know, things to do with your kids traveling ideas. So their content is not about the first aid kit. It’s not about how to put a bandaid on. It’s all about

33:12
what moms who would buy that first aid kit are doing. So travel tips and it’s all seasonal, right? So right now they’re coming up on spring break. So what they’re doing now is talking about, you know, traveling spring breaks, travel ideas and the things you need to pack and stuff like that. And then they weave in obviously the first aid kit. And I think people don’t always think about it that way, right? They think they have to talk about everything in that first aid kit and how you use it. And, know, the difference in cotton balls or whatever it is, which no one cares about.

33:39
What they how they’re going to find her is through looking for travel ideas and then seeing this first aid kit and thinking, oh, I totally need to bring that with me on my trip. And it’s cute. And you can have there’s a bunch of different color options to for it. So are they doing video content or I did not ask her if she was doing video content. Interesting. Yeah. I mean, this is a it’s a really cute idea. And I guess unless she creates a it’s so essentially I know you guys can’t see it because the podcast, but

34:07
It’s a very stylish little bag and then inside is like antibiotic ointment, band-aids, and then like hand sanitizer and the balm and that sort of thing. It’s essentially just a stylish first aid kit. Yeah. And they sell refill packs. So obviously that’s how they get their customers back. Right. But yeah, I mean, think it’s a great idea. And I like that her idea around it is not to talk about like how to use the first aid kit, but what moms are doing in that phase of their life. Yeah. And absolutely correct. mean,

34:37
in order to make it work, you can’t really talk about your product because then it’ll come across as a pitch anyway. Right. Yeah. Unless your product is stands out in some way or or uncomplex and you have to explain the complexities of the product. Unless you’re you’re an IKEA furniture and you need to give people step by step instructions that have been together. Yeah. The other thing I maybe this is normal for UCF, but there’s most of the people here do not depend on Amazon.

35:06
Yes, for the revenue. They’re all D to C. So it’s funny because I was sitting at the table with Getita. Getita is a very well-known company in the Amazon space. Yes. But everyone at the table during lunch was like, oh, so what do you do? I’m like, you’ve never heard of They literally go to every single event. They do. They do. Yeah. So how can you not have heard it? So I think the people at ECF are just generally better off because they have their own brands in their websites.

35:32
What’s funny is, is in my house yesterday, there were a large group of people that wanted to get on Amazon. So they were, and this is, we talk about this all the time, but like, if you don’t sell on Amazon, you think you need to be on Amazon. If you sell on Amazon, you think you should be off of Amazon. No one’s ever happy. But yeah, there were several people that are like, I know I should be on Amazon because they know people are searching for them on Amazon. And I do agree with that. Like, I don’t think it’s a bad thing to be selling on Amazon.

36:01
But that was actually one of the breakouts in my house was there were probably five or six people that wanted to know more about Amazon and getting on Amazon and how that would work. Well, I was sitting at lunch and someone was just kind of dipping their toes in Amazon. They were doing Merchant Fulfilled. And the question I was asked was, do you think I should do FBA? And I’m like, I think you’ll get probably three X to sales and much more visibility. If you do go FBA.

36:29
And he was like, so is it better? Like, is it easier? And I’m like, well, well, well, you know, that’s, a very loaded question there, right? Yeah. Cause FBA will introduce some other problems, but in general, it is better to do FBA. then again, there’s all these new fees that they introduced this year as well. it’s just funny how it’s completely different. Like, cause I go to Amazon conferences as well. It’s always the opposite. Like you said, everyone wants to have their own store and here people are just kind of dipping their toes in Amazon.

36:59
And the other thing that we get got here, which we get everywhere we go is, we thought you were an Amazon conference for seller summit. Oh, yeah. For seller summit. Yeah. Which I think is funny because we’ve never advertises in Amazon. We’re not an Amazon conference, first of all. And then, too, I don’t feel like any of our branding is around. We have Amazon sellers and we probably do Amazon Sessions because we do think Amazon is an important part of the e-commerce world. But we’re I mean, half of our attendees don’t sell on Amazon.

37:28
So it’s just funny that we’ve somehow been branded this way. is because I think we have sponsors that are Amazon sponsors. Whereas I don’t think I’ve ever heard an Amazon session at ECF. I don’t think I have either. Right. And I don’t think there’s any Amazon sponsors aside from Getita. Yeah. Here. You’re right. So when I went to the ECF Austin, like one day event, they did have an Amazon session. Oh, OK. It wasn’t like selling on Amazon. That was more like a strategy.

37:56
optimization sort of thing. But yeah, I agree with you. I don’t think there’s ever been an Amazon session here. Yeah. Actually there’s, are some people that I talked to who we’re all friends with that don’t really sell anymore, but they keep coming back to the event. Yes. That group is getting bigger. Well, one of, one of those people is what got me, who got me started on Amazon in the first place. Lars. Yeah, Lars. And you know, he’s getting off of Amazon and it’s just, I’m still very appreciative. Yeah. And, uh,

38:25
Who else? There’s so many people at this event that got me to where I am today and I never would have met them had I not gone to UCF. Yeah, I think it’s a great event. It’s fun to see people. I’ve met actually probably this I’ve met more new people this year or not new people, new to me people this year than I have in the last several years combined. And that’s because I won because I’m leading the house. So I was forced I was forced to be friendly, but also

38:53
I just, I made a decision because I’m like, well, if I’m leading this house, I can’t just sit back and listen. And so I went to the dinner last night, which I normally wouldn’t do. I went to the breakfast this morning, which I normally don’t do. I didn’t even eat breakfast. just sat there. I’m in my no breakfast phase right now. But yeah, it’s, it was interesting. I feel like I’ve met a lot of people and I’ve, it’s very interesting to like see the changes in ECF over the years. Like it’s changed a lot.

39:21
One of the ways I think in a very positive way is there’s a lot more females here. Yes, I did notice that this year. Dana and I joked that the first CCF, was, or not the first, the first one I came to, it was me and Dana and Miracle and Carol Reigns and we think one other person at that event. So it’s nice to see other female entrepreneurs attending because we know they’re out there. Right. And we know they’re out there because they come to Seller They do come to Seller Summit. And that was what was so funny is that

39:49
You know, I spend a lot of time with Dana at this event and she’s such a Seller Summit cheerleader, which I greatly appreciate. But every time someone would say, oh, there’s a lot of there’s so many more females here. And Lindsay said something like, oh, I think it’s up to 10 percent. And Dana’s like, Seller Summit’s 50 percent. Just like matter of fact, I was like, we might be over 50 percent at this point. don’t know. Actually, for this year, we might be. Yeah. Yeah. Which is strange. I guess it’s just.

40:17
by nature of the title of my podcast or our podcast blog and that sort of thing. We just attract more more females. You know what I discovered? Females is not politically correct. You have to say women now. Did you know that? No, I had no idea. So I got to watch myself. say women? Women. Well, you could say whatever you want because you are a woman, but I can’t say females. I can’t keep this. It hurts my brain. It’s too much. I agree. But I am excited about Seller Summit. And there’s actually a number of people here that

40:47
didn’t know about Seller Summit at all. It’s a shock and a travesty. Well, no, maybe because we’ve been doing it for eight years now, right? But there are a couple of people I’m pretty sure are coming now after I talk to them. One thing that… So I took this cooking class. Yeah, I have met everybody who was in the class with you. I’m not joking. Everybody I meet… Because one of the easy icebreaker questions at ECF is like, oh, what adventure did you do?

41:13
If you don’t really know how to start the conversation, that’s a good one because then they can tell you, I went kayaking and there was a gator under the boat or something like that. So everyone I’ve met is like, I took the cooking class. was like, did Steve do any work in the cooking class or did he make? Here’s what happened in the cooking class. There was three vegetables on a cutting board. There was an onion, there was a pepper and there was a celery. OK. And that’s the only thing we did. We cut that up and then we threw in the pot and outcome came jumbo and jumbo. That was delicious.

41:42
No, seriously, that’s the only thing that we did. Oh, no, I got to stir the pot. Oh, you stir, huh? How came delicious food? It’s like I have no idea how we are from this piece of celery to that. But I just like that we were supposed to record this yesterday. I run into you in the lobby and you say to me, I’m really hungry, so I’m going to the cooking class. And I’m thinking to myself, you do know that a cooking class requires cooking before you get to eat.

42:09
Like you’re not eating for two more hours Yes, I grossly misjudged how long how long we laughed about that all afternoon Brian was like you think Steve’s eaten yet. I’m like, nope Actually by the time I ate it was dinnertime I because I had a dinner with quiet light at five and so yeah, and we finished at five. In fact, I was late. Oh, that’s a quiet light, but um Yeah, I’m actually after going ECF. I’m really looking forward to seller summit now, which is in just

42:39
Two months. May 14th, May 16th. And I’m looking forward to the mastermind in particular. I am too. And I think the houses here at ECF got me more excited for the mastermind because with the houses at ECF, you’re breaking into these smaller groups. And that’s basically what our masterminds are, groups of under 10 people, 10 or under, and getting together for an entire day in a room. As we joke, we lock you in a room and don’t let you in until all your problems are solved.

43:08
And just the friendships that are developed. We actually heard this from a Seller Summit attendee this weekend or this week that they she formed a mastermind. Yes. Out of Canadians. So we’re not invited. But just seeing the friendships that are formed in those masterminds and then seeing how a lot of them carry on after Seller Summit, because we don’t facilitate that. I mean, that’s facilitated by the attendees. And to me, that made me so happy to hear.

43:36
because that means that they really did form those connections during the mastermind time. And those friendships will now become, it’s kind of like how you and I and Dana and Lars and Mike, like we’ve made these friendships years ago and through events like ECF and Seller Summit, the friendships just continue to deepen. And now like I see, I’ve seen everybody but Lars basically at other events or other things throughout the year or years, because it’s like a real friendship. It’s not just people you run into at a conference.

44:05
Yeah, and one thing that I’ve just realized also is that, you know, the houses that that mastermind part of ECF is only for like a couple of hours. Yeah. And it just made me realize that that’s the part I value. Yep. Chatting in a more intimate environment with other people as opposed to the breakout sessions. Yeah. Which we’re actually recording this during a breakout session right now that that that that we’re missing. So, yeah.

44:29
If you guys want to participate in a mastermind, make sure you go over to sellersummit.com. We’re almost sold out of masterminds. We are, yeah. So hope to see you guys there.

44:41
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now, if you missed ECF Live and you want to attend a conference of like-minded entrepreneurs, then join me at Seller Summit. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 527. And once again, tickets to Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

45:11
head on over to mywipequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

526: Temu Is Killing US Businesses! Is Yours Next?

Temu is killing US businesses

According to Wired magazine, Temu is losing hundreds of millions of dollars to send you cheap stuff from China in order to grab mass market share from US shoppers and it’s working.

But is it affecting US ecommerce companies?  Listen to this episode to find out

What You’ll Learn

  • What is Temu?
  • How has Temu been growing so fast?
  • Will Temu destroy ecommerce in the US?

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today I’m doing a Seller episode to talk about TEMU and how it’s affecting e-commerce businesses in the United States. Is TEMU going to take over? Is it game over for e-commerce? Well, listen on to understand what’s going on and what you can do about it. But before we begin, I wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are almost sold out over at sellersummit.com.

00:29
The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:56
I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past 8 years. Now if you’re an ecommerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers, but as of right now we actually only have 5 of those tickets left. The Seller Summit is going to be held at Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th May 16th, and right now,

01:24
This is the last time you’re going to be able to get your tickets because they’re almost sold out. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifecoupterjob.com slash book.

01:53
So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now on to the show.

02:06
Welcome to the My Web Coder Job Podcast. In this episode, we’re going to talk about the phenomenon known as Tmoo and how it’s taking the e-commerce world by storm. if you’ve never heard of Tmoo before, Tmoo is an online marketplace that offers extremely low prices on thousands of products shipped directly from China. And the company is a subsidiary of PDD Holdings, a Chinese company which is publicly traded on the NASDAQ. And Tmoo is one of many Chinese companies trying to break into the American market and their prices are

02:35
Possibly low according to Wired magazine team who is losing hundreds of millions of dollars to send you cheap stuff from China in order to grab mass market share from US shoppers and it’s working their growth has been beyond Exponential in less than a year team who already has one-third the monthly active users of Amazon from $3 and 37 cents for a pair of shoes to just $4 and 50 cents for a woman’s sweater Their prices just seem too good to be true and it turns out that they are

03:05
An analysis of the company’s supply chain cost by Wired magazine, which was confirmed by a company insider, shows that Tmoo is losing an average of $30 for every order made. In addition to the U.S., Tmoo also operates in Canada, Australia, and New Zealand and is estimated to be losing $588 million to $954 million every single year. But the real reason for this episode today is whether this is affecting U.S. businesses. Now, if you’ve listened to the archives,

03:33
Recently, I interviewed my friend Jerry Kozak on the podcast who runs an online store selling t-shirts both on Amazon and Shopify that makes over eight figures per year. And according to Jerry, he believes that companies like Tmoo and Shien are taking sales away from his company, especially on Amazon. Shien is one of these Chinese fast fashion companies. Ever since both Tmoo and Shien burst onto the US scene in 2022, Jerry’s business has cratered by nearly 50%.

04:02
Now granted, Jerry’s in the t-shirt business, which as you know is one of the most saturated and most competitive niches to sell into. So you should probably take his numbers with a grain of salt, but according to an Amazon representative, the entire apparel category on Amazon is down 30 % year over year. Meanwhile, other apparel and t-shirt companies and e-commerce communities that I belong to are down year over year as well. Right now, companies like Tmoo and Shien seem to be mainly hurting lower end apparel businesses

04:31
and companies without a powerful brand or intellectual property. And here’s why. Both Tmoo and Shien have two gigantic advantages that US companies do not when it comes to making and selling apparel. Now for one thing, they have a huge cost advantage over US sellers because of extremely low labor costs. Now according to the LA Times, products made in China’s western province of Xinjiang are being sold to US consumers through Tmoo in breach of a ban.

04:58
that forbids goods from being imported from the region due to links to forced and slave labor. The statements were former detainees and reports from an array of researchers and advocacy groups have alleged that the Chinese government put more than one million people in detention camps in that region and that laborers in fields and factories were forced or coerced to make cheap products for Tmoo. Now the Chinese government said the camps are for re-education purposes, but I don’t really believe them. And no one knows for sure.

05:27
but slave labor could be one way that Tmoo is commanding such low prices. Now just for some context, a blank t-shirt costs about two bucks and shipping within the continental US is about four bucks for a shirt. This is the rough cost for a business in the US and in order to make a decent profit after printing a custom design on the shirt, you gotta be able to sell the shirt for at least 20 bucks. Meanwhile, Tmoo is selling a printed t-shirt direct from China to a US address for less than seven bucks and that includes shipping.

05:57
so they can literally sell apparel at or below the minimum cost. Now the second reason Timo has an advantage is due to the de minimis loophole that allows Chinese sellers to not have to worry about paying taxes, tariffs, or customs duties. Now the de minimis loophole is that any shipment sent to the US that is valued at less than 800 bucks does not have to pay any taxes whatsoever. And because Timo is shipping individual products into the US, they don’t have to pay any customs duties or taxes at all. Meanwhile,

06:25
In order for a US apparel company to get low pricing, they have to import a large quantity of t-shirts into the US and pay both customs duties and tariffs on the products. Now whether this is fair or not is really up to you, but let me just put it in simple words to sum it up. A product on Tmoo is seven bucks, no import duties, and arrives in one week with free shipping. Now the wholesale cost for the same item made in the USA is 10 bucks, retails for 20 bucks, and this price differential is a problem.

06:54
because the math doesn’t work out for the consumer. Now at the same time, Tmoo is squeezing small manufacturers in China to cut prices to even lower levels that makes it even impossible for Chinese manufacturers to make a profit. Now one Chinese manufacturer who goes by Tai Chi was approached by Tmoo to sell on the platform when it launched in 2022 and he joined, but soon found out that he had little control over prices. Tmoo will often ask to lower prices and if you agree, the platform will decide what the lower price is.

07:24
You don’t have say over your pricing, and if you refuse to lower your price, you simply won’t be listed on the platform. This is their method of operation. Tmoo’s parent company, Pinduoduo, burst onto the scene in China by providing deep discounts to gain market share as well. And heck, Amazon did the same thing back in the day, and the formula works. Offer impossibly low prices to shut everyone out and lose a ton of money for many years, and then once you’ve become a household name, raise prices and turn a profit.

07:54
This is what Amazon did and this is what Tmoo is trying to do right now. But the difference this time between Tmoo and Amazon is that Chinese companies like Tmoo have the advantage of favorable taxation and impossibly cheap labor compared to U.S. companies. They don’t have to pay any taxes at all and they can get away with paying their staff pennies on the dollar. Now the real question though is whether they can keep this up. As I mentioned earlier, Tmoo’s low prices is costing the company a ton of money.

08:21
and they’re estimated to be losing $30 per order and hundreds of million dollars per year. Tmoo is also squeezing their suppliers to get the lowest pricing possible, and many Chinese sellers are leaving Tmoo. Meanwhile, Tmoo is also gathering data from millions of US citizens, which is attracting the scrutiny of the US government. So in my eyes, something has to give. And right now, TikTok’s about to be banned. Who knows Tmoo might be next. But on the flip side, we just happen to be living in a very interesting period right now. The average American

08:51
is carrying a record amount of credit card debt and the savings rate is at an all-time low, which makes for the perfect storm for a company like Timo to thrive. Now as a small business owner, what can you do to fight back? You all know that I teach e-commerce over at mywebquaterjob.com and I run a seven-figure store over at bumblebillindens.com. Is it all doom and gloom? And here’s what I have to say, and I’m going to be quite frank and honest with you guys. If you are selling commodity products,

09:19
that do not have a strong value proposition, you probably aren’t going to survive regardless of whether Tmoo and Shien exists or not. So for example, if you’re selling generic t-shirts that are easily copied by manufacturers from China who have a cost advantage over you, you’re just not going to make it. But if you can tap into the emotions of your buyer and establish a strong brand, you will survive regardless of pricing pressure. And since we’ve been talking about t-shirts and apparel so far, I’d like to talk about

09:47
one of my favorite companies, is called True Classic Tees. True Classic Tees is a company that sells generic solid color t-shirts, which is probably one of the most saturated and competitive niches out there. But they brought in over 250 million bucks since they opened in 2019. Now, how does a blank t-shirt company that sells plain t-shirts for 25 bucks a pop make so much money? Well, it’s all about the marketing and how they make consumers feel about their product. Now, if you’ve never watched one of their True Classic Tees commercials,

10:17
Basically, they show an overweight guy wearing a shirt with his beer belly hanging out and the shirt doesn’t really fit well at all. Then they flash forward to a picture of the exact same overweight guy in a true classic t-shirt and all of sudden he looks buff. The t-shirt emphasizes his biceps and hides his Buddha belly. Now, can T-Muscle a plain t-shirt for three bucks? Yes, but it cannot replicate the mind share that true classic tease has created. Selling online is all about triggering the emotions of your consumer.

10:46
and it’s not all about price. I’d much rather pay 25 bucks for a t-shirt that makes me look and feel good rather than a cheap throwaway $3 t-shirt. And incidentally, this is exactly how Dr. Squatch sells men’s soap. Now as a dude, I don’t really care about what soap did I use in the shower. When I’m in a hotel, I’ll use whatever soap that’s there. But Dr. Squatch hooked me with their commercials. Instead of telling consumers about how good their soap smells or how well the soap cleans and exfoliates, Dr. Squatch sells soaps

11:15
by catering to the sexual desires of men. Now in almost all their commercials, they show a woman smelling her man saying words like, man, you smell so good. I want to jump you right now. And as a guy, when you watch a commercial like that, you’re probably thinking to yourself, wait a sec, if I use Dr. Squatch, I’m going to get more action? Well, sign me up. Now can T-Mu sell a bar of soap at half the price? Definitely. But can they compete with Dr. Squatch? Probably not. Right now,

11:43
Tmoo is a junkyard that sells cheap generic products from China, and their rock bottom pricing is affecting the apparel industry the most because apparel is a commodity, and most clothing, especially on Amazon, is generic and unbranded. Now what I didn’t tell you about my friend Jerry Kozak earlier is that even though his business has dropped around 50%, he’s going to be just fine because the other half of his business does not depend on sales from Amazon or being price competitive.

12:10
The other half of his teacher business is where he custom prints products from NATO, college sports teams, and other organizations. The other half of his business is where he’s established a solid repeat customer base and strong relationships with his customers. And these are customers that he will never lose. His added value is his customer service, his attention to detail, and the loyalty he’s built over time. And this is what it takes to create a lasting e-commerce business.

12:38
So while Tmoo is probably destroying the low end apparel market, as a small business owner, you can succeed by niching down and going for the high end. If you were competing purely based on price, you’ve already lost. Now as for the other unfair advantages that Tmoo currently possesses, that’s up to the US government to decide. If you feel as though the de minimis rules that prevent Chinese sellers from having to pay US taxes sounds unfair, well then you should write a letter to your local representative in your state. And if you are against

13:06
possible slave labor practices in the creation of Tmoo’s products, then you can show your support by not buying these products as well. But for myself and my e-commerce store, I’m not really worried about Tmoo at all. Now, if you want to learn more about Tmoo, there’s a lot of episodes on my YouTube channel. And if you want to listen to Jerry Kozak’s episode, just go back and look through my archives at the podcast. Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now with all the Google AI changes, Tmoo, Shein and TikTok Shop, e-commerce is going to change dramatically this year.

13:36
For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeCoderJob.com slash episode 526. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at SellerSummit.com. If you want to hang out in person, in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs, and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go to SellerSummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to MyWifeCoderJob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away.

14:05
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

525: The Dreaded March Google Core Update And It’s Implications On Content Creation

The Dreaded March Google Core Update And It's Implications On Content Creation

Welcome to a brand new segment of the show called Profitable Audience where my business partner Toni and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience.

In today’s episode, Toni and I discuss the March Google Core update which has huge implications on the future of content creation.

What You’ll Learn

  • All about the March Google Core Update
  • Which sites were hit
  • How Google wants you to write content today

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Welcome to a new segment to the show called Profitable Audience, where my business partner, Tony and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience. In this episode, Tony and I discuss the SEO apocalypse and what’s been going on since the March Google core update, which has huge implications on all content creators.

00:26
But before we begin, want to you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com and they’re almost sold out. In fact, there only 10 tickets left. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business.

00:56
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets always sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

01:22
The sell-as-time is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th. And as I mentioned before, there are only 10 tickets left. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting.

01:50
when you grab the book over at mywifecoderjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifecoderjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:07
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast in a brand new section of the show called Profit of Audience, where we break down all things content creation. And the topic of today is gonna be this gigantic Google update that just hit last week on March 5th, I think. And it’s been really bad. For almost everyone in my mastermind group, I got hit as well. And we’re gonna talk about this update and how I’m a little…

02:35
I’m kind of happy about the update, even though that it actually hit me. So we had this conversation last week and you said, oh, I think this next Google update is going to be really bad. And then you whip out your phone and you check out. would assume you were checking your analytics because I wasn’t I couldn’t see what you were doing. And you’re like, I’m fine. I’m fine. I’m fine. And then we immediately change the subject and we’re talking to something else. But you weren’t fine. I was fine.

03:02
for that first day. 12 hours. Or while we were at ECF, I was actually fine. Okay. So I am ill-prepared for this because I don’t even look at Google Analytics because I can’t read GA4. So tell me more. Tell me more about this. All right. So

03:22
Let me just go through the Google official press release and then I’ll talk about like the real stuff that I’ve been chatting with all my colleagues about. Dumb it down for the rest of us, please. No, no, no, no, it’s not. It’s not complicated. mean, basically they fought AI spam. So anyone with an AI generated content website pretty much got deindexed out of the Google search entirely. So that’s a positive. It’s a positive. That’s what I’m saying. That’s not the reason why I got hit. Why I got hit, I’ll talk about in just a little bit. But yes, I thought you were a robot.

03:51
What we’ve all suspected for many years is now we know to be true. No, I think that’s a great thing because you and I have talked about this for what? The past year and how these sites and you were I remember we talked about this one site probably over a year ago that was was it talking about board games or something games and they had like thousands of of posts and they were ranking and it was completely an AI generated site. So to me, that’s a good point. Number one seems good.

04:21
It’s a fantastic, they didn’t actually outline that, but it’s funny, they kept fluctuating over this policy. They were like, oh, AI is expressly prohibited, no AI is allowed as long as you edit it and whatnot. But it seems pretty clear that if your content is AI and of no value except regurgitating stuff, you’re pretty much gonna be penalized with a manual penalty. What’s funny is I didn’t get ahold of Spencer, because remember we talked about last time how he held this AI competition?

04:50
I’m very curious how those sites fared and I suspect that they did not fare very well. Yeah, I’m actually that was the first thought that I had because we had just talked about his challenge a couple weeks ago. Yeah. So I view this first one as a good thing. Right. And you know what’s funny is I just discovered that Amazon has been asking the question, did you use AI to create this listing? Oh, interesting. I don’t have I don’t see that in my interface, so they must just

05:19
be kind of rolling this out to a few people. So if you check yes, I don’t know what that means. But if you check no, but you did in fact use AI, I don’t know what that means either. But both can’t be good. I was gonna say, I feel like either one is probably bad. Yes. Okay, okay. So this is, I’m fascinated, keep going. And then I think YouTube, I read this somewhere, I don’t see it my account yet either, but YouTube’s gonna have a checkbox similar to that as well.

05:47
Okay, so let’s veer off really quick because this is a question. You and I both do something similar. So I’ve been creating YouTube scripts from my own blog posts, but putting them into AI to turn them into script form. I’m assuming that is not what they’re talking about. I don’t think that they’re going to penalize you for that. But if you’re using AI generated content with like an AI voice or I don’t know. I don’t know what it means, to be honest with you. Yeah, it’s not even out of my account yet. So right. I mean, that would be my question because it is my content that I wrote.

06:16
I’m just having AI generate it into a script version as opposed to a read version, which they’re fairly similar. It’s just changing some of the beginning of sentences and stuff like that. Anyway, that would be my. I have no idea, but I think they want you to self incriminate yourself. Yes. Like if you say no and then they use their tools or whatever they do and find that it was in some way or someone complains, then who knows? Maybe that would be a strike against your channel. OK, OK. So what’s what’s number two? What did they do?

06:46
So number two, this is all great stuff by the way. The second thing that they cracked down on is expired domain abuse. And for all of you listening who don’t know what this is, people would buy these expired domains that had pretty good domain authority and backlinks to it. They would buy that domain and then they would build a new blog based on that domain about something completely different and essentially get a head start on their website. Oh, I remember this. This seems like an old school trick. It’s been going on for

07:16
as long as I can remember actually. feel like Jim Wang invented this trick. This seems like a Jim Wang think Jim Wang did this. No, but I feel like in our our FinCon group there were people that did use this tactic. Not our particular group of people, but overall I think that I learned about this at FinCon. By the way, if you want to learn about all the black hat tactics, Black Hat World is like the

07:37
I like to go on there to see what cutting edge people are doing that are gray hat or black hat. I hope you’re on a VPN at a Starbucks in another city. I just logged in as you. You probably are you big jerk. Okay. What’s up next? So that one was good that they cracked down on that. The next thing that they cracked down on was what is called a site reputation abuse. This is where you buy links on like Forbes.

08:08
and you’re just artificially leveraging someone’s larger site to boost your own. And you know all these publications like Forbes, Business Insider, they’re all hurting for cash, right? It’s hard to make money with a pure content site, especially at scale like that. So what they’ve been doing, and I don’t know if you’ve gotten these emails before, but hey, get featured in Forbes. We can guarantee you a Forbes placement. And then you read the fine print and it’s like, may include some sort of fee.

08:38
Okay, I did not know about this. I thought you had to earn those links. I get those every day. Like, hey, we want to feature you on Forbes. You’re like, oh, great. Yeah. And then you read the fine print may have fees associated with it. So you pay like five grand or something and you get on there. So people have been doing this, obviously. I can see people jumping at this. People have been doing this for a very long time. The other thing I want to say is, I don’t know if you remember, I think we recorded this episode with Profitable Audience where I had a buddy of mine.

09:08
And what he did, he would guest post on large publications. And then he would go around and tell people, hey, I will include your link in my guest post if you let me guest post for your site. And if you recall, I was doing this. I was gonna say, wasn’t that person you? Well, no, no, no, that wasn’t my idea. And I did it on a very small scale. But my buddy did this on a huge scale. You we’re talking like a post a day. Yeah.

09:37
like in this, had this whole network and he grew his site to like 1 million visits per month off of this. And I used it too, if you recall, this is all in preparation for my book. So this had to have occurred maybe in 2021 or something like that. And it worked. I actually grew my site tremendously during that period. It was just too much maintenance. I didn’t have like a really good system for doing this.

10:01
But you you add great results, but it wasn’t something that you could maintain. It wasn’t sustainable for me unless I hired a bunch of people and train them up for this. Anyway, long story short, Google started cracking down on this as part of this update. And I actually just went and checked my friend’s site. He went from one million visits per month all the way. Now, I think he’s down to like eleven thousand now. What? Yes. Holy cow.

10:31
So he got hit because all of his backlinks were built this way.

10:36
Okay, this one seems a little, I don’t know. I don’t know necessarily if it’s a bad thing if you’re actually creating educational and good content for people. I mean, I get it’s gaming the system, but to me it’s like if you’re writing legitimate guest posts and they’re quality posts, who cares if you’re kind of weaving the tapestry? I don’t know, you know what I mean? I guess, but it is gaming the system, right? Like it’s, if you look at these articles, it’s pretty clear.

11:04
Like you just take one word and you’re linking to another related post. Oh, I see. I haven’t read a lot of those posts. So I the posts are good. They’re well written. It’s just they’re linking to, you know, random sites to spend a lot of time on this. I did. Yeah, because, yeah, everything I did, I did for this book, actually, like in preparation, like I literally started preparing to launch the book probably two years before the book got released. Yeah. OK, that’s an interesting one.

11:34
Yeah. then so back on the AI one also, it’s unclear how they’re detecting this, but I think they’re mainly cracking down on blog post velocity. Like if all of sudden you have like a thousand posts, it up. But I’m sure they have ways to detect whether it’s AI generated. Okay, but if you’re using a Google AI tool to create AI, don’t they know that your email address is locked?

12:04
Those people aren’t using the Google AI tool though. Well, correct. But I feel like Google could probably fairly easily tell who’s doing that. I don’t know. You would think if you’re just straight copying what the gray area is, if you take something AI generated and you modify it, whether they can tell or whether that’s even OK. Anyway, this brings up to the final one. This is the reason why I got hit. Oh, yes. We haven’t even gotten to that We haven’t gotten that.

12:34
basically going down the Google official press release, which actually means nothing in most cases because what they release and what actually happens isn’t really. Right. Okay. So number one, why me and all my buddies got hit is because now just, just do a search on Google right now. The top spot for one of my main queries that I used to rank for is now a LinkedIn post.

13:00
followed by Quora, followed by Reddit. And Google has greatly promoted all of these sites and just knocked everyone else down in general. Now here’s what’s fascinating about this. We have a mutual friend who’s not in my mastermind group, but what he started doing was copying his blog posts directly into LinkedIn. And he has the top spot for a keyword. And then the blog post that he has on his blog,

13:29
He’s redirecting that to LinkedIn now. And his LinkedIn post has all the same affiliate links and that sort of thing. And that’s how he’s managed to rank a bunch of his pages. Well, that works if your content works for LinkedIn, but if you have a chicken leg recipe, that’s not, I I’m not posting that on LinkedIn. Well, this is just an example of what people are doing, right? And it was like a financial services review that he had dropped in the rankings.

13:59
And so he just copied it to LinkedIn and all of a sudden he got the number one spot again. Identical content, right? Pretty dumb. But he’s redirecting, so this guy didn’t get hit, he’s now ranking, right? Well no, he copied his stuff to LinkedIn. His blog lost ranking. Yes. So he decided to do an experiment and just copy that blog post over to LinkedIn and then that LinkedIn post that he posted got the number one spot.

14:25
So when people type in his blog post URL, they are redirected to LinkedIn. They are now, which is, I don’t recommend this because you’re essentially telling Google that LinkedIn is the authoritative post now. However, he doesn’t care because that LinkedIn post generates a lot of money because it has his affiliate links in it. And you’re allowed to do that on LinkedIn. I did not know that. I’m not really a LinkedIn expert, but I went to check it out and it’s got his links in there. He doesn’t care about it. Okay, just.

14:55
Keep in mind also that these people that we’re talking about make all their money through affiliate marketing. They don’t necessarily care about email subs. Although you could have a link in there that takes you to a landing page where you have an email signup form as well. I found that fascinating. And if you look at some of my queries, I think the Google search results are worse now because they now link to this Reddit thread that is just garbage. Sometimes it’s linked to… So there’s one of my posts.

15:25
where I’m doing a review of like a drop shipping site. And the number one spot links to a Reddit thread dated 2021, which is completely not accurate. I have noticed that. In fact, this just happened to me the other day. What was I looking for? think it was, yeah, it was something about a credit card. I needed to know how to do something with a certain credit card. And I Googled, I couldn’t find it on the credit card website.

15:52
So was like, rather than call and sit on hold, let me just do a quick Google search. I’m sure that I’m just not searching the right thing on the credit card site or probably nerd wallet has the answer, right? that’s, nerd wallet always has the answer. And when I Googled it, the first thing that came up, you’re right, was a Reddit post, which I clicked on, was not even close to what I was, I mean, it had the words in there, but it wasn’t what I needed to know. And then once again, like a bunch of Reddit people don’t know how to solve my problem when it came to this.

16:21
So yeah, think that was actually yesterday that that happened. And I was like, wow, this really stinks. Because normally, it was about an American Express card. Normally, the first response would have been an American Express help page, right? That would have usually shown up number one in Google, and it did not. It was a bunch of Reddit threads. And then, I don’t remember if it was Quora or something else, but then, yeah, it took me, I ended up going back to the American Express site and just digging deeper to try to find the answer.

16:49
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that Tony and I offer over at Profitable Audience that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in learning how to make money with content, whether it be through blogging, podcasting, or YouTube, we put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started blogging that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process, including a full tutorial on how to set up your first content website. This course is 100 % free.

17:16
and you can sign up over at profitableaudience.com slash free. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash free. Now back to the show.

17:27
Yeah, my buddy Glenn Alsop, who runs detail.com, actually did a case study where it was something crazy. Let me see if I can find the post. But it was some really large percentage of Reddit posts gaining in the search results and pushing everyone else down. So I’m actually looking at, I just typed in, which is better Shopify or BigCommerce? So the number one response here is Forbes.

17:57
Shopify versus BigCommerce 2024 comparison. The next response is Shopify. Well, I wonder what they’re gonna say. The third one was Reddit. And it’s not even, it’s like any advices for a Shopify, BigCommerce new seller. yeah. sorry, Quora, Reddit, LinkedIn, basically any of the established social media sites.

18:27
And people are gaming these big time now. Oh, 100%. It’s a little harder to game Reddit because if you post a link, like sometimes you get flamed, but people are doing it, especially if they own their own subreddits. Yeah. And that’s how they’re ranking. Interesting. Yeah. I think this has got to change because it’s garbage. It’s worse now, in my opinion.

18:49
Well, it’s like, do you remember when forums were really big, like back in the like 2006, seven, eight, it was before the internet was, I felt like as big as it was, so a lot of the information being shared was on like specific forums. And if you ever searched for anything, you would get the forum response, but the forums are so biased against, like you could be on a forum that was completely anti-homeschool.

19:16
Right, so every single post in there was about homeschooling, but it was about why you shouldn’t homeschool, right? But then there was an entire forum dedicated to like pro homeschooling. So you never got any agnostic advice about anything because if you landed on a forum, it was clearly biased in one direction or another. And I feel like that’s what’s gonna happen again, right? Is that, you know, the people, the threads on Reddit, I mean, there’s sometimes there’s good stuff on Reddit. don’t think it’s, but to me, Reddit’s more of like entertainment.

19:44
like reading through and just surveying the people. It’s not an information, to me it’s not like an informational site. Maybe other people are using it that way, but I’ve never thought of it that way. And certainly not concise. By the way, I found my friend’s blog post. So what he did is he reviewed 10,000 product review terms, just kind of random. This is what he does for a living. He of does these cool case studies. And this is what he found.

20:10
The reddit.com domain was present in 7,500 search results and featured 14,000 times. This means that if the SERP feature was present, Reddit not only had a 97.5 % chance of showing up, but on average had 1.9 of the three possible listings at the top. And then he goes on to talk, maybe I’ll link this article because it’s fascinating. But people are gaming it by voting up

20:39
like their earbuds or their review in the results. And so it’s an artificial, the conclusion of this article was the Google product review search results are now the worst that he’s ever seen. Which I feel like we said this several months ago where it was gonna get worse before it gets better because of, you know, everything, how everything’s changing. So, I mean, I hope eventually it will get back to giving you useful information, but

21:09
You know, all the statistics and articles I’ve read, you know, people are searching on Pinterest for information. The younger generation is searching on TikTok. They’re not Googling anything. They’re TikToking it, like to find the information. Which is more real because you see a video, right? Right. And then last week at ECF, in one of the groups, a lot of people were saying they just ask AI, right? They just go into chat GPT and ask the question.

21:39
they don’t even Google it anymore. Yeah, I started using Proplexity a little more. Are you using this? Have you tried it? No, but that’s what they were talking about in my little group in ECF. Yeah. All right, here’s some more stats. This one’s interesting. So Glenn manually went through the top Reddit threads that appeared in 1,005 individual search results. And of the resulting 122 URLs, 63 have a top comment with a self-promotional affiliate link.

22:09
often written months after the original thread was created. And that’s how people are gaming it. right, so should we switch gears and talk about the reasons why I like this update, even though it hit me? Yes, let’s talk about how bad you got hit first. Give us I got hit about 25%. Okay, and what about your other affiliate marketer friends? Some of them got hit worse than that. I was just gonna say.

22:37
It’s interesting because I know the group of people you’re talking about and it feels like they’re just getting, like every couple years they just get decimated and then they work their way back up and then they get decimated. It just feels, it’s almost like social media now, right? Like I don’t wanna be on the hamster wheel. I don’t wanna be on the hamster wheel of Google updates, right? It’s feeling very similar of like, well now I’m gonna follow all the new rules and then only to get decimated two and a half years later for whatever reason.

23:06
I think the difference is that this time I think search, the search days are numbered. Okay. Interesting. Yeah. That’s my general opinion. Cause AI is going to replace search eventually. Right? Why type in a query and get a bunch of junk or links? We can just get the answer. But anyways, okay, let’s switch gears. Cause, okay. So remember a long time ago, we did an episode where I told you that I hate writing now because Google has forced you to write in a certain way.

23:36
that answers the questions and nothing else. Well, they just did a 180 on that. Right. So as part of this last update, they don’t want content that is the same as everyone else’s. Right. Because because you’ve noticed, right, when you search for something, you’ll see two pages with the results that essentially regurgitate the exact same stuff. it’s just like one upping the next person. Right. Yeah. Who has more content? Well, that’s different now, because Google actually wants real

24:06
content that’s original, which ironically is the way that I used to write. Before I discovered that writing original content reflecting my experiences was actually hurting me in the search results, right? Because it’s getting interpreted as extra stuff and it was hard to categorize when Google just wants the answer. So if you look at the people who benefited from this March update, and it’s still really early by the way.

24:35
No one really has any definitive conclusions, but there are a couple of outlier sites that were literally just photos and People just talking about hey, I bought it is almost like the old days of blogging We just kind of talked about your day Yeah, you talked about your day and you mentioned this thing and how you loved it and whatnot a Couple of those type of sites got promoted in the search results

25:00
And again, it’s still early and there’s not that much data, but the old days are back. I’m happy. When I used to, because I hated my blog. Yeah. And I remember when I launched my book, I was not proud of it at all. And I knew people were going to come to my site and I was thinking to myself, what if they go to my blog and they see this kind of robotic, you know, encyclopedia of stuff where they just answer the question and nothing else.

25:27
They’ll be like, that’s the Steve Choo we’ve always known. What’s ironic about all of this is I spent probably a year and a half optimizing my money posts by removing all of my own opinions, by removing all of the stories I had involved with the tools that I use to keep it short and succinct. Thank goodness WordPress has a revision button.

25:56
It’s so, it’s so different now. So I can’t even, you know, but basically Google’s looking for original content. The good old days of, uh, Brian Dean skyscraper technique, where you just taking what someone else has written, kind of rewriting it and, trust trying to outdo the next result. As of now, I think those days are over until Google decides to change your mind. Yeah, but it makes sense. Right.

26:23
I mean, you don’t want to read the same regurgitated stuff in the search results. I hated myself. This started in 2016. I want to say this whole regurgitated stuff because that’s what Google was. They wanted that. They just want the answer and nothing else.

26:39
Well, I’m glad I’m working on YouTube now. Actually, that was my next point. So even though my wife quick got hit, I actually looked at my analytics results and my YouTube channel actually dwarfs the blog now. Yeah. In terms of email subs. You hit 300,000 subs. I did. Yeah. Yay. And I actually figured out a system that I’ve used on my last two videos that I’m pretty confident will

27:08
I’m going to actually present this to our class today in fact. Okay. Awesome. that I just kind of discovered recently where I was screwing up on some of my other videos and I’m going all in. I was already all on YouTube, but even more so now I’m actually going to go back to my blog and add in like my own personal experiences again. And it’ll be fun for me this time because that’s how I used to write. Yeah. And so even though I personally got hit, I’m actually

27:37
kind of glad that it’s going this way in a way. I mean, I’d be more glad if my traffic was still here just to be clear, but it will make writing a little bit more fun again. Yeah. Unlike before. Yeah. I never went over to that side. I was like, I’m not doing it. It’s not my content doesn’t lend itself to that anyway. but it can write like if you’re if you have a recipe, you’re just not going to give out the recipe, right? You’re going to talk about.

28:06
Oh yeah, but I never went to the whole just give them just the facts, ma’am. I was like, this is not what I do. So yeah, was I just never got on that train, which I’m glad that I didn’t. Well, I mean, there’s a lot of money made during that time. You’re right. We’re talking almost eight years of gravy. Yeah. But I’m also not an affiliate heavy site.

28:32
Yeah. So and people buy like I was actually looking at this the other day. The the affiliates that people are like my heavy moneymakers are all because I’m like I joined this program, this and that. Like it’s all because I’m sharing my experience of why people should, you know, like one of my top affiliates for a long time was Adore Your Wardrobe from Kelly Snyder. Right. And the reason why that did so well is I’m literally making videos in my closet.

29:00
right, and telling people why they need to dress for their body type and clean out their closet. I mean, that’s why that converted. wasn’t because I was just giving the fact, I don’t even know the facts of the program anymore. I couldn’t tell you how long of a program it is or anything. What I could tell you was it worked and my own experience. Which I do think is pretty compelling for people.

29:25
in my niche, you know, I think it’s definitely different in your niche. So, I mean, we’re just coming from two totally different places. That’s correct. Yeah. I am curious, though. So what happened? You said used to be. you? I just haven’t promoted it in a long time. Like, because she only does like twice a year launches and things like that. So it’s like if I if she launches in a period of time where it’s like, I’m just not something I have time to promote, then.

29:52
I don’t promote it, but yeah, when I do promote it, it always does well. Same thing with the passionate penny pincher menu planning boxes. Those always do really well, but I talk about my whole sites about menu planning and how it’s, I have personal stories and I have actually shared reader stories of how it saved people thousands and thousands of dollars in their grocery bills. So because I have all those stories on there, I think that’s why that stuff converts so much better than.

30:20
me just talking about a product on Amazon or But I noticed you used the word video also. Yes. And not text, right? Yeah, but I’ve always done both for those things. Obviously now working more on the video. It was interesting. I was looking at my YouTube channel, because I’ve had one for 12 years, a long time. And some of my older videos that have thousands and thousands of views are so awful.

30:50
And it just makes me, like if you wanna think about how far the iPhone has come, I filmed these videos with like an iPhone 5, I think was the phone of the day back then. you know, even if you are just filming with an iPhone 12, the picture quality is absolutely phenomenal.

31:11
Anyway, was just kind of, was kind of laughing at it I was like, maybe I’ll like add a thumbnail and like, you know, kind of like re up some of these old videos. And then I watched him and I was like, no, it looks like a grainy. It looks like I’m filming through a dirty window. I was like, I will not be, I’ll not be re upping these videos for sure. So let’s talk about Bumblebee next. So the Bumblebee blog got hit. Really? Yeah. Which I care a little bit less, but my core product results.

31:42
were okay, but what I noticed, because I immediately just looked at all my rankings for my money pages, right? And I noticed a bunch of sites got promoted that are the crappiest linen sites that I’ve ever seen. Really? Yeah, to the front page. And in fact, there’s this one URL from Big Cartel where they didn’t even have their own domain. It was literally store.bigcartel.com, which means it didn’t even pay for.

32:09
like a real membership, they’re just using the free tier. And the site was like the ugliest thing that I’ve ever seen. It looked like just a standard template, just threw up some products on there and they started ranking. And there’s no way that that site should rank. Why? What’s the logic behind that? I have no idea. I have absolutely no idea why that site was ranking. So Google, and again, this rollout is supposed to take a month, so it’s not done yet.

32:39
But so far it’s been terrible from a usability standpoint in my eyes. Yeah. I feel like that’s been the case for a while now. But it’s worse. I don’t think it could get worse. yeah. Well, I think we’ve actually we actually said that several months ago. Like, well, this is this is pretty crappy. And then all of a sudden it’s now even worse than it was before. So I talked to Jeff Oxford and he primarily does e-commerce SEO.

33:06
and he basically said that most of his sites did not get hit in his portfolio. Maybe 10 to 15 % of the sites did. It seems like at least e-commerce is fairly stable. It’s just in the content side where the biggest changes are happening. He said that, but yet Bumblebee got The blog got hit. Yes. That’s the content side of Bumblebee, Oh, I what you’re saying. The listings, the category pages, things like that. Correct.

33:35
not the products in the categories. They’ve shifted though, but yeah, pretty flat on the product side, the blog. I think everyone, be honest, I have not talked to a single person personally that I know who’s benefited from this. And I think it’s because Reddit, Quora, LinkedIn, and all those sites have gotten promoted, which has pushed everyone else down. Right, just in general, if those are going up, everyone else by nature has to get pushed down.

34:03
Why even have a blog anymore? Like why not just post all of your blog posts on LinkedIn was the question that we were just kind of bouncing around. And the reason is you don’t wanna put your stuff on a property that you don’t own, right, in case anything changes. But that’s essentially what Google’s telling us right now. Meh, I don’t like it. Yeah, no, mean, you have to have a blog, you have to have a landing page, you have to have a place for people to opt in for your email. Yeah.

34:33
And I’m sure this is gonna get reversed at some point, because this is not, yeah. Sorry, go on, I interrupted you. No, just, first of all, the fact that Reddit shows up at the top is laughable to me. just, I just don’t, I know there’s people that, like my brother loves Reddit, and I know people love commenting, reading, I mean, it’s very, it’s very, very popular. But to me, Reddit would never be a place I would go for information.

35:03
It’s entertainment to me or just mindless, I don’t know. Because it’s like, here’s the thing, right? What did Google tell us for so long? Like you need to show that you’re an authority in the space, right? If you’ve been featured on magazines or TV shows or publications, you need to put that in there so we know you’re an authority. Any idiot can go on Reddit and post something. You have no idea what their background is. You have no idea what their knowledge base is.

35:33
And then now they’re going to rank. Now they’re going to rank, right, because they’re in a thread. And so Billy Bob is out there, you know, given medical advice on Reddit. And I don’t know, I just think it’s absurd to me. Like I. Yeah, it’s absurd. I’m going to go on strike. I’m going to go on strike from Google. So Google actually tweeted about this. And the head of Google, like the front facing guy. Yeah, he was quoted as saying Reddit has a lot of practice dealing with spam.

36:02
and experienced users there are not shy. And so their logic is that these communities have been around for a very long time and they must have pretty good spam policies. Therefore, Reddit has higher searches. They were basically defending what they’d done. So, yes, they probably have a great spam filter. mean, because I know I’ve heard people saying that they got their stuff removed from Reddit and things like that. But it doesn’t mean that the people talking on there know anything.

36:31
Those are two completely different buckets. 100 % agree with you. Yeah.

36:38
I don’t know. My prediction is that Google’s search is, it’s, it’s definitely going down. Yeah. And it’s the days are numbered. I’d say I give it like two years tops. Interesting. And the reason why I say that was, you’re, you’re about my age, right? Yeah. A little, little, little, little older. Back in the day when I was in college, Yahoo was the main search engine in town. Yep. But then within one year it was gone. Google had destroyed it in one year. Yeah.

37:08
All it takes is something that’s superior to quickly, like once word of mouth spreads. example, if perplexity takes off, for everyone listening to this, perplexity is basically a site that gives you an AI answer, but it also does searches and then it gives you, it sites all the, it basically has backup and links for where it got the data from. So you can feel fairly confident about the result. So it’s essentially like a combination of AI and Google search.

37:38
is what it is. And it works pretty well. I’ve used it on occasion. Most of the time now I use ChatGPT actually to ask a question and then I just double check and Google if I think it’s sketchy. Can we veer off for two minutes and talk about ChatGPT? Sure. So I think on it, I don’t know when these will publish, but we talked about the AI talk at ECF Live and how I thought it was a great talk and I’ve never done the paid ChatGPT.

38:07
I’ve always just used the free version. And because of that talk, I was like, okay, it’s 20 bucks a month. gonna splurge and get the paid version. So I was looking for some email content and I had ChatGPT 3.5, which is the free version, I believe, versus the paid version, which I think is for something, maybe just for worlds apart. And on stuff that’s not factual, right? It was like ideas for birthday party or something like that.

38:37
It wasn’t something where it’s like the information needed to be cross checked. It was more like creative ideas for things and it was nuts how much better it is. So if you if you’re cheap, I believe you’re so I know if you’re like me, I know, I know. Stop, stop. But there’s probably a lot of people like me that are like, oh, I don’t know, because I don’t use it as much as a lot of other people do. And so I wasn’t I know, I know there are so many things I need to present to my class.

39:06
Yeah, for online store that I’m doing right now with AI and just advertising and everything that I’m thinking about like postponing all the zoom calls for a while while I all this content out and then likewise and profitable audience as well. There’s a lot a lot of stuff going on. Yeah, that I that I’m just itching to present. Anyways, yeah, if you’re not using AI, you’re going to fall behind. Yeah, Google’s search. I can’t imagine.

39:37
At some point they’re have to make decision whether they want to decimate their revenue or not because what they’re doing right now and the results Is just not working. and it’s actually turning off a lot of people. You know, what’s so funny is I belong to this one Facebook group that just kind of covers SEO Everyone’s moving to Pinterest Okay, so yes, I didn’t want to bring this up on this episode because it’s so far different I’m completely re-upping my Pinterest strategy

40:04
So I’ve just been like maintaining because it’s still a decent source of traffic for me. Google’s always, not Google’s always my number one, but Google and Pinterest usually sit like one and two depending on the month. But I start with all the Google stuff and with everything else that’s going on, I was like, you know what, I need to just, it doesn’t take a lot of time to do it. I think we have a lesson in the course like 45 minutes a week or something like that. It’s pretty short.

40:30
amount of time to work on, but yeah, I’m completely re-upping my strategy with Pinterest. For that reason. has the same problems though, right? I don’t know, they’re not showing Reddit threads as in the search results. I mean with spam, I mean with spam. Yes, I feel like they’ve gotten a little better. And I also feel like the younger generation, because now I’m old and I can say that, is actually using Pinterest. So like my kids are all, I was actually talking to your sister-in-law about this a while back.

41:00
It’s their fastest growing demographic that 16 to 24 age bracket. My kids use it all the time. They all have the app on their phone. mean, when Pinterest came out, I would have never thought it would be an app for teens. I 100 % agree. This is so random how that happened. Anyway, so I’m recommitting my efforts to Pinterest 100 % because I feel like, yeah, that’s…

41:27
I’m not playing the Google game Pinterest for all of its changes and stuff that’s gone on. Like the core of Pinterest has stayed the same. It’s all about the images. It’s a visual search engine. And I even bought a course this week just to like see if there’s anything that I’m not doing that, you know, is out there. So yeah, I’m re-upping it totally. Yeah. Meanwhile, I’m still going to, I don’t want to say play the Google game, but I’m going to go in and add my own opinions on, my post again.

41:56
That’s actually easy writing for me. I’m gonna take what I have and then have a section of like, hey, this is my personal opinion on this. If you want all the facts, continue reading below. I’ll say something like that and just give my straight up opinion on all these tools that I’ve been using for so many years and see what happens. It might make blogging fun again. Right, I should get a hat.

42:26
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Now these changes to Google are just the tip of the iceberg and there’s going to be many more changes in just the next three weeks, so stay tuned. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 525. And once again, tickets to Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. And if you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com.

42:54
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywipequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

524: Insider Tips On How To Sell Profitably On Etsy With Scott Voelker

524: Insider Tips On How To Sell Profitably On Etsy With Scott Voelker

Today, I’m thrilled to have my long time friend Scottie V back on the show.  Scott Voelker is known in many circles as the grandfather of Amazon as he was one of the first and most popular podcasts in the space.

But in this episode, we’re going to talk about Etsy and how he and his wife have grown a thriving Etsy business selling print on demand products.  Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Tips on how to sell on Etsy
  • How Scott in his wife started their business on Etsy
  • How to grow your sales and how to advertise on the platform

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. And today I have my good friend Scott Volcker back on the show. And if you don’t remember Scott, he was one of the OG podcasters covering Amazon over at The Amazing Seller. But since then, he’s pivoted and now he’s kicking butt on Etsy and teaching others how to do so over at Brand Creators. Now in this episode, Scott is gonna teach us how to sell on Etsy.

00:28
But before we begin, want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. And right now, actually, they’re almost sold out. We only have seven mastermind passes left. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business.

00:56
Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year,

01:23
We also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th, and right now this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print-on-demand

01:52
and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:12
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my long friend and colleague Scotty V back on the show. And personally, I like to call Scott the grandfather of selling on Amazon, as he was one of the first and most popular podcasts in the space. And today he runs Brand Creators, where he teaches others how to start their own brand and future proof their business. But the reason why I decided to have him on the show today,

02:40
is because he’s been doing a lot of work and a lot of content on YouTube about Etsy as he and his wife run a thriving Etsy business as well. And my daughter has been dabbling with Etsy and I’m pretty sure she’s going to be thrilled and she’s going to actually listen to this episode. And with that, welcome to show, Scott, how are doing? I am doing fantastic. And I just, I think it’s great that you do that intro right on the fly like that. That’s pretty impressive there.

03:08
So good job for that. wouldn’t expect anything less, but that was pretty good. Good little intro. So my daughter’s selling an Etsy and she’s actually watched a couple of your videos. Okay. And I think she’s a fan. think she’s a really, yeah. Okay. Yeah. Okay. Yeah. I think if, if she takes with what you have taught with e-commerce and what I’m sharing with the Etsy side, she could probably do pretty good. Cause the crazy thing is though, with this whole Etsy thing is it’s

03:36
To me, it is untapped as far as like with what we bring to the game. It’s like a lot of Etsy sellers right now are not using the marketing stuff that you and I have been using for years. Whether it’s even the Amazon space, there was a lot of people when I was in that space teaching it, they weren’t doing the marketing stuff, right? They’re just doing whatever.

04:03
whatever the platform would allow them to do a lot of the things. And there’s a lot of good things that that does, but they never really did anything externally. And that’s really what I’ve been trying to teach and preach. And it’s what we’ve been doing with my wife’s little Etsy shop. it’s been really, really working. And I’m excited because I get to teach with what we’re doing and it feels good because it’s what we’re doing, but it’s also, I think, an underserved market.

04:30
And I just, I like being in the forefront of that right now because a lot of people are benefiting from it, from what I can tell. I’m just curious, why did your wife decide to sell an Etsy? Cause you know a lot about Amazon and some of the other marketplaces. Why did she choose Etsy? Okay. This is a great question, Steven. I don’t think you and I’ve ever had this conversation, but okay. So back in the day when I was selling on Amazon, you know, a neighbor of mine, we had a brand that we started together, right? And

04:58
Uh, you know, we started, it was in the cooking niche. Okay. And so we were selling accessories for some of the top brands and just things like that. Right. So, and we built a blog on the backend of that, that was getting a significant amount of traffic. Um, and we just launched products, built an email list, like did all that stuff. And to be honest with you, I got tired. Uh, and so did she, and that’s when she messaged me she’s like, I think I want to sell. And I’m like, okay, let’s do it. Like I’m, I’m fine with it. Right.

05:28
And again, that was a way for me, like it was a way to make money. We made good money. We sold the business. We made a good chunk of change, but, uh, it also allowed me to teach the thing that I really love doing. Like I love talking about marketing. I love talking about email. I love talking about all that stuff. It’s like, how can I be in the trenches and do it, but really also be able to teach it. And so when we got all done, I was like, all right.

05:54
kind of I’m done with Amazon for right now. I’m not saying I’m retiring from it, but I’m kind of done and her and my wife are friends and she’s now Debbie. That’s her name. She, she basically said, I’m going to just go and start playing on Etsy. And so she started doing Etsy and then she starts sending me screenshots. Look at, made 20,000. Oh, look at this. I’m going to do a hundred thousand this year. Oh my gosh. I’m going to do 250,000 this year. Debbie, what are you doing?

06:17
Right? Like what’s going on? She’s like, I’m doing print on demand, Scott. It’s beautiful. We don’t have no inventory. We got nothing. I’m like, Whoa, whoa, whoa, slow down. No inventory. Like the things that we were struggling with, like warehousing, like all that stuff. And she’s like, yeah. And I said, all right, you got to tell me more. And so then her and her husband, we went out to dinner and then she kind of explained it. And then my wife was interested. So she actually came over to our house and helped my wife set her little shop up and, and got started. And,

06:44
And then from there, it’s kind of been just like a little bit of a side hustle. And, and then from, you know, I say probably about eight months in after my wife had her first fourth quarter, which wasn’t, it wasn’t huge. was like 20, 30,000. That’s a lot, man. That’s a lot. It was, it was, and it got my attention and I was like, well, wait a minute here. Maybe I should kind of come in here and try to work in the business a little bit, like everything that we’ve done before.

07:09
We start a blog, we do an email list, we do all the things that we did before and maybe I can do that and I can also teach and share. And so that’s what happened. But I didn’t really get into it too much until actually Cody from Everbee, who’s a good friend of mine now and it reminds me a lot of Greg Mercer. It’s almost the same pattern of how it happened because Greg came to me.

07:32
years ago, like he did you and said, Hey, I got this little Chrome extension. It helps you find products on Amazon, whatever. And, uh, and then we became friends and then his thing blew up. mean, the thing is, um, you know, I don’t even know how much it’s valued at now millions. Um, but it’s a great company, big company, hundreds of employees. Um, and now Cody reminds me of this same guy. And so of, of Greg, and he just said to me, you go Scott.

07:58
we need someone like you in this space. There’s no one in there doing this right now. And he was a fan of the podcast before and he sold on Amazon and all that stuff. And he’s like, we need someone like you. I’m like, I don’t know. And I kicked it around for probably six months. And then I said, all right, I’m going to do it. And then talking with you about YouTube, said, let’s just, let’s just start helping people and see where this leads. And that’s kind of what I’ve been doing. So yeah, I mean, to answer your question, she got referred to by my ex business partner.

08:26
No, we didn’t leave on bad terms. We just sold the business. Is she, is your wife doing print on demand then? Yeah. All print on, you know, what’s ironic about this is that we just bought a printer. we’re, doing the printing on demand now in our shop. Yeah. So it’s actually there’s a, there’s a guy I know, uh, Steven Chin who actually, um, they built their business through COVID doing masks, right. And customizing masks. then he did over a million dollars in masks on Etsy.

08:56
And then they obviously went out of business. You know, it didn’t go out of business, but the business stopped. So he’s like, what do we do? And he bought all this equipment to print them in-house. So then they ended up doing their own print on demand and they, do it all in-house though. But he had hundreds of employees and then he went out and built a tool that basically now will automate that through the backend and the API and stuff. But, he still does in-house. Awesome. I just don’t want anything to do with employees. yeah. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, we have the employees are ready for Bumblebee doing the embroidery.

09:26
Printing is actually easier. Yeah. So Etsy in terms of like the numbers in the marketplace, it’s probably like a thousand times smaller than Amazon literally. So I actually looked at that before I jumped on her because I knew you’d want some numbers. Um, I think right now, I think right now the last that I checked it was 7.5 million sellers. Okay. Etsy sellers and they’re like 95 to a hundred million buyers. Right. And I think Amazon right now,

09:55
is around million shoppers, buyers. So that’s the number that I came up with. Could I be off? Could be, but yeah, Amazon is a lot bigger and I think e-commerce in general is pretty large. But the numbers that you were just quoting, those are really high numbers. There’s this common misconception that you can’t make that much money on Etsy. For the people that you’ve interacted with, what would you say like the revenue potential is for a business like your wife’s?

10:22
Gosh. Well, we just had this conversation the other day, Steve, because we also built out a Shopify store. We got that going. Um, we actually just did that recently. I’ve had a blog that’s been attached to this, a content site that gets about 30,000 views a month. So that’s a blog. is. Yeah. And I’ve got it. I’ve got Mediavine on it. So we’ve got Mediavine that’s making maybe 1500 bucks a month and just passive, you know, kind of media money when

10:46
You know, when, when I was looking at like the whole thing, I’m like, we could build this into a sizable business, like seven figure plus easy, right? But I’m like, you know, I don’t know if I want to, I literally said that to my wife. I’m like, I don’t know if I want to, let’s just keep doing what we’re doing. I keep teaching. Yeah. You know, we’ll make enough money. Like, like we’ll do what we love to do, but you have to also look at like when you’re doing print on demand, even if you’re using another third party company to do it, like printify.

11:14
You still have customer support. You got people saying like, Oh, I didn’t want it to say that. I wanted it to say this. Right. Cause my wife’s doing personalization. She is doing that. So she is personalizing things and she just had it happen the other day where, someone’s like, no, I wanted it to be this year. I put in the wrong year. Right. So now you got to go back in and hopefully you can catch it and printify and, and all of that stuff. So yeah, it’s still, um, there’s a ton of potential. So to answer your question, I, uh, I, uh, did an interview.

11:44
with one of the, actually not one of the number one seller in Etsy. And they have been for like the past five years and they sell jewelry and they have over 2 million sales. Like, yeah, crazy. And up till recently, they were just doing Etsy. And I say recently, probably in 2021, I think is what he said.

12:10
Um, that they, uh, they, decided to do a Shopify store and I think they have about 30 employees now. Right. But yeah, that’s a multimillion dollar business. So is the numbers there, depending on the products, depending on all that stuff comes into it. I think that it doesn’t matter what platform you’re selling on it still, but I think handmade is always going to be bigger on Etsy, right? But it’s not only handmade anymore. Everybody thinks it’s only got to be handmade. Um, now there are people coming in trying to do drop shipping. That’s going to get kicked off pretty soon. Like.

12:39
It is gonna happen. But print on demand is pretty big as long as you’re designing the design, know, and you’re making the design and stuff, it’s handmade in their eyes. So walk me through the process of getting visibility on Etsy. And let’s say you’re launching a new design or your wife’s launching a new design. Walk me through the steps. Is it like Amazon, keyword dominated, that sort of thing? Yeah, so keyword, yes, keyword. I would say keywords is definitely a big deal.

13:08
But again, it’s exactly, this is what I love about this because everything I was teaching on Amazon, it’s pretty much the same over on Etsy as far as like the algorithm goes. You know, like we all know that if you wanted to rank a product, but again, you got to know that what you’re targeting, right? Like I just had a conversation with one of my students the other day and she has a great product. It’s doing great on Tik Tok. It’s getting like, she made like $4,000 on this product, which is like a $30 product on Tik Tok, but she’s not really selling anything on Etsy with that one product.

13:38
And I’m like, well, what’s the difference here? And I looked at the titling and I’m like, it’s, just doesn’t, it doesn’t make sense. We have, we have to fix the title. Um, and then you’ll start getting traffic. But to your point, as long as you’re, you look at the numbers and that this is where a tool comes in to show you like, what’s the potential for a product. Right? So in her case, she sells like reclaimed wood, right? And she created this reclaimed wood personalized. Uh, it’s a little sign for Christmas that has, uh,

14:08
that has all of the different days of the Christmas that you put a candy cane through. Right. And so we did great on Tik TOK, but she didn’t have it labeled like farmhouse Christmas decoration. Right. We know farmhouse is a really popular search term. And if people see that, even though they’re not searching for a candy cane, you know, Advent calendar type thing, if they see that they might want to buy it because it’s, it’s rustic wood and it’s farmhouse. So if you took that same idea, right, let’s say that that is being searched for

14:38
And then you get an influx of sales. It’s going to automatically, uh, get the attention of the algorithm because Etsy, like any other platform is going to promote products that are selling. Right. So to me, our launch plan is very, very simple. And it’s very similar to what we used to do on that on Amazon. You launch the product, we discount the product pretty heavily. We run Etsy ads, push it as hard as we can. We have an email list. We tell them that this week only it’s 40 % off because we’re doing a launch special.

15:08
Um, and then basically that’s it, right? We just want to try to get as many sales through that listing as possible. Number one, it’s going to get sales. We’re going to spike the algorithm, but then we’re also going to be able to start getting reviews on that item. What’s what a review is going to do. That’s going to help us convert hire when people land there and all of this stuff that we all know, um, turns people into buyers. So yeah, it’s pretty, that’s pretty much what you’re going to do. The people that are like, I’m just going to launch a product and let organic take over. Good luck. You know I mean? Like it’s just like,

15:38
Everyone else is doing that. What’s going to separate you? You’ve got, I mean, think about it logically, 50 listings of almost the same type of product. What is, what is Etsy going to promote? What are they going to put at the top? Because you’ve got better SEO. Who cares? Right. So with print on demand specifically though, can you just kind of walk me through what your margins look like? What do you sell? First of all, print on demand wise? Yeah, it’s typically going to be a sweatshirts, shirts, obviously, pillows.

16:07
Flags, yard flags are big. Regular flags that you hang up are big. Obviously this time of year, stockings, ornaments, all of those things. And there’s other things, blankets. Blankets are a great one. They’re great margins. We’ve got a couple on our couch. Basically like a fleecy type of blanket that you can use for the couch. You can print the whole one side. They might sell for 79, 89 bucks and the margins on those are about 40%.

16:36
That’s not bad. That’s pretty good. It’s not. It’s not for completely like to me, automated in a sense to like, literally you put up the product, you got no inventory. If it sells great, if it doesn’t, you’re out 20 cents for the listing fee for three months. Right. I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course.

17:04
on how to get started in eCommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

17:33
And in terms of choosing the keywords, I imagine you’re using Everbee to figure out what keywords are special, but a lot of times it comes out of the design though, right? 100%. Yeah. It does come down to keywords. Now the other cool thing is, like what we’ll use Everbee for is like, like Everbee is like any other tool though that has like keyword data. It’s not exact. It’s guesses. Right. And so what I like to look at more than anything is I like to look at the products that are selling that are similar. And then I look at their title. What did they use?

18:03
And then I look at their tags because we can expose their tags using a tool like ever be. Right. And then I can go, Oh, they’re using these. didn’t think about putting in there, uh, you know, uh, you know, sweatshirt for Nick, you nurse, right? Like that’s a tag. Okay. Well, maybe I should use that. Um, so that’s how I think about it, but honestly, your SEO can be 80%. You know, good, but if you’re getting sales, just.

18:29
it takes it up a notch because you’re getting those sales as long as you, and you know it Steve, like there’s going to be probably a handful of keywords that are driving a bulk of the traffic. Right. Walk me through Etsy ads. Is it just like running Google ads or Amazon sponsored it? No, it’s okay. The one thing that’s, that’s good about it is there’s not a lot of knobs to turn. I’m not a lot of buttons to click. Okay. It’s very, very basic. You can’t isolate keywords. You can’t isolate, uh,

18:57
You can’t isolate a certain product. You can’t do any of that. All you do is you basically say, I want to advertise these five listings. I want my budget to be 25 bucks a day. Right. And that’s basically all you can choose. Huh? So you can’t really, there’s no knobs to turn really. There’s really isn’t the only thing you can do.

19:19
is on the backend. Once you start getting traffic through there, you can see the impressions, which is a good thing. So I always tell people like, even if you ran ads just to get the data to say, okay, we’re not relying on a keyword tool so much, but we’re relying on true data. I can see the impressions. I can see my clicks and I can see my sales. The other thing I can see is keywords that drove people to the listing. Okay. That’s important. Right. So now what I can do is I can go, Oh,

19:47
I’m selling a reclaimed rustic wood sign, right? Christmas sign, but I’m showing up for the keyword wood. Nah, I’m to turn that one off. I don’t want to show up for just wood because if someone goes there, they might click on it, but they’re not really targeted for what I’m selling. Okay. So you can do negatives. You just don’t have control over the positive keywords. Exactly right. You just turn them off and then that way they’re, you’re training, you’re training the, uh, you know, the Etsy ads algorithm.

20:16
to not show up for that because it’s not relevant. So in terms of return on ad spend and cost per click, I imagine it’s significantly lower than, I mean, I guess it’s hard to generalize, but compared to Amazon, I mean, are we talking lower CPCs and? Yeah. And that’s the other thing that Etsy really doesn’t have. They don’t have a really good way of tracking. They show you the sales that came from it. They will show you that.

20:45
Um, so we can look at it look at ROAS and all that stuff. But again, when you have your ROAS in there, it’s not taking what you paid for the product. Of course. Yes. Yes, of course. So we still have to figure that stuff out. Well, yeah, but a lot of people don’t realize that they’re like, Oh, look at that. I got a 15 % ROAS. You’re like, did you? You know, like, no, because we need to take out the money. So how much did you really make on that? So, um, and there’s not a lot that you can do from someone clicked on it.

21:12
Uh, they didn’t purchase it right now, but maybe they bought 30 days from now. Right. Right. So we, don’t have a lot of that. So I don’t look at it like that. I look at it like I use the Etsy ads to get those, that sales velocity. I also think that when you’re running Etsy ads, and this is just my hunch that I do believe that Etsy might give you a little nudge in your organic because they’re like, Oh, they’re spending money. They’re a real business. They’re like, they’re trying to push their business. I think it gives you a good check.

21:42
mark against your, your brand. Um, but the other cool thing that it does though, is it will show you, you know, the orders that came from it, but not just the order that they clicked on. It’ll show you everything that that customer purchased from you or anywhere from us. like in, the shop, if, if they clicked on the, the wood reclaimed sign would sign, but then they also bought a sweatshirt and they bought a pillow.

22:11
I can see that underneath there. So that one customer now didn’t just buy the one they actually bought. You see, so we can get to see that. But the other cool thing is too, is, and this is what they have set up inside of the Etsy platform for, for sellers is you have the, call them internal email triggers. So if someone favorites one of your items, you can set up a coupon code to go out to that person. It’s all built into the Etsy backend.

22:38
So let’s say that you drive someone over from a ad on Etsy, but they favorite a bunch of your items. can have one of those favorites become a email that gets sent out to them on the behalf of you from Etsy that’ll say, hey, we noticed that you liked this item. Why don’t you take 10 % off? So it’ll do that. The other one it’ll do is it’ll do add to cart. So if you have someone add to cart,

23:04
You can set up a trigger there that’ll basically say, Hey, we saw that you, uh, that you wanted to buy this thing. You haven’t purchased yet. Why don’t you take 15 % off and buy today? So you can set that up. And then the other one that they have is if someone buys a product, you can send out a thank you. Here’s 20 % offer for buying it from our shop. That’s all internal within, within that. So what’s the timeframe on like the add to cart and not purchase? Like you obviously don’t want the email to go out right away, right? Yeah. I don’t know what the exact is, to be honest with you. They don’t tell you, um,

23:34
but I’m assuming it’s going to be within that same kind of time period that has been kind of proven over time for e-commerce. I would say like it’s going to be soon, but it’s, not going to wait a week. Um, you know what mean? And also you have to keep in mind that Etsy also is only sending this out to people that have, um, basically raised their hand to receive Etsy emails. Sure. Yes. And this doesn’t cost any money. No. Do you need to discount the product?

24:02
You do need to give them some type of coupon, a reason to do it. So, I mean, you can give them a 5%. I was doing 5 % for the favorites for a while, but then I opted for 10%. I’m like, ah, what the hell? Let’s see what happens. And then they’ll show you the numbers. They’ll, they’ll show you like, okay. Um, a hundred emails got sent out and you got three sales from that. So it’ll show you that. Okay. Um, one little trick though, that I figured out and I did it by accident was if you go in there, I’m going to do this after the holidays, because what you can do is if you.

24:31
If you turn one of them off and then turn it back on again, you can, you can choose to send it out to customers 90 days in the past. Ah, okay. So if you, if you kill it, let’s say you kill it you go, Oh, I want to take my 5 % and make it 10%. It’ll say, start, you know, create a new campaign. And then it’ll say, um, would you like this to go out to the customers in the last 90 days or people in the last 90 days that added it to their cart, but didn’t purchase or favorited the item and didn’t purchase.

24:59
So you can actually do that and they don’t really tell you that until you actually do it and then you can check that box, which is pretty cool. So for the people who shop on Etsy, they probably know this, right? So are they just favoriting and adding stuff to cart and I don’t know, Steve, they’re not as slick as you and Well, no, I’m just, I’m just wondering. Yeah. That’s all automated. I know earlier you were saying that you were really excited about email, specifically email that you control, right? In this case, you don’t have their actual email address. It’s all built in internal to Etsy, right? This is

25:27
This is true, but the cool thing that Etsy does that Amazon doesn’t do is they do want us to email market and they actually have an integration right now with a Weber, which by the way, on the record, I don’t like a Weber. Um, I’ve used them for years. Uh, I used to use them for years. I did when I first started, it was my first provider and they somehow got to be promoted by Etsy in the integrations. I used them because it was the only way that I can make it work because that was the only integration.

25:56
But now the guy I was talking about, Cody, they just created Everbee email, which is now part of their suite of tools, which allows us to do that, but way more. Um, but yeah, Etsy says right in their documentation that you can collect an email from your customer. You do have to get their consent. You have to let them know what you’ll be emailing them and you have to get them to double opt in. Basically that’s what you’re doing. Um, and there’s ways that you can, that you can do it just like we used to do it years ago with, you know, tools like feedback genius or.

26:26
sales backer or any of those. but yeah, we get to have their email address now, um, which is really awesome because, you know, let’s say that you have a great Q four, which we’re going to all of those people now can become subscribers, which then I can get repeat customers from. Um, so yeah, and they become part of my email list so I can port them right. I can export them out of my ever be account. And then now all of a sudden I can put them wherever I want, or I can keep them right in there.

26:54
So how can Etsy enforce what you’re emailing if it’s the real email address of the customer? They can’t, right? Oh, I don’t follow you. What do mean? You just said, uh, well, okay. Maybe let’s take a step back. How do you actually get the email of the customer? The real one? Okay. Yeah. Right. Okay. So the email is automatically given to you from Etsy and it’s, it’s automatically exposed. Like I can see it right in.

27:19
the orders, right? I can see that. And there’s tools out there right now that have been scraping them for years. It’s not legal, it’s not terms of service, but people have been doing it. All Etsy is doing right now, and this is one thing I’ve noticed with Etsy, they’re not that sophisticated, right? Like they’re still kind of behind on their UI and just certain things, right? Like it’s just, it kind of reminds me of like 1990s, right? Like with AOL and stuff, that’s kind of what I think of. I really do. I’m like,

27:47
Guys, we can step this up a little bit, but with that being said, you can take that or that email is automatically given to you, but it’s almost like they’re not making it. Like if you don’t get a double opt in, you can’t email them. But what they’re saying is in so many words is if we get complaints that customers are saying, Hey, this, these people are emailing me for my Etsy order, you’re probably going to get flagged. if you get flagged, you’re going to probably get banned, right? That’s, that’s what’s going to happen. So.

28:16
It’s kind of like, don’t want to call it the honor system, but in a sense it kind of is you could just skip the double opt-in and get them on your email list. I wouldn’t, um, just cause I wouldn’t want to take that risk. Uh, but yeah, that’s there’s, there’s nothing holding you back from just getting the email addresses. in terms of the automated integration of taking that email and adding it to an email provider, as far as you know, only a WebRN ever be have this capability right now. Yeah. I think Alora.

28:45
might as well. think that’s how you pronounce them. Yeah, I think they might as well. I don’t know. But the only one that’s publicly in there right now, like if you went into your integration in Etsy, the only one that you can see is a Weber pretty soon. Ever be will be in there, but you can connect with ever be. I mean, they’ve got the integration all in there. It’s like one click. It just connects to your shop. The minute it connects to your shop. The cool thing is, and I don’t want this to be a big promotion for ever be, although I love those guys. But basically now it just, once you, you sync it up and connect it.

29:15
It immediately goes into a sequence where you will, um, you can basically send an email out to, cause Etsy has said you can send emails to your customers about an order. Okay. That’s in their terms of service. So if you, if you’re going to confirm your order, uh, you can basically send an email about that. Hey, just got your order. We’re preparing it. We’re going to ship it, whatever. When items shipped, Hey, just want to let you know your items being shipped. Uh, if you need anything in the meantime, let us know. And then when it’s delivered, Hey, we just.

29:44
Notice that was delivered. Let us know if everything’s cool. You can send those out because it’s pertaining to the order, but where you are able to now get the email to become a subscriber is inside of those emails. You’re going to put a little blurb in there and say, Hey, and by the way, we have a VIP club. If you’d like to be part of it, click here and we will send you, uh, you know, emails about our upcoming specials, something like that. Once they opt in there, it’s fair game, whatever you want to email. It is. is.

30:14
100%. And then once they’re there and they’ve confirmed there, then you could export that list out of that and go to whatever platform you want. If you want to go to convert kit, if you want to go to any of them. Um, I personally wouldn’t because everything’s in house now, right? It’s all under that one, one roof, but you could, right? If Etsy decides to ban you, you can just export your list and take it with you. Do those providers also have knowledge of what the person bought? So you can do cross sells automatically and that sort of thing. Yes.

30:41
Um, yes, they, they absolutely do. And even a Weber does where you could then see a product and then you can create a sequence for that product. Um, now ever be, I believe does they’ll actually, what’s cool with ever be though now too, is it’ll show you like on the order confirmation, it’ll show you your open rate, your click through rate, and it’ll show you if they ordered anything extra from that order confirmation. Nice. Yeah. Cause inside of there too, they’ve got a feature.

31:08
that they built in that’ll pull in your products from your Etsy shop. And you can say, I want it to be my best sellers. And you can put it at the footer there and it’ll show like two of your products or four of your products. So you can actually cross promote right in that one email. What’s funny about this is I feel like Etsy has been around as long as Amazon. Maybe, a lot. But, and this is just starting to happen. That’s, that’s what I’m saying. Yeah. That’s what I’m saying. And you know, you know, uh, Scotty V likes email. Yes.

31:38
Yes. Scotty V all over, all over this Steve. Yeah. This is good stuff. So if you’re brand new and you’re starting print on demand, people are listening to this episode. It seems like ads is par for the course. Yeah. Right. And you might not have an email list in the beginning. So what is it? Just list, do a little bit of keyword research ads, press the winners. Yeah. The only thing I would add to that is, and, uh, this is something I know Jackness has done, um,

32:07
I don’t know if you’ve, you’ve probably done these, but just doing your typical giveaway, right? Like, so that’s a big one for us. Like we launched our Amazon brand by building a list of 5,000 people that were interested in cooking, right? And then we were able to launch our products and get a hundred sales on a brand new product and then climb the ranks. Right. And so, and I know Steve or, um, Jack, this has done that before too, for his brand color it.

32:32
Um, but yeah, I mean, that’s my thing right now. I’m not, I’m even doing it for my, my wife’s brand is like, we’re going to take four or five of her products. We’re going to put them in King Sumo and we’re basically going to run a Facebook ad, you know, over, you know, target the right people that would be interested, run them over to the giveaway, let the get giveaway do its thing. And then we’re collecting those emails and then I’m going to add them to my email list. Now they’re not from Etsy, so I don’t have to worry about that. I’ve already got them to opt in and now I can import them into my ever be account and I can start emailing them.

33:02
through that account. But are you driving those people to Etsy? Yes, I will be. Yeah, like right now, like in that, I think that’s a debate too. Like people are like, well, what if I have a Shopify store? Shouldn’t I send them there? I’ll spend in less, less fees. And the answer is yes, but you also won’t be getting the benefits of driving the rank up by getting sales. So you almost have to like in the short term, maybe sacrifice your Shopify and just push to Etsy. So that way there you can spike the algorithm. Cause I know that some people just

33:30
Don’t shop on Etsy. So I guess maybe in your targeting, you target people who are Etsy shoppers. that you could sure. Yeah. Yeah. For you, a hundred percent could do that. Um, but yeah, I mean, think regardless, if people like the product, they’re going to buy it on whatever platform it is, whether it’s your, your site, Amazon. I think the thing with an Etsy or an Amazon is it’s a trusted platform. It’s been around for years, right? So your conversions were going to be higher versus going to, you know, your Shopify store. You gotta have a lot of.

33:58
you and you do on yours, you have a lot of like accolades and things that you guys have accomplished and you’ve been around for this many years. You got a phone number, like all those important things, but you go to Etsy, you’re like, I got a problem. I’m just going to tell Etsy. don’t like it. They’re going to give me a refund. So, but one other thing though, too, Steve, that I don’t know if whoever’s listening, if they do sell on Etsy, if you, if you haven’t heard of this yet, they rolled it out about, actually I know the exact date was September 6th. It’s called their share and save program. Okay. Did you hear about this? No, no, no.

34:29
Okay, good. Let’s come into here live with, with me from me to use them. September 6th. mean, that’s just a couple of months ago. Yeah. Yeah. So share and save what Etsy decided to do is they are giving us Etsy sellers a 4 % refund on our Etsy fees when we drive our own traffic. So if you, um, if you had a hundred dollar order, they’re going to give you four bucks.

34:57
that you would have paid in fees. Okay. Um, so I just did a little case study, uh, a month ago. Uh, it was, well, it was in October and just from email, think we, I think we generated like maybe 3,100 bucks. Just from email got about $140, $150 in fee money that I would have paid. That’s now in my pocket. That’s profit. So clearly Etsy wants us to drive our own traffic.

35:25
Right? So if they want us to drive our own traffic, they recommend starting a newsletter, right? Using social media, like all of these things. So that’s another reason why I love email so much because I can control that. I can also see it. So now before, when you couldn’t track sales from email that much, cause Etsy didn’t give you the, you couldn’t put a pixel or anything. Now I can see my link. I can see how many times it was clicked. I can see how many times that people bought and I can see how much money I made extra outside of the fees.

35:55
It seems like they’re following an Amazon’s footsteps because Amazon does that stuff too. I’m sure. Yeah. Let’s switch gears a little bit. Let’s talk about the creative side of creating the products. Uh, is the wife, the brains of that operation? Okay. Yeah. Does she have any methods? Like, uh, do you have goals on how many products you release or is it just whenever she feels like creating a product line, she does it. Yeah. Well, okay. So anybody that knows my story, like her and I back in the day, uh,

36:22
We had a photography studio and she was a creative on that, right? That’s her, that’s her almost like a creative outlet and almost Etsy for her as a creative outlet. Like she just loves designing. She loves creating and she loves making people happy and putting a smile on people’s faces. So that’s her thing. The marketing side, not so much. She doesn’t really care to now if I wasn’t around, she would probably figure it out and do it on her own, but that’s kind of my wheelhouse. But for her right now, she’s

36:49
We know that like when you’re leading into the holidays, you that you got to basically take advantage of it. And there’s been so many people that I’ve interviewed and talked to about Etsy that are selling on Etsy, even the million dollar sellers, 80 % of their sales are typically coming from Q4. 80%. Yeah. But you’re talking like I was talking to that Steven and he’s like, yeah, I mean, we’ll do, we’ll do like four or $500,000 in November. And I’m like,

37:17
Okay. I mean, that’s, great. He’s like, you know, and then in December we’ll do a good portion too, but then it kind of, tails down. It’s steady, but it tails down. Um, and so knowing that going into the season, you’re always gonna, even though you might say, well, I don’t want to, I don’t want to, uh, uh, know, create 30 products a month. might say, but I probably should, because I want to take advantage of this traffic that’s going to be coming through the door. Um, so for my wife, I would say she’s in.

37:46
creation mode, I would say leading up to the holidays, she’ll probably stop like right now she’s still creating, but she’s going to slow up and then it’s going to turn into now more or less like support and getting the stuff done. Right. I would say she was probably at the pace where she was doing, I don’t know, a new design a day, you know, like it was a new design, but then sometimes that new design might go on five different products. That’s the beautiful thing is too. You take one design and now it gets put on a pillow, a flag, a blanket.

38:15
Sure. Uh, you know, so now you’re be able to create five products out of one design. Does she pick a certain theme each time? Like I guess, cause I’ve never seen her Etsy store before. Does she say, okay, this is my Christmas line of products. And then she just pumps out a bunch of designs related to that. Yeah, it’ll definitely be theme related for sure. So if it’s like, if it’s like Christmas, you’re going to go down that, that line. Um, and also trying to bring, bring something like new and clever. Um, and, and again, like,

38:44
you’re pulling inspiration off of other products that might’ve did well, but they aren’t even close as far as like what the design is because my wife will come up and she’ll either make it a lot better or she’ll just take the idea and come up with her own. but yeah, it’s definitely theme based. So if you’re heading into Easter, she’s going to be going Easter heavy, right? If she’s, if she’s leading into, um, even fall, right? It might be like fall decor, home decor, right? It might be in that, but

39:12
The cool thing is, is when you’re adding it to your catalog, the stuff is still going to reside there. And we’ve had people buy Christmas stuff in July, right? Because it’s still in the shop. Right. Um, but yeah, I would say typically it’s going to be, um, it’s going to be going down that, that road. mean, and you using, you know, one of my students there who does the reclaim wood, like she’ll do like, she does like reclaim wood where you can buy the wood to put on your wall, but she also sells those big, tall Christmas signs that you lean up near your door that says something cute.

39:41
about Christmas, right? So she’s gonna do a bunch of those leading into the season versus she’s not gonna do those in July. July is gonna be more spring summer, right? What tools does your wife use to create the designs? Can she get away with the Canva or does she use Illustrator? 100%. Like I’m a Photoshop guy, you’re a Photoshop guy. Yeah, Canva 100 % and Canva is crazy because that’s all I pretty much use now for my stuff. Like I don’t even get into Photoshop anymore. Interesting, I didn’t know that.

40:09
Okay. I don’t, I kind of retired it, man. I don’t have it on my new laptop and I don’t have it on my other computer. I only have it on my older computer. So if I want it, I’ve got it. But yeah, I mean, I’ve been able to manage myself with Canva as well, Canva pro and, that’s it. And then she’ll use creative fabrica at times to get some fonts or get design elements or something like that. And then she’s also hired a fiber gigs. She’s had people go out there and draw certain

40:36
components that she would want and then she’ll add them to her thing. Um, and that’s pretty much it. So tool wise, I mean for design is like Canva, creative fabrica, you know, maybe fiber. I was going to ask about AI actually that that’s where I was leading. We, we experimented with it. Um, and, we, created a few elements here and there, but, uh, but honestly, uh, she hasn’t really felt the need for it. Okay. You know? Yeah. But

41:03
There’s definitely been times we’ve, we’ve experimented with it. I mean, when it first come out, obviously I was whipping things up and saying, what do think of this? And she’s like, Oh, that’s cool. You know, but at the end of the day, uh, she’s been getting by with what she’s been doing and she kind of has her own system and rhythm. I’m not gonna, I’m not gonna mess with you. What’s funny is that we’ve been buying some designs on Etsy for our stuff. Okay. So people buy designs on Etsy too, right? For commercial use. There’s a lot of people that’ll do the SVG files. That’s all that they create.

41:30
It’s a great little business. I don’t love it because it’s so easy to copy and replicate. And also the margins are so they’re good, but the price tag is so small. It’s like what? Three bucks for a graphic. Correct. It is small, but it is a digital thing because it is, it is because we’ve been doing personalization for 15 years. Like people come back. It’s a physical product. They don’t like this or they made a mistake. You kind of have to cater to them. Yeah. So it’s, nice. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. For sure.

41:59
That’s cool, Scott. I am curious about like the whole creative process, but it sounds like you guys have been doing a great job with it. I am shocked that 80%, like I’ve heard 50 % for e-commerce, but 80, I guess it makes sense because most people will look on Etsy for gifts, I feel, right? Gifts. It’s a big gift-giving site for a hundred percent sure. Yes. Gifts. It’s big gift-giving. So again, Mother’s Day will do great. Father’s Day will do great. Like all of those major gift-giving holidays and events.

42:28
You know, weddings is big, like weddings is big on Etsy. If you’re like, if you’re in the wedding industry, like, and, so like your audience, like we had talked, right. And you’re like, yeah, my, don’t know if my audience really would care that much about Etsy. And I’m like, I think that they should, because it’s a platform that all they got to do is put their stuff there and pick up another hundred or $200,000. Like who wouldn’t want to do that? Um, like the girl I talk about with the reclaim would, I mean, she does, she does seven figures a year.

42:56
Right. And she does a lot of it on her own website, but she does about, I don’t know, 150 to $200,000 on Etsy. Hmm. And it’s pretty much, she hasn’t put any other, she put like 60 products up, right? And she might sell 20 % of those, but that’s money she wouldn’t have had. And it’s new customers that she wouldn’t have had that are now going to buy on her own, her own Shopify, um, you know, shop. So I think for anyone out there that’s in e-commerce, I don’t care what it is. Um, obviously if you’re selling like, you know, a cell phone.

43:26
You know what mean? Like you’re not going to be doing that, but like cell phone cases. Yeah. Like if you had something unique and original, why not? Why not put it up there? Right. Um, you know, certain things like that. I saw someone that was crushing it and he made like, he made like these X-Box like holder, like cases and stuff. And he was doing like 30 K a month in just those. Um, so I just really feel like it is an opportunity that a lot of people are just like, ah, it’s Etsy. It’s only handmade, right? It’s, only stuff like that. Right.

43:55
It’s really just to me, it’s untapped and it’s a super easy platform to navigate, to manage. I mean, there’s a lot of people on there not selling handmade goods, but if you sell stuff that goes into handmade goods, that counts too, right? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, for sure. You know? So yeah, I think it’s a great opportunity. I mean, we’re having, the big thing is Steve, you know me, like, I just want to have a good time doing what I’m doing and the content that I’m creating or

44:22
Um, the things that my wife, like my wife and I, it’s either we’re talking about her Etsy shop and what’s happening and this, that, and the other on that. And then we’re talking about the stuff that I’m doing with the podcast and with the YouTube, but it all kind of comes together. So her and I are still, and I’ve, we’ve been like this for years, like a team, like I’m going to be married for 30 years coming up here, Steve. 30 years, man. just celebrated our 20. thought that was a long time, but I get the great grandfather of, selling online.

44:50
Yeah, right. Yeah. Hey, Scott, where can people find your channel, your podcast, all the cool content that you create? Yeah. Brand creators.com is home base for me. YouTube brand creators just go there. Um, and basically like you, Steve, mean, everything that I do, I give a lot away for free. I do have some paid things, but for the most part, just go to the YouTube channel, check that out and, you’ll probably get the information that you’re looking for. And if you have anything that you need help with, just reach out to me and I might make a video on it.

45:20
Sounds good. Hey Scott, great to have you back on the show, man. It’s been a while. Yeah, it’s been a while Steve. Appreciate it. Keep working on that backswing.

45:33
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Scott’s got the Midas touch. And if you were interested in selling on Etsy, go check out his YouTube channel. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoder.com slash episode 524. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com. And if you were interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

46:02
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

523: Productivity Tips: How To Get S*** Done When You Have 7 Kids With Toni Herrbach

523: Productivity Tips: How To Get S*** Done When You Have 7 Kids With Toni Herrbach

Welcome to a brand new segment of the show called Profitable Audience where my business partner Toni and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience.

In today’s episode, Toni and I discuss various ways to improve your productivity when it comes to content creation.

BTW, Toni has 7 kids, a bunch of businesses and a puppy. I don’t know how she does it all.

What You’ll Learn

  • Productivity Tips for content creation
  • How to run successful business when you have kids

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the MyWifeCooderJob podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Welcome to a new segment of the show called Profitable Audience, where my business partner, Tony and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience. Now, in this episode, Tony and I discuss various ways to improve your productivity, especially when it comes to content creation. But before we begin,

00:25
I want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods

00:54
and not some high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th May 16th.

01:22
and the ticket prices are going up every two weeks leading up to the event. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifeclutterjob.com slash book.

01:50
So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:03
Welcome to the My Web Quotar Job podcast. This is a new segment of the show called Profitable Audience where my business partner, Tony and I just discuss things, all things related to content creation, productivity and various other topics. And today we’re actually going to cover productivity because we have the queen of productivity herself on the show. Tony has seven kids, a bunch of businesses. I don’t know how she does it all. And a puppy. Can we talk about the puppy?

02:33
That’s a productivity killer. That’s my tip. Tip number one, do not get a puppy. I would never get a puppy. It’s like having another child, right? That eats everything off your countertops. So, yes, that’s but anyway. Yeah, I was actually thinking we should read just can we rename this like tidbits with Tony? know, this is the second. Well, I got some stuff to share, too. No, no, no. I’m just saying like this, you know, this new like part of my wife quit her job, like because I’m on it, not because you don’t have anything to share.

03:04
You are welcome to do a solo episode, Tids and Su Tony. I have no problems with that whatsoever. When, when all of your rankings tank, the advertisers go running away screaming. Uh, probably not. You know, it’s funny. We always have these talks where I go up to you and I say, I don’t know how you do it because like right now I’m actually at a point right now. And I was just telling you this before we started to hit record. Like my level of work is getting to a certain point where I need to start dropping stuff.

03:34
Because I always like, and you always make fun of me for this, but I always like to have a day free. Yes. Every week. Sometimes two. I prefer two actually. I was just going to steal your punch line. Or sometimes two days free. Well, you know why? It’s because I feel like you actually need to have at least one day free because emergencies always arise. Yes. Right. So you need some headroom in order to make forward progress with your business. And two is ideal because then you can actually relax one day.

04:02
Plus the weekend. really you only want to work three days a week. But you, I always feel like you have your schedule filled to the rim. I do. Right? To the brim. And I can’t live like that. So what happens if something out of the ordinary happens? Do you end up just scrambling and having to drop something or? You know me, of course I end up scrambling. Yeah, you’re always doing so. Okay. So let’s start with, why don’t you give an intro like what you have on your plate.

04:31
and that sort of thing. I want to talk about several things today because I think this is really important because we do operate very differently. You like a lot of extra space. I actually don’t love a lot of extra space, but I see the benefits of having that margin. There’s actually a book called Margin that’s really good. It’s an older book, but it’s still really applicable.

04:57
inevitably, everyone has emergencies, whether your dog eats a sock or your kid has to stay after school or you have a volleyball tournament, right? We’re all dealing with these things or you have a personal crisis, right? You need that extra margin built in. So if you have a day like mine, that’s usually just packed from the minute you get up to the minute you go to bed, that gives you no opportunity to have any, you know, glitch in the matrix, basically. Yeah. Like, for example, my fridge broke.

05:25
My car, my car needed repairs. mean, stuff like that can take, waste like half a day. Yeah. And that’s, that’s the hard part too, because what I think we, people don’t talk about with those things is that it’s not just that it’s an inconvenience. Like I got a screw in my tire a couple of weeks ago. And so that’s obviously something that you can’t just keep driving on. And it’s not just that you had to take that two or three hours to go to the tire shop. It’s then your mindset like completely shifts, right? Because you’re irritated.

05:53
You’re like, I’m wasting my morning, you know? then, so not only are you losing those hours of productivity, you’re actually losing so much more because your mindset almost always shifts into this. Even if it’s a slight level of irritation, it’s something that’s now basically keeping you from being as productive as you could be in the time that you have. Oh, 100%. So we were actually at my daughter’s volleyball tournament this past weekend, and I really needed to get something done because I was not able to get it done during the week.

06:22
And there’s a lot of downtime at these volleyball tournaments. So my wife was like, Hey, why don’t you just hop over to the car and just do 30 minutes of work of creative work where you have to write a script or blog post. And that just, I just can’t flip that switch on for 30 minutes. And that’s the one thing that I’ve actually, it’s, I feel like it’s one of those things that I’ve probably even said and given it to other people, but I haven’t taken the advice myself is that it’s very hard to flip the switch between the menial tasks that we all have to do on a regular basis. Right.

06:52
filling out, stuff in our QuickBooks or responding to an email versus writing a YouTube script or filming or doing things that involve a lot of brain power. And I’ve always said, take those little moments to do the quick things when you have them. But then I find myself being irritated and then not doing it. Like I’m just like kind of in a fluster of not being able to get anything done. So for you,

07:22
when Jen says, just go to the car and pop out a 3000 word blog post in 30 minutes. Or just whatever you can get done. Yeah, whatever you can get done. I have had a mindset shift in the past several months that I have a mental list of whatever you can get done things that are truly whatever you can get done. And actually yesterday was a perfect example. I had a packed day yesterday of non-work related things. had multiple appointments. We had a webinar at 5 p.m. my time.

07:51
So my whole day was basically, I didn’t even think I was gonna be home until about 4.30. So I took my computer with me because I had appointment, but then there was like, okay, well, how long is the appointment gonna go? And then I don’t wanna come home and then have to go back. So I was like, I’m just gonna be out. And if I have to sit in my car and work or go to a Starbucks or Panera, whatever. But then I was like, so my first stop, right? Where I was now had my computer out and I had like 35 minutes.

08:19
At first I was like, oh, I should write some emails. And I’m like, this is dumb. I’m not gonna write good emails in my car, balancing my laptop on my iSpy children’s book that I keep in my car to put my laptop on. And I thought, you know what I do need to do is I need to update some seller’s summit stuff. Mark off who we’ve gotten contracts back from, update speaker information, these little things, right? Create some email templates to send to our speakers and sponsors.

08:48
all these things. And I was like, well, that’s, that’s no brainer work. Cause we’ve done the same conference for a really long time now, eight years, all the information is basically they’re in my head or in a template somewhere. I just need to move it around. So I spent that first 35 minutes basically only working on those little projects. And what was crazy was I finished all of them and still had 10 minutes left because I was like, I was just laser focused on like, okay, get the contracts back, do this.

09:16
write this and it was I looked at the clock and I was like, oh, I probably have to go in to the next appointment and I still had time because I just wasn’t I just forced myself to just think about these tidbit, you know, little jobs that could be done. So you have a list of just menial tasks. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I have a to do list also. It’s I use a Google draft. People always make fun of me for this, but I feel like Google or Gmail, a Gmail draft.

09:43
Yeah. Is the only thing that’s available on every device by default. Yes. Like you don’t have to install any app or anything like that. Yeah. So I have a, a huge to-do list actually, which every morning I just rearrange the lines in order of priority. And I just try to get through that. But the problem is, is I don’t, there is a mixture of, of brain power work versus stuff that needs to get done. So maybe I should separate that out into menial tasks as well. Well, because I, mean, we work.

10:13
sort of the same. I I basically work out of my email as my to-do list. So if there’s an email that requires action that stays in the inbox until the action has been taken. And then there’s other things obviously that I need to get done. I use ClickUp, which is a project management software for one of my clients. So I have different, like my to-do stuff is in a couple different places just because of the nature of what I do. However, I know that there are things that don’t require a whole lot of creative thinking.

10:43
And so when I know that, so for example, like after we record this, I of course have another appointment. So I’ll have like 35 minutes before I have to leave my house. So instead of being frustrated that I can’t work on a bigger project or I can’t film a video or I don’t even try, that’s the thing I used to try. Like I was like, oh, I’m just gonna have my camera set up like this. And you know this about me, like we would be doing this right now. And as soon as we would turn off, I would go try to film two videos.

11:11
and then I would try to leave for the appointment. But then what happens is you’re rushed, you get frustrated, you make one mistake and that one mistake becomes the deal killer, right? Because it’s not like I made a mistake filming a video and no big deal. Everyone makes mistakes. Let me re-film. I don’t have time to re-film. I have 15 minutes left. Like I’ve got to do this, right? So your whole mindset shifts when you just allow yourself that, listen, 35 minutes is not enough time to film a video. don’t care how, you know, unless you’re making a short.

11:41
you need to allow yourself an hour or whatever it is for you personally. And so now that I’ve sort of reshifted my thinking of like 35 minutes is time for me to, let me get back to a couple of those emails that I’ve just been kind of dreading or let me go book something for my kids that’s on my list, right? Like it could be a personal thing that I need to handle, but I know what fits into that time and I just put the things that fit as opposed to thinking that I can get something done that I can’t.

12:08
I mean, you have seven kids and I only have two. So you have three X the emergencies. Let’s just say. Yes. Yes. So when do you have the time to do the deep work? Cause I feel like there’s always something come up with one of the seven kids or, or something, your health or what? don’t know, whatever. Yes. Never. No. Um, so I, I think it was Erin Chase that gave me this idea from $5 dinners is that she basically set aside certain days for certain, uh,

12:37
parts of her business because like me and Erin, we have a bunch of different components. So I have my own website, we have the course, I have another Amazon course, I do email marketing for e-commerce sellers. So I have different buckets that don’t, even though it’s all in the same online marketing space, it’s very different, right? Working on a presentation for our course is not the same as writing emails or doing email strategy for an e-commerce client. So.

13:07
And I think we’ve talked about this on another podcast, but you know, Wednesday, since we record the podcast and have office hours, that’s sort of my course day. So that’s my priority on Wednesdays is obviously the podcast is always a priority. The office hours is a priority, but I’ll schedule emails for the course. I’ll reply to course members if they have questions. I’ll work on a presentation if we need to do that.

13:32
It’s also my Seller Summit day. It’s like my Steve day. Wednesdays is on my Steve day. I know you do your hair on Wednesdays too. I also have to wash my hair. So we will definitely schedule that time out. But that’s just sort of what Wednesdays have become. if it’s, you know, just whatever it has to do with the course creation or updates that need to happen or things like that.

13:55
Monday I have a team meeting with one of my clients. So Monday is pretty much all that client. I the full day I focus on that client because I’m already in that one meeting. So it just sort of makes sense. Tuesday is my day where I don’t have anything minus, whatever happens. So you do have a free day. I don’t have anything like meetings scheduled, things like that. So that’s the day that I will do.

14:22
what you talked about, like that deep work of, you know, that’s when I’m writing content, working on YouTube stuff. If I want to watch a webinar or like replay things like that. Like Tuesday is the day where I usually don’t respond to you. If you notice, like Tuesdays, I basically shut everything off. I’ve never I don’t think maybe I haven’t messaged you on a Tuesday in a long time. I don’t think because Monday and Tuesday are your busy days, too. Correct. Yeah. And so Tuesday is my day where I try not to schedule anything.

14:52
at all because I want to work uninterrupted. And usually on a two, like if I just put my head down, I can write 15 emails at least, like client emails. I can write YouTube scripts. Like I can get a lot done. I do work quickly. And if I don’t have the interruptions of, you know, kids, dogs, meetings, because for me, I know that like once I’m in a meeting,

15:20
Like I just can’t end the meeting and go right back to work. I have to have some time to just un-meeting. I don’t know what the right word is, but. I do have to compliment you on your emails because if you guys aren’t on our email list, profitableaudience.com slash free, you spend a lot of time writing like a nice story. Yeah. And it’s kind of unlike my emails, which the purpose is to point people to other pieces of content that I created that week. But yeah.

15:49
It’s very creative and these are all written by you, right? Yes. You’re not using any augmentation? AI. Nope. All right. Nice. So yeah, so Tuesday is sort of my day of, you know, just absolute focus. Don’t knock on my door. Don’t ask me questions. I hate to say it. My kids don’t listen to this, so it’s fine. But like that is the day if they text me or call me, get I have like inner irritation.

16:17
Wow. And they don’t know that it’s my it’s that day for me, but I just am so focused on Tuesdays that. Like, I don’t want to have to stop for anything. I don’t take any phone calls. I don’t try to make phone calls. Like, it’s just absolute focus the whole day. So note to self, do not text you on a Tuesday. I do respond to you sometimes, but like it’ll be a while before I get back to you I try to shut everything down. OK. And then are you do you work Wednesday, Thursday and Friday to?

16:46
I love to not work Friday afternoons. Right. Yes. Yes. I don’t. I don’t. So I have found for myself, like, I don’t want to work past three p.m. on a Friday. That’s just my personal like I just want to be done. I put in long weeks. So sometimes like you, I have a child in activities. So if I’m taking her to practice, I’m also working for two to three hours at night while she’s at practice because I don’t want to go.

17:16
get into the cheer mom drama. I will sit in my car or go to Chipotle or go wherever and just work for that time too. So there’s times where some weeks where I’ve already worked like 50 hours before Friday at three o’clock. So you work past three p.m. on a regular day? I’m not productive actually. work till five. Five thirty six. Just depends. Depends on what’s happening.

17:44
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that Tony and I offer over at Profitable Audience that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in learning how to make money with content, whether it be through blogging, podcasting, or YouTube, we put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started blogging that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process, including a full tutorial on how to set up your first content website. This course is 100 % free.

18:12
and you can sign up over at profitableaudience.com slash free. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash free. Now back to the show.

18:22
Okay. Yeah. Yeah. For me, Monday is my busiest day. Sometimes film two YouTube videos on that day. Now I have two podcasts to just kind of put together and prep for editing for my editor. And then I have blog posts. Actually, I just revived the Bumble Bee Linens blog. Like literally, I just published five or six posts yesterday, actually. Because they were all kind of queued up.

18:51
And I was trying to train someone to read it and edit it. And I was like, forget this. I’m just going to do that. So you also had to make the crafts then. No, no, no, we’re not doing crafts anymore. OK, no crafts. This is a pure SEO play now. And it has been like that for like the past couple of years where we’ve had really good results, just mainly gift guides where magically our products are at the top. Magically, all the gifts involved embroidered.

19:21
So yeah, I usually work a full day, but a full day for me is usually till like one or two. But it’s you’re laughing, I know. But I don’t talk to anyone. I don’t do anything. It’s just me in a semi dark room and I just crank. I have Pandora on just putting my favorite 80s music on. Yeah. And I just little little new order. And for the videos, I usually already have the scripts written. Yeah. So

19:50
I use a teleprompter and so I just go through, I can actually film something in about 20 minutes. So if I do have a spare 20, 30 minutes, I know how long it’s gonna take to go through that script. All my videos are around 10 to 11 minutes long. And then Tuesday is when I’ll usually prep for office hours. So are you prepping office hours lectures now the day of? No, like two weeks in advance. Oh, two weeks in advance.

20:19
You’re so silly. You’re so silly. Because once upon a time, you did a couple of the day of and I was like, wow, I was really surprised because I can’t. That’s too much anxiety for me. Yeah. For me, sometimes I do it the morning of actually. I know you do. But usually I do it the day before. And since I have you as a partner and profitable audience, I pretty much only have to do something every other day or every other week. Sorry.

20:46
or every third week since we’re Zoom calls now. And Profile Online Store, I actually have a bunch of lectures kind of already stored up for a rainy day. And then Wednesdays, what do I do on Wednesdays? Usually I’ll have some sort of interview or something in the morning. We record this podcast on Wednesdays usually. And then office hours from 11 to one. And then my kids come home early that…

21:15
They’re home for lunch. So usually I just hang out with them for the rest of the day. And then Thursday and Friday are designed to be my free days. But Thursday is usually for Bumblebee. So for this particular week, we have that printer, as you know. So we got a bunch of St. Patrick’s Day designs since St. Patty Day’s is coming up. And I have to go through and create products for that and put them on the site. And I’ve actually been working on a whole new social media strategy for Bumblebee.

21:45
which I’m hoping I don’t have to be the one to run it, but I’m going to start it off and then hopefully hand it off because I hate social media, as you know. And then Fridays is usually completely free. I’ll usually just spend it with Jen, actually. And that’s the ideal week for me. But it’s not always like that because there’s emergencies that come up. And I would say most of your listeners cannot manage your schedule.

22:16
Most of the people listening to this podcast are not in a position to not work, only work three and a half days a week. See, here’s the thing. There’s physical work and there’s mental work. The mental stuff I’m thinking about all the time. Yeah, I’m not calling you a slacker. No, I’m just saying, I think the other problem is taking too much stuff on. I feel like you’re a yes woman. Would you agree with that? What I like to say. What?

22:45
Here’s what I like to say. Monday me is a yes person. Thursday me is a why am I friends with Monday me person. Ah, okay. Yeah. So yes, I am a yes person. But I’ve gotten a lot better. I feel like you like to be busy all the time. Is that accurate? So apparently, I just learned this. Apparently, liking to be busy is actually a trauma response.

23:15
from your childhood. Wait, what? Okay. Yes. Explain. So being busy is a… And I’m not… I had a great childhood. So this isn’t like I didn’t have any trauma. know, everyone has some trauma in their childhood inadvertently. But I’ve read this a couple of times now and I heard it again yesterday and I was like, is this just like someone knocking me in the head like, hey, trying to get you… Get the message to you. You’re not paying attention. Basically, when you are busy all the time,

23:44
It doesn’t give you time to process anything like emotionally, right? Because you just always have things going on. So it doesn’t ever allow you to like sit in your feelings, which I know very woo woo for you. But… It’s not woo woo for me. I’ve always wondered if you’ve had feelings. So, yeah. So being busy is… here’s the thing. People do this in a bunch of different ways.

24:14
People will also numb themselves through, know, they just watch TV all night, right? Or they use recreational drugs or they drink, right? There’s all these ways that you can numb yourself. And the busy one, I think, has gotten a free pass, right? Because what’s wrong with being productive? What’s wrong with having a great business or, you know, in…

24:40
It’s just it’s when you think about it, though, you’re like, OK, but why are you so busy? Like, why do you have so much to do? Because you’re just filling your time because most people don’t like to sit and just not have anything to think about. Right. Unless and then you think about all the things that are painful or unhappy feelings sort of thing. So busy being busy, like on purpose where you just continually fill your schedule is not always a good thing. No, I agree, because I can’t live like that.

25:08
Yeah, like if I go through two consecutive weeks when I’m working Monday through Friday, I know then I know I need to drop something. Also, I just heard this on a podcast this morning and I I avoided sending it to you. OK, but it was basically talking about people who publish a book and publish a book with the intent of making the bestseller list. It’s actually a very traumatic experience because of the amount of work and the amount of things that you have to do to put yourself out there.

25:36
is actually, don’t want to say damaging is probably going too far, but it’s I think that you this is now I’m now I’m your therapist, Steve. All right. I won’t even charge you for this. I think that you because you launched your book. had great success. It’s probably the hardest I’ve ever seen you work. And all the time that I did, worked like literally seven days a week. You did. Three months. You worked harder than when I met you and you had a full time job and your business.

26:06
I was listening to this person and she was saying everyone that she knew that had written a book with the intent of making the bestseller list was basically after the book launches and you either reach that success or you don’t, you obviously did. There’s a lot of like emotional trauma from all of that and issues. And I saw that with you. Like it was kind of like almost like a letdown, right? You like get this great achievement and then.

26:34
It’s a letdown and then it’s burnout and there’s all these things that come along with it and people I’m sure experience it in different ways. But I think you experienced it as well. didn’t want to do anything for the rest of the year. And in fact, I didn’t do anything for the rest of year. And maybe I’m paying for it this year. but not everybody can just not do anything like that’s not a normal. OK, by nothing, I mean just maintenance. Yes. Just keeping keeping the lights on. Absolutely. Keeping the status quo, which is essentially what I did for.

27:02
from May on actually after Seller Summit. I didn’t say yes to anything. I didn’t travel either. didn’t go to any events. don’t think except for… went to FinCon. FinCon, yes. But that one’s more like You went with Jen too. Correct. Yeah. And you’re right. This year I started out going, okay, I think I’m over it. I’m prepared to work and I’m back to my normal production. But you’re right.

27:32
Maybe it was like a trauma, but it shouldn’t be a trauma because I mean, feel like the way I worked those first three months is like your everyday life for you. So, yes, part of it is that it was a big shift for your schedule. But the other part of it was and I think this is what people when you are trying to reach that bestseller list, right? You basically feel like you’re selling your soul to get to that point, right? You’re making deals. dollars. Yes. No money.

28:01
It’s all about the bragging rights. But you know what I mean? You were making deals left and right. You kept feeling like you were indebted to all these people. And that’s what everybody who does it, but everyone feels this way. The things you were feeling were very normal because of the things that you have to do to make the list. Let me just tell you this. So prior to the book, I had podcast sponsors always sponsoring my podcast. And oftentimes to get sponsors for the podcast, it’s a lot of talking.

28:28
You have to do outreach, you have to negotiate and that sort of thing. And to promote my book, you I had companies do bulk buys and I promised them slots. And as soon as I got through all the slots in May, I actually stopped even soliciting sponsors. I know. Like I do not want to talk about, I don’t want to negotiate any sort of sponsorship ever again. I mean, I do it for Seller Summit, but a lot of those clients are ones who sponsored the event before. Like we have a…

28:58
I mean, almost all of them are repeat sponsors. Yeah. Yeah. But for podcasts, for some reason, it’s it involves more talking. So that’s why I have not had a sponsor for the past seven months, just because I don’t even want to deal with it. If there was like a push button that said, sponsor, hit this button, include your read. And that was it. Maybe I would consider doing it again. Yeah, we’ll get back into it, especially now that like I have you on as a segment to. Yeah.

29:26
Maybe later this year I’ll try to get more sponsors. But yeah, so anyway, all this leading back to the whole being busy thing, it’s the okay coping mechanism, right? Because you’re, oh, you’re so productive. Oh, look at all the things that you’ve accomplished. You get stuff done. And really it’s just another way to keep yourself from having to deal with other things. caveat, caveat. If you are a person who has young children,

29:56
It is not a coping mechanism. That is your life right now. If you have little kids, your life is crazy. I don’t care what people say. Little children are hard. They take up all of your time. You’re tired all the time. There are points in your life where you are going to be more busy than others, right? I think about people that are just getting out of college and have their first job and they’re really trying to push that first job of like, is my entry into society and I wanna…

30:24
play the game, right? I want to level up and get promotions and jump from companies, whatever it is. You know, there’s definitely seasons of your life where things are busy and it’s legitimate, but you shouldn’t be this busy all the time for 35 years. You know what’s funny about that period when I was launching my book? I actually shocked myself how productive I could be because it’s all a mindset thing, right? Yes. Yes, is. if you know that you’re going to have to work really hard, it’s actually not a big deal. Yeah.

30:53
It’s only when you’re like, oh, I need two days out of the week free. That’s when like every little thing becomes a big deal. So I actually enjoyed that period in a weird, messed up way, because I was, wow, I can accomplish so much stuff if I if I were really apply myself. But I think it was a little too much, too much to maintain for for a longer period of time. Well, it was a lot in that you were constantly having to have those conversations.

31:19
If it was just the amount of hours put in and you were doing it coding or creating a social media strategy, whatever, that would be it. That’s a different type of work than you were literally on the phone with people 24 seven. I was I was constantly on the phone doing podcast interviews. Yeah. Just just everything. And, know, I had to write the book. Had to edit the book. I read that thing like 25 times. I I remember once you’re like, this is the 24th. I was like, it’s not that good.

31:47
I can’t read it 24 times. It’s a two, it’s a two time read it most. No, it takes a while to read it, especially if you’re reading it for like content, you know, and flow. Yeah. Yeah. That’s funny. There’s a student in our class, Charles, I’ll give you a shout out. He was, he’s been trying to get me to write another book. Oh, that’s right. And he keeps sending me stuff like, Hey, this author writes a book every year. You don’t have to do every year, just every other year, you know,

32:16
And this book can really launch your business. I will say this, I think the book has helped because it’s like the gateway drug. Like people just start with the book because like the Kindle version I think is like eight bucks now. Yeah, something like that. A low cost entry point for people to just kind of get to know who I am. And then that leads them into other stuff. Yeah, so it’s been good. I didn’t know I didn’t know I hear him.

32:41
Talk to you about it on office hours, but I didn’t know this was a continual Did you see the email? So Tony is a part of my, she has a log in to my email, like for everything that comes into one place. I try to avoid it at all costs. Okay, so back to, in terms of your time and your week, how much time would you say is spent, know, dealing with your kids’ issues and whatnot versus the actual work itself? Is it about 50-50 or?

33:10
No, you think I spend 50 % of my work week dealing with my I don’t know. It seems like that sometimes. It’s just because there’s so many of them. I can just keep throwing names around. No, but this is the thing. And this is I love spending time with my kids. Period. Full stop. Like my kids are almost all of my kids, but one are adults now. And they are very fun to hang out with. Like I enjoy like if I had to choose people to hang out with, I would choose my kids.

33:36
But the difference is, is that I don’t have a lot of downtime because I have so many to choose from to hang out with. So just think about it. Like if you think about a weekend, right? Where it’s like, oh, I have nothing planned this weekend. I do things with two of my kids. Now I have plans for like both weekend days. You know what I mean? Cause my kids also, because they’re all adults, none of them have the same schedule. They all work different hours. So it’s not like, oh, let’s have a family dinner and everyone can show up because half the people are working. My kids, a lot of my kids are, you know, like…

34:05
restaurant workers and things like that. So they don’t have like a Monday through Friday. Actually none of my children have a Monday through Friday schedule. Okay, so it’s all odd hours. Yeah, they all work odd. I mean, my son-in-law is a pastor, right? So his day off is Monday because, know, pastors don’t get Sunday off. Right. You know, my daughter is a freelancer. So she works whenever, you know, her kids are in school or things like that. My other son’s a restaurant manager. You know, he works.

34:32
Like last week he had like Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday off and then he worked 15 hour shifts Thursday, Friday, Saturday, you know, so it’s just it’s crazy what they what they work and I’ve got two still in school one in college, you know, just a lot of stuff going on. So that what I realized is that I don’t have a lot of time where it’s just me because I want to spend time with them. And but because there’s a lot of them that does take up a lot of like the what you call me time. Yeah.

35:01
And there’s always I feel like emergencies in your day where you have to take one of your kids to like, I don’t know, the doctors or something. Yes, that’s obviously lessened now that they can all now that I can only take one doctor. All but one can drive. But yeah, but all to say like, but I still enjoy the time that I get with them, because now that they’re all older, I realize that that time is very limited. Right. Like then they move out and they have their own families and, you know.

35:30
So to make this episode a little bit more constructive, let’s just kind of list off some of the things that we talked about. So you have a menial task list, and you also have a deep work list. you ever find that it’s only the menial task stuff that’s getting checked off? No, because I wasn’t good with them. would, no, I will drop the menial task stuff before I drop the deep work. OK. OK. I guess that maybe that’s something I should do to have the menial, like it’s all mixed in.

35:59
With me right now one thing that I was expecting you to talk about that you didn’t was you started using the pomodoro? Yes, yes, actually I want it. Can I just talk about my mornings? Sure, because I shifted my mornings. I Don’t want to say at the beginning of the year because that sounds like a New Year’s resolution. It really wasn’t It’s okay to have a new year’s resolution. Well, I was it I was out of the country on New Year’s so okay I didn’t have any time for resolutions and I don’t

36:27
I don’t know if this is going to apply to everybody, but if you are a female and you are 45 and up, I will tell you that at some point everything in your brain is going to turn into mashed potatoes and it’s going to be foggy. You’re going to feel like garbage. Everyone I know that’s in that age bracket is experiencing some sort of feeling like this. And that’s not the type of podcast that you run. So I don’t want to go into detail. A large amount of people are women over age of 35, not 40.

36:52
And as someone like me who as Steve says is always like go go go go go always has a million projects going on the brain fog and the feeling like not my normal self and not having energy was like devastating to me like I would say I was even in some level of depression of just feeling like I can’t remember stuff I can’t get stuff done I would stare at my computer it was the weirdest thing because I’ve never experienced anything like this before and you know I’ve been like

37:20
trying to figure out how to fix it, right? Because we’re fixers. And I stumbled, you I’ve been reading and all the stuff. And so I stumbled across this thing and I was like, OK, I need to change my morning routine because I have I had a decent morning routine before, but I was also I feel like I’m productive. So it’s like, well, you know, if I don’t want to get out of bed at this exact time, like what does it matter for 30 minutes or, you know, and I just kind of like let things slide.

37:45
And I know not everybody’s a morning person, but I will tell you this morning routine has literally changed my life. And I hate when people say that. So I’m always like, eh, but here’s what I do. I have no phone, no computer, no tablet. When I wake up, nothing. I used to wake up, turn off my alarm, grab my phone, check, whatever it was, right? Text, email, do not touch my phone. That has been a game changer. I think people like, oh, I don’t really get on my phone. Yes, you do. Everybody does.

38:15
I’ve never, I’ve shared hotel rooms with a lot of people. I’ve never seen anyone not do it. I turn off my alarm. have, I think I talked to this before. I have my workout clothes and my shoes hanging on my treadmill. I literally put the clothes on and get on the treadmill and my treadmill overlooks the window. So I open up the curtains and like let it’s kind of the sun’s like rising at the time. So I have sunlight coming in, get on the treadmill, whatever time you can do. I started out at like 25 minutes.

38:43
I tried to increase it like every couple days. Most days I get- this your desk treadmill or a regular No, this is like a full on regular treadmill. Okay, got it. I would do this outside if I could, but I have bears in my neighborhood. I get on the treadmill for 30 to 45 minutes. I do like a very fast walk. So like a four mile an hour walk. And I get my phone and I listen to a podcast. I don’t listen to music. I don’t watch a show.

39:09
And I think that’s the other game changer. And I listen to podcasts that are very intentional. my, what I would wanna listen to is like true crime. But I try to like cue up podcasts that I know are going to help motivate me throughout the day. Whether it’s something that I can learn like marketing wise, something health wise that I can listen to. So I try to, and I also have some walking.

39:32
Basically walking podcast, so basically they walk to a beat, they talk to a beat that keeps you on cadence so you can keep up your speed. That would be great if you were outside, right, and you can’t track it on the treadmill. As soon as I do that, I get off the treadmill and I go sit outside for five minutes. Just sit in the sun. And I know not everybody lives in Florida where it’s sunny a lot in the morning, but even if you live in a place where it’s cloudy, this actually works. It helps your circadian rhythm. And so,

40:00
I thought that someone, my doctor told me this like six months ago and I was like, that’s the dumbest thing I’ve ever heard. You think me sitting outside for five minutes is gonna revolutionize how I feel? I was an idiot. Been a game changer. So if it rains, do you still sit out in the I’ll just sit right by the window. Okay. Once again, no phone. Do not look at my phone. I sit there in complete silence.

40:25
sit there for a couple of minutes, and then I put on, once again, something that I would have never done six months ago, a five minute morning meditation. If you Google five minute morning meditation on YouTube or you search on YouTube, it’s the top one that comes up. And it’s literally five minutes of, I don’t even know what they say on it, honestly, but it basically just like relaxes you and gets you, like it takes all the noise out of your head.

40:50
And I would have told you six months ago, I can’t meditate, I’m always thinking about things, my mind never shuts off, you can do it, I promise you. I sit there for five minutes, listen to the morning meditation, and then my day starts. So usually I’m all sweaty from the treadmill, so that’s way too much information, but then I go like pick up my bedroom, whatever, a couple little things, jump in the shower, go downstairs, start my day. The other thing I stop doing is eating breakfast.

41:16
Once again, you know I’m a breakfast person. Like if I don’t have breakfast, I’m an evil witch. And I started reading that like if you can extend the hours between when you eat at night and when you eat in the morning, it is going to give you a better day. Baloney is what I thought because I’m like, I need to eat at eight o’clock in the morning. If I don’t eat my eggs and spinach at eight o’clock in the morning, I am a terrible person. Now I eat at like 10, 30, 11, which also becomes my first break in my day.

41:43
Right? Because I’ve gotten up, I’ve gotten ready. I go to my computer. I’m highly productive in the mornings. So I have this like two, two and a half hours stretch of just massive productivity. And then I’m like, OK, time to go eat. And I don’t I don’t push it. I eat when I feel hungry. So if some days it’s 945, some days it’s 11. Right. I’m not, you know, strict about it. And I’ve been doing this religiously for the past 45 days. Actually, 46. That’s like my 46 day. And the effects?

42:12
I feel like a different person, 100 % different. Like my to-do list is getting done every day, my big projects are getting knocked off, I have so much energy, I have so much clarity, and I think because I’m working faster, because I don’t feel that fogginess anymore, I’m lessened my caffeine intake, so all these changes. And then, I mean, I’m able to sometimes in my day at like four.

42:40
Right, because I don’t really have anything else to do that I want to start that day. Right, there’s obviously stuff that always needs to be done, but it’s like, okay, this is a good stopping point for my day. The other thing that I started doing was no phone before I go to bed, which everyone tells you to do. No one does it. I can never do that, yeah. I don’t do it. And if I have a day, like I had a day yesterday where I just had like thousand things that I had to do. You know, I was like, I got to get off this webinar because I got to paint my laundry room. Yeah. So I’m like painting my laundry room.

43:09
And when I got in bed, it was like 930 and I was like, I could just feel the day, right? Like you could just, and I was like, I got a ton done, right? I was like, I had all these appointments. I still worked. I painted my laundry room. I cleaned stuff up, but it just felt like I could feel it in my shoulders almost. And so I put on like a five minute, like evening meditation. Didn’t pick up my phone the rest of the night. Like just call me down and like, it’s crazy. Cause I would have told you like meditation is kind of a joke.

43:38
But I really don’t think it is and the reason why I think it works is it forces you to just

43:45
clear all the garbage out of your mind and stop, because usually I’m thinking about everything that needs to happen for the next three days, right? And all the things that need to go. And at the end of it, I haven’t thought about all of that for five minutes. And even five minutes of not having your mind race is very effective. So I’m not saying you have to have my exact schedule, but I will say it has been an absolute game changer. I even had labs done, like blood work done, and my labs have improved.

44:14
in the past 60 days. And I haven’t changed my diet. I didn’t give up alcohol. Like I didn’t make any other changes other than my morning routine.

44:26
Now I was listening to your morning routine. I have a very tight window of productivity, which is from when I wake up till about noon. If I were to do that exercise, which I think is valuable in the time out in the sun, that would probably eliminate maybe an hour out of my productivity time. Which is why I stopped doing it like a year and a half ago. I was like, I need, I’m a morning person. I need to get up and get on my computer. Right. So this has actually increased your productivity for while sacrificing maybe like an hour.

44:56
But I’m not because I’m far more productive. Because before I started doing this at two o’clock, I felt like I could have gone to sleep for the day. I was absolutely exhausted at 2 p.m. Now, like everybody gets a lull in the afternoon, I think, unless you’re a night person. Like I have the little lull, but within I usually get up, walk around my house, just do a couple of things. I go stand outside, whatever it takes. Within 10 minutes, I’ve like reset back. You know, like a year ago on office hours, I was like yawning.

45:25
Yeah, I could not even stay awake on like, and it wasn’t because I wasn’t getting sleep or anything like that. It was just like my body was like, yeah, no, we’re done. And I don’t have that anymore. OK, maybe I will suggest this for Jen, because she’s always very low energy. You guys are about the same age. Don’t say that to her. She’s she’s much younger than me. Yeah, I would never say that. Maybe it’s just different for men and women, too. I have not really experienced any energy changes. Yes, because your hormones are not.

45:55
at the circus right now. I’m losing my hair. That’s a different story. yeah. I will say, though, you know, you have to do what works for you. But if I would say if you’re in a productivity rut or you feel like things aren’t how they used to be for you, like do something radical that you wouldn’t have done before. Like, you know me, I would have never done meditation. Yes, absolutely not. And now I.

46:22
And even like this is how much I like it. If I’m like super stressed out in the middle of the day, like if just stuff is hitting the fan, I’m like, excuse me, five minutes, headphones on. I take five minutes and just completely reset and then get back into it. And my, it just, my mindset is different.

46:45
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, Toni’s time and workload is like way more than the average person and hopefully her tips helped. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 523. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

47:15
Head on over to mywifecluderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

522: Is Selling On Amazon FBA Worth It In 2024? Here’s The UGLY Truth

Is Selling On Amazon FBA Worth It In 2024? Here's The UGLY Truth

In this episode, I outline all of the major changes that Amazon has made recently and provide you with my assessment on whether selling on Amazon FBA is worth your time.

Tools Mentioned
Sellerboard (Get 2 months free)
Getida (Get $400 in free reimbursements)

What You’ll Learn

  • The new Amazon fees
  • The ugly truth about Amazon FBA
  • How to succeed with Amazon

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I’m going to do a solo episode to give you my take on whether selling on Amazon is worth it in 2024. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online.

00:28
And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people,

00:56
So tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th and ticket prices are going up every two weeks from here on out. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s available on Amazon at 50 % off right now.

01:25
My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

01:55
Welcome to the MyWebCoderJob podcast. And the question I’m going to answer today is, is selling on Amazon worth it this year? I’ll outline all the major changes that Amazon has made recently and provide you with my assessment on whether selling on Amazon FBA is worth your time. Now, if I were recurring this episode just a couple of years ago, you’d probably get a completely different answer from me. And the truth is that Amazon has changed pretty dramatically in just the past year. First off, Amazon just rolled out their biggest and most complex fee increase ever.

02:25
and I’ll just spend a couple of minutes summarizing it for you. Now the biggest change is that Amazon is now gonna charge you a placement or a receiving fee on a per item basis. This is a completely brand new fee that has been added in addition to the fees that you’ve paid in the past. Now for standard size items, this fee is gonna range from 21 cents to 68 cents per item, and for oversized goods, it will range from $2.16 to six bucks. And again,

02:50
This fee is charged on a per item basis in addition to your standard Amazon FBA fees and Amazon’s referral fee of 15%. Now to compensate for this new fee increase, Amazon is lowering the FBA fee on most items, but not by much. On average, they’ve reduced fees by about 19 cents for standard size items and all told, you’re going to be paying more money in fees. But perhaps the most egregious new fee that Amazon just introduced is a low inventory surcharge.

03:20
Now this fee applies if you consistently carry low inventory levels of your products relative to your unit sales. Now it’s one thing to get charged if you have too much inventory in Amazon’s warehouse, but now you’re going to get jacked if you have too little inventory at Amazon as well. And here’s how the fee works. Let’s say you typically sell 1,000 units per month and you let your inventory levels slip to just 500 units in stock. Well, this means that you’re going to get charged a fee for those 500 units

03:48
because Amazon wants you to have at least a thousand units in stock. Now their explanation for the fee is that it allows Amazon to place your inventory closer to customers across their network, but I think it’s a BS fee. I don’t know a better way to say this, but this new fee is ridiculous. Not only do you have to worry about sending too much inventory in, but now you have to worry about sending in too little as well. And I’ve been running my own warehouse for over 16 years and maintaining accurate inventory levels across all products

04:17
is extremely challenging and now you’re going to be penalized for it. Now, normally Amazon’s fee increases are pretty standard across the board, but for Amazon, these new fees are especially egregious because they are impossible to calculate. Amazon can literally charge you anything, anytime it wants, because calculating your historical demand is pretty difficult or next to impossible. Now, Amazon has already been known in the past to make mistakes with excess fees, but this new low inventory fee will be difficult to dispute

04:47
because the data is not readily available on how it’s calculated. In addition to these new fees, Amazon advertising costs have continued to increase. Now, technically, Amazon advertising is run by an auction and is driven by supply and demand, but if you’ve ever run a sponsored product ad before, you know that it’s essentially a black box, and Amazon has been accused in the past of doing things to artificially inflate the cost per click. For example, every time I add a new keyword to bid on my ads, I find that Amazon suggested bid

05:17
is really high or inflated. And according to AdBadger, there have been consistent PPC fee increases since 2021. Back in 2020, the average cost per click was just 71 cents, but today it’s as high as 97 cents. And this year, it’s predicted to increase even more. So in terms of the cost to sell on Amazon, advertising fees are going up and Amazon FBA fees are going up dramatically as well. In order to sell profitably on Amazon this year, you really have to know what you’re doing.

05:45
and all these fees will weed out the casual Amazon seller. Now that’s not to say that you can’t make money on Amazon, but you really have to keep track of your profit and loss. Now if you’re currently selling on Amazon and you’re listening to this, you must use Amazon accounting software like Sellerboard. Amazon’s great at hiding and disguising your fees, and you can really only understand your true profit with paid software, which incidentally is another thing I find ridiculous about Amazon. Amazon should provide you with the tools to do the proper accounting

06:14
and make it easier for you without having to pay for a third party tool. Now the other reason it’s getting harder to sell on Amazon this year is because sites like Tmoo and Shien are hurting Amazon sales. Now for those of you who are unfamiliar with Tmoo, you can watch a video on my YouTube channel. But basically, Tmoo is a marketplace that sells products online that are shipped direct from Chinese factories. Now even though the customer service is poor and the products aren’t the best quality, they can be 10x cheaper than the prices on Amazon.

06:44
Plus you get free shipping from China and the product will arrive at your doorstep within seven to 15 business days. Now I actually took the time to look on Amazon and I found a number of products sold on Amazon that had the exact same offering on Tmoo. And just to give you an idea of what the prices are like, there’s this bath floor mat that I saw for $46 on Amazon and the exact same mat was on Tmoo for just a buck seven. It’s the exact same product being sold for 40X cheaper and sure,

07:13
You can get two day prime shipping from Amazon, but I would probably wait two weeks to save 40 bucks. Stuff like this is happening all over Amazon right now. The same exact unbranded products are being sold on Amazon and Tmoo and people are catching on. My colleagues and I attend many e-commerce conferences every year and I’ve been told that Amazon sales, especially in the apparel market, are down 30 % year over year on Amazon. Now my key takeaway here is that you can’t really just source something from China.

07:41
and throw it up on Amazon anymore to make money. You have to create a brand around your product and have a unique value proposition in order to succeed. You also need to have your own branded website and collect your customers’ information so that you can sell more to your existing customers. And this is something I’ve been preaching for the past five years. Now here are some other things that you have to consider before you start selling on Amazon as well. And perhaps the biggest hidden cost on Amazon is refunds. Amazon makes it ridiculously easy for someone to make a return

08:11
So the average return rate is 12%. For electronics, it’s 15 to 20%. And for high fashion apparel, it’s as high as 35%. Now, if you’ve ever seen a guru on YouTube or Instagram post their revenue numbers online, well, the truth is, is that those numbers are always inflated big time. And here’s why. Whenever you make a sale on Amazon, your revenue number goes up in Seller Central. But when you get a refund or a return, Seller Central does not decrease your revenue.

08:40
Amazon does this on purpose to make you think you’re making all this money when in fact up to 35 % can be refunded. And return costs are dangerous for most sellers as well because it’s not always clear how to account for returns accurately in your spreadsheets. And here’s the ugly truth about refunds and how they work. When a customer places an order, these are your costs. You pay a referral fee, which is Amazon’s commission for the sale, an FBA fee, which is a flat shipping fee per unit based on the size and the weight of the product,

09:09
and the cost of goods, is the amount you pay for a product. But here’s what happens when a customer applies for a refund. First off, Amazon immediately reimburses the total price of the product to the customer before they even return it. But not only that, they also charge you a fee for return costs. To make matters worse, you do not get your FBA fulfillment fee back. That’s gone forever. Now, once again, the actual cost of a refund to your bottom line is nearly impossible to calculate correctly unless you’re using third-party software to track it.

09:39
So those gurus with their seven figure Amazon income reports just slash it by 20 and 30 % right off the bat. Because Amazon makes it so easy for a customer to make a return, you will experience a much higher return rate selling on Amazon as opposed to your own online store. Also, you have to keep in mind that more often than not, your product will come back as unsellable. One year, an Amazon customer purchased many dozen napkins from us, used them for a party, it was obvious, and then returned the soiled napkins for a full refund.

10:09
Well, guess what? We had to eat the Amazon closing fee, the Amazon FBA fee, and the cost of goods since they could not be resold. As a result, if you sell a highly returned product like clothing on Amazon, you must take into account the return rate into your calculations. As your products are returned, you must track each SKU’s return rate and also the write-offs related to inventory and closing fees. So, so far, we’ve established that Amazon’s fees have gone up and they are facing lots of competition with China. But just because they’re charging you more,

10:38
doesn’t mean that they’re doing a better job handling your inventory. And the biggest downside to selling on Amazon is that they screw up very often, and unless you are paying attention, you will lose money. And what sucks about selling on Amazon FBA is that every now and then, Amazon mysteriously loses your shipment. Sometimes parts of your shipment gets damaged on the way to the fulfillment center. Sometimes Amazon just loses your products. And even though Amazon will reimburse you for lost product, you have to be the one to point out a lost shipment because Amazon won’t tell you by default.

11:08
One time, Amazon lost several boxes of our goods and we were reimbursed for the inventory. However, three months later, they miraculously found our goods and then promptly deducted the reimbursement from our account. Meanwhile, we lost three months worth of sales and had nothing to show for it. So overall, you have to watch Amazon like a hawk and you always have to check and double check that the quantity received at Amazon matches the quantity that was sent. Now, fortunately, there’s software to help you with this called Getida.

11:35
Getita tracks your inventory for you and automatically files claims. And you can use a link in the show notes to get $400 in free reimbursements. But the fact that you need to use a service like this, in my eyes, is ridiculous. And then finally, the level of malicious activity hasn’t gone down much either. Despite Amazon’s best efforts, people are still getting hijacked and knocked off on Amazon. And I don’t really see that going down that much more this year. So given all these developments, is selling on Amazon FBA worth it? Well, if you asked me that last year,

12:05
or the year before, I would have said 100%, but today, I’m still gonna say 100%, but with some important caveats. With these new fees and competition from China, you can’t really just dip your toes into Amazon’s waters anymore. You pretty much have to go all in and learn the ropes in order to be profitable. You have to maintain your inventory at precise levels to not get penalized by Amazon. You have to be on the lookout for mistakes that Amazon makes with your inventory. And you have to be on the lookout for malicious sellers attacking your listings

12:34
and you have to account for refunds in your profit calculations. Now this sounds like a lot, but Amazon FBA is still 100 % worth it because of the Prime badge. You can’t beat free two-day shipping, and it’s a huge value add for customers. Plus, Amazon still owns over 50 % of e-commerce, so it’s a necessary evil. But please, work on your own website, and stop selling me-too products. As the e-commerce landscape shifts even further, it will become even more important to build a brand

13:03
and own your own customer contact list. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, if you’re thinking about selling on Amazon this year, make sure you familiarize yourself with all the new fees and go all in. More information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 522. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event.

13:32
go over to sellersummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

521: How Running A Simple Challenge Can Explode Your Brand’s Popularity With Toni Herrbach

How Running A Simple Challenge Can Explode Your Brand’s Popularity

Welcome to a brand new segment of the show called Profitable Audience where my business partner Toni and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience.

In today’s episode, we are going to cover challenges, and specifically, how to run a challenge that eventually leads to selling a paid product.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why challenges are so powerful
  • How to run a challenge for your product
  • How to increase your brand’s popularity

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Welcome to a new segment of the show called Profitable Audience, where my business partner, Tony and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience. And in this episode, Tony and I are going to discuss how to run a challenge to grow your brand and sell your products.

00:23
Before we begin, want to you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com and tickets go up in price this Friday. The Seller Summit is an e-conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business.

00:53
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events, so the seller summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

01:21
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, from May 14th to May 16th. And right now, the tickets are going to go up in price this Friday. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting.

01:51
when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:07
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. This is a new segment called Profitable Audience, where I have my business partner, Tony, chat about content related topics. And what we are going to cover today are challenges and specifically how to run a challenge that eventually leads to some sort of paid product. Yeah. Or a sale of a physical product too, right? It could be anything. In fact, I think one of our Seller Summit speakers didn’t, Alicia.

02:38
run challenges to her water, sell her water bottles. Is that my remembering that correctly? That’s correct. She sold water bottles that were just about the hardest things that you can sell. Yeah. Really. And she turned that into an eight figure business before she sold it based on the back of these challenges. Yeah. So I wanted to talk about this today because I just went through, it’s interesting as people who work in content and commerce,

03:05
I tend to take other people’s courses or sign up for their lead magnets or participate in challenges, partially for myself, but then partially just to see the logistics of how they run a challenge because I think there’s just so many new and innovative things that you can do. And so just within the past three days, I finished Amy Porterfield’s list building challenge and Shalene Johnson’s…

03:31
I don’t even know what her challenge was called. It was like a walking challenge. So the goal was to get more steps each day than you did the next day. OK. That’s pretty easy because I’ve been getting none. Yeah. I go from 0 to 15. So as you, we’ve talked about this offline, Shaleen has sort of rebranded herself as like a middle-aged aging expert.

03:55
talking about diet, exercise, hormones, things like that, all targeted to women ages like 40 to probably 60 years old. And that’s her core. And so this, think, was a big part of her rebranding is holding this walking challenge and then moving people into her paid, I don’t know if it’s a course or a product or I’m not really quite sure what Is a paid walking? Yes, yes. You pay Shalene and you have to walk.

04:22
Let’s start with the list building one with Amy Porterfield. think most people are probably familiar with her. You’ve had her on the podcast. I will say her work is flawless. Everything about her stuff is perfection, correct? The landing pages are beautiful. The slides are beautiful. Very well intentioned. No I undotted, no T uncrossed. Kudos to her for really creating quality

04:51
content that’s free. And so she did a list building challenge, which is very similar to the webinars that we give for profitable audience that you give for profitable online store. Hers was solely focused on email list building. And she basically, you signed up for the challenge, but it wasn’t free. It was actually $37. And I think we talked about this a long time ago, but you she had the $37 webinar.

05:18
And then there was the upsell to the $99 VIP where then after the webinar, she stayed on and answered questions to the people who bought the VIP pass. I have done that before. Yes. We’ve tried it based on her. did gate one of the workshops once if you bought my book. Yes, I remember And I hated every minute of it. I don’t know. just didn’t. So basically it

05:45
I want to say it halved my sign-ups. Maybe even more than that. But you didn’t get paid because it was about the book, so it’s a little bit different. They had to pay to get in, right? The book at the time, I think, had to be the hardback because I was trying to Yes, it was $27 or something like that. Exactly. So, $27.37 is about the same. Either way, a lot of people weren’t even willing to buy the book. I would say just for people listening,

06:12
This is not a great strategy if you don’t have a big list. You’ll have a hard time selling a $37 webinar. If you have a Amy Porterfield sized list or a huge following on social media, YouTube, TikTok, I would say this is something to explore. But if you are just getting started out, I would not start with paid. You know, I was thinking about it though. If you’re not willing to spend 27 bucks to get my book, chances are you’re not going to get the class, right?

06:41
Yes, absolutely. It’s that first barrier, right? You’re weeding out, because we get this sometimes on our webinars where there’s people that like, just go read a couple articles before you watch this, right? Because you have no idea what you’re talking about. Educate yourself a tiny bit. So it does sort of weed out some of the really hard people to deal with on the webinars. However, if you don’t have any social proof of your products or your services, I do think starting out with paid is a tough sell for people.

07:09
Yes, I agree. On the flip side too, I’ve noticed that people sometimes go to eight or 10 of my workshops before they sign on. Yes. There’s a trust factor. Okay, so she always goes paid or? I don’t know if she always goes paid. I was like, you know what? I’m just going to pay the $37 because I really just want to see how she’s running the webinars. I will say she has a completely different style than we do.

07:36
which is fine because I think you need to do the style that works best for you. Her style is clearly far more polished than we are. There’s not a lot of joking. There’s not a lot of interaction with the audience, whereas we are very interactive with the people that come live to our webinars. It’s not that she’s not interactive. It’s just not anywhere like what we do or I’ve seen other people do, but it works for her.

08:01
I’ve attended hers before. I almost feel like the questions, like she’s not answering anyone in the audience. She has these pre-fed questions that she has answers to. She’s like a presidential candidate. Right. Yes. Yes. That’s the best way to describe it. However, she is delivering a lot of value. So I think,

08:21
We always have people say, I don’t know what to do. I don’t know how to run a webinar. I’m not sure how I should, should I stop in the middle and take questions, all these different things. You have to do what works best. And if what works best for you is having a set of pre-written questions that you know people, we know what people ask. People ask the same thing every webinar. If that’s what makes you more comfortable or you think sells your webinar better, then do it that way. I don’t think there’s a right or wrong.

08:45
What I did think was interesting that she did was the webinar was a series of, I think, four days, three or four days of lessons. She ran them at noon every day, noon Eastern. I always find that interesting, the time of day that you’re running webinars. Before the webinar, she did a mindset training each day before the webinar. I see your face. Did you go to these? I did not.

09:14
Oh, you didn’t go to the- I wanted to go to Curious. I know. I could barely attend the webinars because it’s at noon. It’s like a terrible time for me. I watched them after the fact. Oh, you did? Okay. I did. Okay. Okay. You and I both, I don’t know, I’m buying far more into the mindset thing than you are. However- That’s not true, actually. After doing the millionth consult, we hardly ever even talk about the specifics.

09:44
of any business, we’re all just convincing them that they can do it and that they can be successful. Right? Anyway, so I actually thought this was very valuable because most of the time when you are trying to convince people to buy a product at the end, whether it product, service, membership, course, water bottle, whatever it is, there’s a financial hurdle.

10:11
That’s the one, obviously there’s people that either have money or they don’t to buy it. But the other big hurdle is, do they have the mindset where they’re willing to take that money from one thing and put it into your thing? Are they confident enough? Do they believe in themselves enough? Do they think they have the ability, the talent, the technical knowledge, whatever it is that’s holding them back?

10:34
95 % of the time people don’t take action because they don’t have confidence in themselves to do whatever it is you’re asking them to do. That is 100 % correct. Actually, that is the topic of almost every single one-on-one consult that I’ve ever done. Yeah. So I think the mindset training was actually pretty genius because you’re basically handling all the objections.

10:59
by getting people into the right headspace before, and the mindset training was right before the webinar, right? So was mindset training first, 15 minutes, and then the webinar was like 45 minutes after that, or it was like very much in sync. Wait, also on timeout, so if it was at noon, you said, Eastern time, so she just starts to set 11.45? I think the mindset was at 11. So it was kind of back to back, but the mindset was only a 15 minute thing. Interesting, so she went on live.

11:28
and then let people sit for 45 minutes. think so. I have to double check that one because I never made the live mindset. And I’m not sure that she actually ran every mindset. I think she had other people doing it as well. I also don’t think the mindset was necessarily live. I think it could have been something pre-recorded that people just watched. You know, what’s funny is I’ve had this content for a very long time. I know you didn’t attend any of the family first challenge, but

11:57
the very first two days of that challenge was all mindset. And I can’t believe I could talk that long about it, but I actually ended up talking for two hours about the subject and people loved it. Yeah, because that’s people’s almost always their biggest issue is getting over the mental hurdles. But for me, I was thinking to myself the whole time as I was giving it like,

12:24
Oh God, people are not going to like this challenge. There’s no actionable content in here whatsoever. It’s all about getting out of your own head. I guess that could be actionable, but people loved it. And I got so many questions about it and so many fluffy questions about it. You know, like, how did you get over, you know, getting started? How did you get over the fact that you didn’t know what you were doing? I was like, well,

12:51
I had YouTube, I had Google and just figured my way out through it. I actually think that was pretty genius to hold these little mindset seminars before she taught the webinar. She did it every day? Yes. Okay. You’re basically getting people in the right head space for your training. She did the three or four day webinar.

13:18
Actually, today is the last day to watch the replays, which is also very interesting because there’s a lot of people in the Facebook group who are complaining that they paid the $37 and that the webinar training is not available lifetime. Wow. Yes. Which we could do a whole episode on. I actually got in the rabbit hole the other night of reading people’s comments about being really, really upset that the training’s coming down.

13:48
You know, team Porterfield came in and basically said the whole point of this is to work. So then she, you know, she sells this list builder society where, you know, it’s, it’s the course it’s 497. You learn how to build your email list, uh, you know, get a lead magnet, all that stuff. And team Porterfield’s point is, you know, the point of the training was to get you to a certain point and then into the list builder society. So, you know, we have to take it down because this was meant to everyone do together.

14:18
This isn’t a self-paced thing. This is a group activity, basically. You should see how much flack I got when I hated the replays based on not buying the book. There’s like 45 plus comments on each in the thread of a comment. There’s a comment about it and then there’s 45 comments responding, mostly in agreement of upset-edness that these aren’t available.

14:45
I think the problem is, and I bought the $37, I don’t remember seeing anywhere that they would be taken down on February 21st, which is when we’re recording. Now, I’m sure it was on there somewhere, but it was not clear, right? It was not bolded. It was probably buried at the bottom. And so I think that’s where they made the mistake because the general perception in this group of people who are disgruntled, let’s just say, is…

15:14
We had no idea there was a time.

15:17
Interesting. How did they respond? Basically, tough to do. This was a challenge for us to do together. You missed it. You missed it. This is the whole point of it was to do it together, work together, team-build, work as a team kind of thing, which I don’t know. I have mixed feelings about it. I think if you put it up at the top,

15:44
February 21st, you do not get access to these anymore. Obviously, that would dissuade people from signing up. Correct. It also keeps you from having a Facebook group that is now filled with people who are pretty irritated about the recordings coming down.

16:02
Is this how she always does it? I’ve taken one of her prior. I don’t know. And that’s what’s bothering me is I can’t remember it because I did another one of her paid things. Actually, I probably did this one. I probably did. 37 bucks. You don’t keep track. I don’t know. I feel like she’s always taken the recordings down, but I never would go back and look at them anyway because I did not take this because I don’t know how to build a list. I do know how to build a list. I more wanted to see, you know,

16:32
What do her sides look like? What’s she talking about? You know, just in general. So I feel like, so this is my overall synopsis of it. I feel like Amy Porterfield does an amazing job of putting very quality products out there, right? Everything is beautiful. There’s a lot of worksheets, free downloads, bonus things that you can get during the $37 challenge webinar, whatever you wanna call it. What I feel like is lacking,

17:00
is that there is very little technical implementation. I hate to say this, but I don’t think she knows how to, she has an implementer do everything for her. Sure, which is great. Which is great, but most people don’t have that. I don’t even have that. I’m the implementer. I don’t either, I’m the implementer. So I feel like that is her style. That’s always been her style.

17:29
So she was talking about creating a lead magnet. She recommends ConvertKit, which we recommend as well. And this is for content creators, not for e-commerce. And she was talking about creating a lead magnet. And she’s like, you can just create that landing page and your email service provider has landing page templates for you. That’s almost verbatim what she said. And I’m like, to someone who doesn’t know what a lead magnet is, and after they go through the webinar, they do understand that, that’s very overwhelming.

17:59
Like I’m just supposed to set up a page? How? Where do I go and convert kit? To me, there’s a lot of confusion. However, the positive it is, and we actually had a student and profitable audience come up with this, come to us with this the other day, is that we do a lot of technical inflammation. Like this is exactly how you do this. This is exactly how you do that. And then they change the interface. Bluehost changes the interface and they’re like, I can’t find the button. you’re like, cause it’s on the left now, not the right.

18:28
So I mean, that is the negative side of doing a lot of implementation, which we do, is that it becomes outdated. And then you’re in a whole bunch of weeds with people because they’re watching a video that’s not even that old, right? Six months to a year old, but because the service provider changes something, it doesn’t make as much sense to them.

18:49
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that Tony and I offer over at Profitable Audience that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in learning how to make money with content, whether it be through blogging, podcasting, or YouTube, we put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started blogging that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process, including a full tutorial on how to set up your first content website. This course is 100 % free.

19:16
and you can sign up over at profitableaudience.com slash free. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash free. Now back to the show.

19:27
That’s always been a conflict with my class. What I do now is I actually explain what the button does. I say something like, hey, this button might not be here when you watch this video, but you know what it does and you know what to search for. You’re right. It’s much better to tell people exactly where to click because people are just mindlessly clicking sometimes. They’re just literally following.

19:54
So, but I think that’s a good thing to think about. If you’re thinking about doing any kind of a challenge, you have to decide what your audience level is and what you’re capable of confidently teaching. So I feel like for me, like right now in my life, like I could do a pretty in-depth teaching with Klaviyo with some of the implementations because I’m in it all every day. It feels like, you know, first grade reading to me. However,

20:20
Five years ago, I would not have felt comfortable. I could tell you what you needed to do and I could tell you why you needed to do it, but the actual steps, I’m fumbling around, right? So if you aren’t super confident with some of those implementation things, it’s okay to tell people to do it, why they need to do it and the reasons behind it. And that’s a perfectly fine way to give people information because the people that you’re talking to don’t even understand that part. They don’t even understand that that is…

20:47
something that you can do. In fact, I was talking to someone the other day just about setting up an automated price drop in Klaviyo where it’s basically all automated. But when you change the price of a product because it’s either clearancing or whatever it is, they get a notification automatically if they visited the product page. things like that. People don’t even know you can do that sometimes. So just giving people, educating them on the opportunities that they have.

21:13
is really valuable. if you can’t do the technical implication, it’s clearly not a hurdle. Amy Porterfield’s made a ton of money never telling anybody how to implement anything. Here’s my philosophy on that, too. If you give someone instructions step by step and they mindlessly do them without understanding what’s going on, then they might be able to get it to work in the beginning. But then something will change. And unless they’re struggling a little bit through it and figuring it out as they go along, they’re going to be stuck.

21:42
at every interface change. Yep. So that instantly is kind of how I raise my kids. Yeah, I don’t tell them the answers. I just say, just figure it out. If you know, you should be able to figure this out. It’s not rocket science. I wish you could see my desk right now. It’s literally on my computer. I have our recording page up. Every other page on this computer is mass. I have stacks of graph paper on my like literally.

22:11
What’s that for? My daughter’s math that she’s very much struggling in. She must be desperate. If you are in Orlando and you are a math tutor, hit me up. We can work something out. She asked me yesterday, she’s like, do we have graph paper? I was like, we’re not to choose. We don’t have graph paper laying around the house. What are you, crazy? My response to her was, of course we don’t have graph paper, print some off the internet.

22:38
She looks at me, she goes, print some off the internet. I was like, yes, do a search for graph paper, free printable. Her mind was blown. I’m thinking, I need to add that to my free printable collection. That is hilarious. Anyway, yes, teach them why they need to do something. She did the couple days of training. It was a very basic introduction to email marketing.

23:07
But people were very satisfied. Aside from the whole $37 debacle, people were very satisfied with the training. It looks like she’s converting fairly well on the list builder side. always converts very well. Then she converted people to this $497 course. You are right. If someone’s willing to pay $37 plus another 99, you’re probably going to shell out 500. You’re inching your way up into that price point.

23:36
So you mentioned VIP, right, for the 99 bucks? Yeah. I did the VIP, I would say, for four to six straight months. I can’t remember what it was. Where if you paid $99, you got another mini course and you got a group Zoom call at the end. And I remember going to Amy’s group Zoom call. I don’t think she answered anyone’s question from the audience. It was just another prepared. Interesting. Right? OK. Yeah.

24:07
Whereas the reason why I stopped doing those group Zoom calls was it got out of hand. Imagine like, don’t know, 150 to 200 people on Zoom. It is nuts. Even though I had people raise their hands, it was pretty uncontrollable. So I guess I could do it like Amy, just like another Q &A, but I already do Q &A at the end, but I guess this one would be more private. So I think that’s the other differentiator too, right? When we do our webinars,

24:36
We stay till the very end. We answer every single question as ridiculous as it might seem or as hard as it might seem. We try to give people an answer. Whereas I don’t think Amy does that at all. I don’t think she answers people’s questions or even like has those conversations after the teaching is over. I think the teaching is over, she signs off. And the fact that this is your chance to have access to her is the part that makes people think valuable and gets people to open up their wallet for the $99.

25:07
You know what a mastermind person just once told me, he was in my mastermind group. He was like, you have to be aloof and then you can add the dollar value. And I hated that statement. We’ve talked about this. I hate that statement too. Right? Like you’re personally, you’re purposely trying to like avoid being seen and avoid having people have access to you for the purposes of being able to charge more money. Yeah.

25:36
I don’t know. don’t like, get it. works. It is a hundred percent a tactic that works. It is not something that I feel comfortable doing.

25:48
Yeah. So you’re saying that not answering questions probably adds to the value. Right. someone to sign up for the VIP. Yeah. Because I know she does ask for questions in advance as well, which I also think there’s nothing wrong with that, right? If you are not great off the cuff or if that makes you nervous or that just gives you anxiety, some people do. Some people want that prepared list. Then have a prepared list.

26:13
There’s nothing wrong in doing that. And if it makes you feel more confident, especially on camera, then start with people submitting their questions in advance. I don’t think there’s anything wrong with that. That’s not how you and I operate because one, both of us are okay being wrong. And two, we’re okay saying, hey, we’re not quite sure, but let us figure that out for you. But not everybody is.

26:35
Not everybody feels OK doing that. Some people really feel like I need to know everything and tell people everything if they come on. And you and I are just like, hey, of course we don’t know everything. Nobody does. I always preface everything by saying, hey, take everything with a grain of salt. I have no idea what I’m talking about here. And then I say it. But you do. OK, so let’s contrast that to Shalene’s challenge. I just have this feeling that Shalene’s challenge would be something that I’m more in line

27:05
Of course. I think it just shows you that two completely different styles, both are effective. So, Shaleen’s challenge was all about, so she’s very much into zone two cardio right now. This isn’t a fitness podcast, we’re not going to go into all of those things, but basically brisk walking can get you into zone two cardio, which has been shown for people who especially are in those 40 to 60-year-old bracket for females.

27:32
is the of the cardio that you should be focusing on to maintain weight, health, everything. So you know I love her. I’m a huge fan. No shame in that. But I also feel like she’s a bit scatterbrained, right? She’ll send out links that are broken. She makes mistakes, which is very much part of her charm, right? The fact that you feel like, we would be best friends if we were neighbors, right? Which I feel like if Amy was my neighbor, I would literally never see her. She would park in the garage, you know?

28:02
That’s 100 % correct. She would take her garbage out at 10 PM so no one can talk to her. That’s just my impression. She’s probably a very nice person. I don’t know her personally. But Shaleen just has that like, we would be besties sitting on the back porch drinking our champagne. So her challenge was a two-week challenge, which I also think is another strategy. So you can do these shorter. You can do a one-day webinar. You can do a week-long webinar. We’ve experimented with anything from a day to a week.

28:31
Shalene had a two week challenge to basically increase the steps that you walk every day. And so with her challenge, it was totally free. And I wanna talk, don’t let me forget to talk about her verbiage that she used at the end of the challenge. Cause I think this was so impactful. So it was walk every day and each day you got an email in the morning with, so she had a kickoff call. the challenge started on Monday. She had a Sunday afternoon kickoff call where she talked about.

28:58
kind of the goals and why you should be doing this, but you were already signed up, so you didn’t really need to be sold on it. But it was a live Zoom. So interactive with her, feeling like you were, you know, basically a part of this community, which I think is very effective, right? But then you didn’t see her again for two weeks. You got an email every morning in your inbox with an audio recording. Oh, nice. Which I’m like, genius, you did all of this in December.

29:26
Right? Right. Although Shalene probably didn’t, but some people would do it in December. So every morning you got an auto recording on some topic that would be applicable to wanting to feel better in general. So one day it was about hormones. One day it was about improving your energy. One day it was about zone two cardio. One day it was just like a, let’s check in. Let’s do a mindset check. Here’s the other thing. Not every audio was from her.

29:55
So of the 14 days, the audio from her was probably six days and the other eight days or seven days were other people in the industry. Like there was someone that did a talk on like food, right? And how you eat and the types of food you eat. And that was someone who is a nutritionist. There was someone who talked about energy and she was a personal trainer, like, you know, the qualifications to talk about these things and also had a large social media presence. So all these people that talked,

30:24
and gave the recordings, not only were they certified experts, because we’re talking about health, so that’s important, but they also were, either had written a New York Times bestselling book, something like that. So they were people that if you hadn’t heard of, knew them personally, like if you didn’t know exactly who they were, you had heard of them. So not only that, she didn’t do all the work, right? She had people, you know, so each day you got this training in the morning of like basically a podcast to listen to, but it was about 15 minutes.

30:53
And then she also had things like, if you’re gonna take a 15 minute walk, here’s something that’s 15 minutes long to listen to, then here’s a 30 minute talk to listen to if you’re a 30 minute walk, 45 in an hour. But all of these came via email. So pretty smart because she got everyone’s email address to even get in the challenge, right? Okay, this is ingenious because it’s a walking challenge. So you’re literally supposed to listen to this stuff that she recorded as you’re walking? Yes. That’s smart. Yeah. Super smart, right? Yeah.

31:22
And each email was very personalized, right? It felt, you know, I don’t know if she wrote them or not, but it felt like it came from her. She included some menu plans. So if you wanted to also improve the food that you eat every day, she had two weeks of menu plans. And I think there was an option to pick from like a vegetarian and a non-vegetarian. So two different options for that. And they were decent meals. Like I printed out, I looked at the meal plans. They were good. You know, it wasn’t…

31:51
It wasn’t thrown together, all very well done, graphically, design-wise. Oh, OK. Yeah. So it wasn’t just like a Word document with a bunch of recipes on there, because it was a menu plan, a shopping list, things like that. All things you can create in Canva. So not out of reach of anybody. All right, so I’m curious how you can monetize a walking challenge. Oh, genius. Genius, right?

32:17
And the reality, so I did the challenge. was like, you know what? You know, I’ve been like fighting all these like energy and fatigue and stuff. And I was like, and I am, you know, a runner, but running has been so painful for me for like the last year that I’ve just kind of stopped. And I was like, you know what? I can walk. Like I walk anyway. So I was like, I’m going to do it. I’m just going to do the walking challenge. And so every single morning, I, the first thing I did, I have a TikTok about this actually that I’m going to post in April.

32:46
Yeah, I know you’re saving Cause I’m holding on to it. Every morning I got up and I literally kept my shoes and my workout clothes hanging on my treadmill. And I got up every morning and I got on the treadmill and I did 30 minutes on the treadmill every single morning. And I even did it when I was working. I did it at Kim’s house. Like I was very consistent about it. And so it was funny cause she had her like last, her zoom call last night was like the wrap up of the challenge.

33:15
And she’s like, I know not everybody was perfect. I was like, you know I was. I did, cause you what I I’m like, oh, don’t, don’t dare me. I’ll do it. So, but it’s crazy. Like, and just like, this is total side note, but like do it, getting up and walking at like a brisk pace for 30 minutes. And some mornings I did more, but 30 minutes was like my minimum. I have had more energy the past two weeks than I have had in two years. It’s nuts.

33:42
Like it’s completely shifted my metabolism. I don’t know how or why, but it’s ridiculous. And then I also like do the walking desk too. So then I would get the rest of my steps in front of my computer. But I made sure I started my morning and that they recommended that like they’re like, anytime is better than no time. But like, if you can do it first thing, that’s actually really effective. So she does her final, oh, sorry, go ahead. No, no, no, I was, I was going to say get to the monetization part.

34:09
Yes, anyway, side note, get up and walk for 30 minutes in the morning. So last night she has her Zoom call, the closing call, where basically it’s her telling everybody how proud she is of them. And she has, of course, all this social proof of people who have seen changes, whether it’s energy, weight loss, feeling better. Oh, sorry, is there a private Facebook group associated with this? No, she just tells people to message her on social media. Oh.

34:37
or reply to emails, but she’s got all the text, right? So just think about this. She did the kickoff Zoom call on day zero, and then she did the kickoff or the closing Zoom call on day 15. Everything else was pre-done. So like very little, like as the challenge is going work. And then during the call, she was basically like, if you’ve seen any change, right? If you felt better, if you enjoyed blah, blah, blah, join my Phase It Up community.

35:07
for $14.95 a month, you can get my exact workouts, all of the meal plans, all the mindset, podcast, everything, all done for you, or you can pay $99 for the year.

35:24
Genius, absolute genius, right? Because anybody who felt anything, right? Anybody who had any improvement over those two weeks is signing up. Because you’re like, well, if all I did was walk and I feel even a little bit better, what in the world would I get if I, because she provided so much free value with like the trainings and the certified people coming in and giving those mini podcasts in the morning. It was almost like people were running up to her to buy it.

35:55
So for $100 a year, that implies that she’s constantly adding new stuff or? See, don’t think she’s, I mean, I don’t think she’s really adding a whole lot of new stuff. Cause like once you have your workout set, like you don’t need to re-film that. Like once you create like 30 days of meal plans, you’re not coming up with 365 days of meal plans. Nobody makes that many meals. I guess what I’m asking is it’s recurring. It’s, so yeah, it’s $100 a year or $14.95 a month.

36:23
And so there’s, in that community, there’s new information’s obviously being added, new, it’s mostly audio trainings, right, or video, but there’s not, it’s not anything that, I don’t want, I’m not saying this in a negative way, it’s not anything that’s like, oh, this is gonna take me hours and hours and hours to create. It’s basically just, I think the biggest benefit to joining something like that would be the accountability. The accountability in the community? Yeah.

36:53
Essentially. It’s interesting. Yeah, and actually that’s, it sounds pretty cheap. $100 a year sounds like nothing. Oh, I signed up. I was like, a hundred bucks a year. want in and I want to see what you get for a hundred bucks a year. So I signed up, you get in, you immediately get a personalized, like it asks you like series of 10 questions. So there’s a quiz, right? And then you get personalized stuff based on the answers you gave to the quiz. But the amount of people,

37:21
that you saw on the comments, things like that, in her social media was insane of people who were just all in on this, right? Because it was something easy. so the two things that stood out to me was it’s not hard to walk. Most people can do it. You can walk around your block. if you, mean, like, Leon’s a perfect example. He lives in Iowa. He goes on walks every day. It could be five degrees. He goes on walks, right? You can walk anywhere you live, basically.

37:50
And so the success rate for that challenge was probably really high for people because it’s not that difficult to just get out and walk. If you have people motivating you, cheering you on, you have people to listen to in your headphones, things like that. The other thing that she said, which was I want to talk about from before, was I was thinking about Amy Porterfield and people just being irritated. Yep. So Shalene was like, I am so how did she word it?

38:18
She’s like, am so thankful that you could be our guest in this challenge, but we’d like you to become a member. You’re a guest in the free challenge, but you’re a member if you join the community.

38:33
Like I was like, oh, that was good. Like make a note of that, because I want to use that in something. But when you think about it, you’re like, yeah, I was a guest. Like my friend invited me to the country club. I was a guest. But then you can join the country club or whatever it is. Right. That verbiage just made so much sense. And it was like, I was a guest. I, know, as soon as she said that, I was like, oh, 100 percent. Great job.

38:58
Yeah, I like Shalene’s method so much better. She’s very personal. She’s very personal. And throughout the challenge, like if you followed her on social media, and most people probably found out about it from social media, so they do follow her. You know, she was posting questions every day, polls, quizzes, she was answering questions, you know, all in these like short little stories, right? So if you think about the time spent to do those, 10 minutes.

39:27
Right, 15 minutes of just like, I’m gonna pull up my phone and I’m gonna answer a bunch of questions and post. Not hard at all, right? But kept keeping that engagement going. But I think the thing that I took away from hers so much was that she made it really easy for people to succeed and feel like they won. And so then getting them to convert was so much easier. And so as a content creator or as an e-commerce seller, like how do you create that for your potential customer?

39:55
how do you create something where they can win? Because I think that’s the biggest hurdle, right? It’s the same mindset thing, just presented in a different way. She got people to feel like a winner, and so they were very willing. mean, 15 bucks a month, like that’s coffee for people. And so how do you do that as a content creator or as an e-commerce seller, where you give people that feeling of winning to take them from a subscriber to a customer? Yeah, if you watch…

40:22
or listen to Alicia’s episode on this podcast, Alicia Rinozo is her name. She did the exact same thing. She did a fitness challenge and people just wanted to buy her water bottle because that’s what she was using the entire time. Then I think she probably made some affiliate revenue too off of certain things that she used for fitness. Oh, yeah. I’m sure she’ll lean. Well, Amy does write with ConvertKit. Yeah.

40:48
Then Shaleen does because she recommends supplements and other sorts of things that all have an affiliate relationship. I think the difference between Amy and Shaleen in this case is I think Amy’s teaching something much more difficult to get a quick win on. Yes. Right? Yes. The quick win is to get your first subscriber, let’s say. Yes. There’s work involved in the setup, whereas with Shaleen, you just go outside. Yes.

41:16
I mean, it’s true. Actually, I Amy’s quick one was to set up your lead magnet. That was the impression I got that she felt like the quick one was, which I also think can be problematic if you set up your lead magnet and then you don’t have a subscriber. Because I did see some people asking that question in the Facebook group of, okay, I did this, but how do I get people to come to my website? That was a common question that was asked in that group. It makes me think about, we’re going to do this challenge with our course in April.

41:46
30 videos in 30 days. That’s a tough challenge, but it’s only for members, right? It’s only for people in the group. But how do we do a challenge for people to get them in the group that is something where they can have a win? Because I think when you get the win, the sale becomes so much easier. It’s why the car salesman wants you get you in the car to drive it.

42:09
As soon as you get in and you smell that new car leather and you push the gas pedal in the car, it accelerates like crazy. Meanwhile, your clunkers over there are barely getting anything. It’s just more effective for people. I think this short form video challenge is pretty easy to do for the masses too. I think it’s tough. Because you just pick up your phone and you just say something that’s on your mind. Yes. It’s tough because it’s video. If it was audio.

42:37
Or if it was Twitter, for example, where 30 days you put out one tweet, that’d be the easiest, I guess. But I don’t think you’d get the same level of results. No, I don’t think you would.

42:48
Yeah, you know, the lead magnet, like my lead magnet, for example, probably took me like a month or more to put together. So I guess it just depends on, you know, because I had all those videos. have a six part video series, right? Yeah. As part of my lead magnet. So I guess it depends. Even if you’re just giving out a PDF or something like that, it’s still like probably a week’s worth of work. Yeah. weekends. I don’t know, depending on the level.

43:15
I like both of these challenges. I’m not a huge fan of the gating part of Amy. But on the flip side, it works and she’s much more successful. I mean, yes, she had at least 2,000 people in the $37. Yes, so I don’t know what the math is on that, but it’s not bad for your free webinar. I know that is crazy how she’s able to do that.

43:42
I mean, she has a huge list. She mentioned what it was before. Was it like 300,000? I don’t know if she mentioned it, not on what I’ve watched. And of course, replays go down today, so I won’t be able to tell you. I do know that when I did this with her before and I paid for the VIP because I was so intrigued by this concept that on the VIP chat, there were 1,800 people.

44:11
Wow. That’s nuts. Wow. Yeah. All right, guys. No more live chat. No more questions getting answered. Only the VIP. We’re going to be aloof and non-personal for $99. You can sit with us at lunch. But I think the one thing that I really took from both of these because I don’t…

44:37
What I, well, actually I took a couple things. One is I don’t think there’s a right or wrong way to do something. I think both of these challenges were completely different, right? mean, Shalene literally sent an email with the audio recording, which is genius for what she was giving for walking, right? Because that’s easiest thing to do. But Amy was live every day, right? So two totally different things. Shalene’s was two weeks, Amy’s was a week. Very different. The mindset factor. So important.

45:06
Because I do think that’s why people don’t buy. It has nothing to do with the fact that the product isn’t good quality. It’s that people aren’t ready to make that buying decision because of whatever presupposed ideas they have in their head about themselves. 100 % agree. You have to believe that you can do this. Yeah. I’m just, maybe I should watch these videos. Because why not just do the mindset right before you go into the presentation?

45:35
for the first 15 minutes. She purposely did the mindset part first, made people wait 45 minutes or however long it was for the real presentation. And people, thank you for reminding me of this, because I’ve got a lot of mindset stuff, material, actually. I just never really thought it was… Because it’s stuff that I don’t need maybe, you know what I mean? As much. Well, well.

46:04
I mean, maybe I do, but I, you know, like if I want something, I just go do it. Right. And sometimes I, okay, here, here’s the example. Like I just discovered in these past two or three weeks that I don’t like doing any, I’m much less productive when it’s raining outside. Interesting. You live in the wrong place. Well, no, I live in the right place. You should live in Hawaii. Oh, well, Hawaii, rains every day actually. Yeah. But in the afternoon doesn’t count. So I’m sitting here like these past couple of weeks.

46:33
I’ve literally had to force my, well, plus I’ve been sick too. But during that period, I actually got some stuff done because I had to force myself to do it. And I can do that probably for maybe six months or so. So as long as it’s not raining for six months. So, you know, my point is, I think I’ve just was brought up to always like, I don’t want to the word suffer. It’s suffer. I don’t want to use the word suffer, but

47:02
I’ve gotten used to the grind and just sludging through everything. Maybe that’s why. I talk about that in the mindset stuff, but people aren’t interested in Asian parenting. They don’t want to take it on themselves. Here’s where I think the difference is though, because yes, you are used to the grind. I think most people are actually used to the grind. I think that the benefit that you had, especially when you got started, is you actually had a job you really liked.

47:32
So you weren’t, think about most people that we interact with. They grind for eight hours a day and then they’re gonna come home and grind for three hours or two hours, where it’s just like, I’m losing at work. I feel like people don’t appreciate me, don’t value me. I’m underpaid. I have no vacation, whatever it is, right? I hate my boss. And then they come home and they’re trying to figure out something that is completely foreign to them.

48:00
Most of the people that we encounter have zero experience in e-commerce or creating content. They’ve never been on a WordPress site. Like when we meet someone’s like, I’ve had a WordPress site for seven years, we’re like, yes, you know, but most people don’t. They don’t know that you can get products from Asia. They don’t have any idea that what display advertising is. It’s like absolutely like learning a new language. And so there’s a grind all day and then there’s a grind all night. And I think

48:28
humans can only take so much grind, right? Which is where the mindset comes in and those quick wins. And like, I think we as like course providers probably need to do a better job of the quick wins for people because you and I are both grinders, right? We can do this all day long, all the time. But most people don’t have our personality types. And then when we don’t wanna do that, you and I both are the same. We’re like, I don’t wanna do anything.

48:57
We’re completely extreme. We either are like, will grind it out as hard as long as we have to. Then it’s like, I’m not doing anything today. There’s no middle. I think for most people, they don’t want to grind all day at work and then come home and grind on these things that they don’t have any knowledge of. All right. I’m reviving the family first challenge. That’s right. Mindset training is coming back. I got to remember what I said in those because I did those all off the cuff. Oh, did you?

49:26
I did. Okay. People are going to be excited. It was live and interactive. I think they’re on StreamYard still. I got to find them.

49:37
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, if you want to know more about challenges, make sure you watch Alicia Rinozo’s presentation at Seller Summit 2023. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 521. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com.

50:06
If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

520: Blog Apocalypse? Can A Pure Blog Still Make Money With Jim Wang

520: Blog Apocalypse? Can A Pure Blog Still Make Money With Jim Wang

Today, I’m thrilled to have one of my good friends back on the show, Jim Wang.

Last time Jim was on, we discussed how his first blog, Bargaineering, sold for a seven-figure sum.  And since then, he’s created Wallet Hacks, where he teaches others how to make and save more money.

In this episode, we’re going to discuss the state of blogging and his predictions for blogging going forward.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to make money blogging today
  • Is blogging dead?
  • Would Jim start a brand new blog today?
  • Check out Jim’s site Wallet Hacks

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I my good friend Jim Wang back on the show, and Jim has created and owned several seven-figure blogs over the years, so I invited him to come back to give his take on the state of blogging as a business in this day and age. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com.

00:27
and ticket prices are going up on Friday. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods

00:54
and not some high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th.

01:23
And right now, the tickets are gonna go up in price this Friday. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

01:53
So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:06
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have one of my very first podcast guests back from 2014 back on the show, Jim Wang. Jim is a long time friend and mastermind buddy who I met at FinCon over a decade ago. He’s the founder of Wild Hacks where he teaches others how to make and save more money. His first blog, which was the subject of the last episode, Bargaineering, was sold for a seven figure sum, I think back in 2016.

02:35
And I thought the guy was retired, but then he decided to start Wallet Hacks, which turned out to be even more successful. So Wallet Hacks has been featured in Forbes, MarketWatch, CNBC, US News, Business Insider, a bunch of publications. And I’m actually doing a little segment on blogging on this podcast for the next month. And Jim is one of the pure bloggers that I know personally who is killing it. So welcome back to the show, Jim, after a long time.

03:05
Thanks, man. It’s a pleasure to be back. I was good seeing you a couple weeks ago, and I know we’ve kept in touch pretty closely over the years, but I never really asked you this question. You and I, we have similar personalities and that we’re family men, and we use our businesses to free up more time. We’re not trying to start the next hundred million dollar company. So back when you sold bargaining long time ago, you made a lot of money and you had this really cushy life. I remember we were chatting.

03:33
you messaging and you were doing nothing. And I know you have a pretty cushy life now too, but why start another personal finance blog? why did you create wallet hacks? So it’s funny. It turns out I sold bargaining in 2010. Oh, 2010. Okay. 13 years ago. And so what happened was, is I, you know, I worked for the company that bought it and then

03:58
started like just dabbling and doing other internet type of things. And it’s actually wallet hacks that got started in sort of like that 2015, 2016 timeframes. So it’s probably why you have the dates in your head. And yeah, it’s a cushy, like, you know, one of the things that people often don’t talk about is that when you quote unquote retire, like you have to find, you still have to find something to do. Like I now experienced this myself when I sold the site and I thought, oh, wow, I’m all set. don’t have to do anything.

04:28
I saw this with my dad when he retired, you know, he’s like, ah, I still have to fill my time. And my dad loves the golf. I need to golf all the time. But after a while you’re like, okay, I did that. Now I need something that, you know, you’re, trying to grow and build and get better at. after a few years of sort of dabbling on the internet, I thought, you know what I was good at and what I really enjoyed was writing and writing about personal finance and also like a bit of like an ego.

04:58
stroking, boosting thing, like getting emails from people saying, hey, this was really helpful. And it’s kind of nice to get that. And if you retire and just play golf and just play like some games and whatever, like you don’t get that type of feedback. And it’s, I don’t know, like I kind of liked it. So I thought I’d go back and do the same thing. And the beauty of it is that the first time around, when I started bargaining, I never thought I have to make money with this because I had a great full-time job.

05:25
working in the defense industry with security clearance, like I could do that for decades. And then now with the new site, I thought I don’t need to have it make money, right? So there’s none of the pressure. so it was probably those, lack of acute pressure, which may go against everything that business books say about like burning your shifts and like bridges and whatever, to like give you that pressure. I feel like that let me build it the way that I wanted to without.

05:54
the constant like 80 hour weeks and stress and that type of stuff. So what does it mean to build it the way you want it to build? Like how is this site different than bargaining ever was? So it was, it’s similar in that I approached it from the mindset of I want to write about various topics to help people to sort of scratch my own itch. I was interested in a subject, didn’t know much about it. As I dig in, I’m able to write about it. If I’m able to, you know,

06:24
the old adage, if you could teach it, then you fully understand it. And so I tried to approach content in the beginning from that perspective. And by doing so, you don’t fall into a lot of the traps that, one of the things you see now for those that follow sort of like niche sites and things like that, a lot of them were built to be side hustles to earn money. And so they’re very much SEO optimized. And you saw a lot of them get

06:51
in some ways punished by recent updates because they were a little too laser focused in how they were executed. And, you know, that’s not to say that we don’t pay attention to SEO and that we don’t aren’t laser focused ourselves. It’s that those aren’t the only things that we focus on. And I think it’s that breadth that makes it one fun to do and then to maybe a little more protected from sort of the whims of the Internet.

07:19
So basically the topics that you write about are not all keyword focused now. Is that what you’re saying? In not so many words? Correct. Yeah. Yeah. The way I approach content is I sort of fill it into three buckets and you have the bucket where I want it to make money as in I write it. It may be keyword focused in the sense that, this will drive affiliate revenue so I’m gonna sign up for a bank or a credit card or something because they read a review.

07:47
Another one is if I think it’ll gain a lot of traffic. So it may not itself be a valuable, financially valuable keyword, but it’ll draw a lot of people to the site. Maybe they’ll sign up for the newsletter and I can build a relationship. And that’s actually the third category, which is I sort of write things that I find interesting that they’re not going to get any search traffic. The only way they’re going to get read is probably because I shared it either through email or on social media. And I just want to write about things that are interesting.

08:16
and build that relationship with the reader. You know, it’s interesting. I used to do a lot of those types of posts, but just Google and the way it’s evolved over the years has forced me to stop doing that because I don’t like writing something without anyone reading it, right? So give me an example of one of these posts that you’ve written recently.

08:39
Uh, let me think. So a prime example, this isn’t recent, but so everybody in personal finance talks about, you know, net worth and tracking it and all that. So one of the things that did well when I sent it to the email list was a article just talking about, uh, the things that I learned tracking my net worth over 15 years, I guess now this is an old post, I suppose, over 20 years. And that doesn’t get any search traffic. Yeah. It doesn’t get.

09:07
It just, whenever I email it out to revisit it, that’s when it gets traffic. The other benefit is that other bloggers will read it. And this is like interesting. No one’s ever going to link to your bank review. Yeah. Right. Realistically. And so, but they will link to an article about things that you learned. Uh, another one, actually, this is the most recent one that I wrote. There’s, there’s a concept in sort of like the early retirement crowd where you set up.

09:36
your personal finances and then there’s a thing called the boring middle as you wait to accumulate enough wealth to retire early or whatever. And so that boring middle is something that people just have to endure where there’s nothing you could do to advance it. You just now wait for your income and your investments to grow enough. And so the article was just, said, the boring middle is bullshit. It’s only boring if that’s the only thing in your life that you’re focused on.

10:00
Right. So once something’s on autopilot, yeah, if you sat there and stared at the autopilot, like it’s really boring because there’s nothing one, there’s nothing you can do. And two, there’s nothing you should do. You just leave it there. So I suppose it’s just saying, oh, now go do something else. Do something fun. Entertain yourself. You’ve now we’re laser focused on setting up the system. Now let it run and then go do something else that it’s not going to get. No, no one’s searching for boring middle. Yeah. No, like, but people have emailed me.

10:29
and sent me the apps on Twitter that said, oh, that was a great article. They’ve linked to it. And that those have business benefits. But I wrote it because I thought it would be something interesting to share. You and what’s important for me is that writing those like product reviews, like things that make quote unquote, make money are not as interesting and not as fulfilling as writing these other types of articles and

10:56
So in order for me to keep doing this for a long period of time, I have to sort of scratch my own itch and do that instead. makes sense. So are you doing a lot of their own writing on wallhacks? I do. We have freelance writers. We have a few freelance writers and an editor. They tend to write the stuff that I’m less interested in. So like the reviews and especially with how Google appreciates reviews. do you want like screenshot, like hands on showing that you use the product.

11:26
And I really don’t want to open up a bank account to get like screenshots and walkthroughs and get like that, the more authentic review content. But so that’s, that’s what we have writers to sort of focus on. Okay. So I like your balance. you have the writers write the articles that you don’t want to be writing that probably make money. And then you focus on building the relationship side with, with the more personal articles. Yeah. All right. What is your writing frequency? Just curious of yourself.

11:56
It’s kind of when I feel like it. Nice. And so it tends to be a little more than every other week. Oh, okay. I want to have one arc. So I sent an email out every Wednesday and I want to have something interesting in that article. Sometimes it’s, it’ll be a topic that was assigned to a freelance writer, to one of our writers to write. And, you know, so for example, like a timely article say it’s close to Thanksgiving. Maybe I’ll send out how to have Thanksgiving on a budget.

12:26
or something like that. And then other times when it’s like, all right, so we only publish at most three articles a week. Right. So if a couple of them are, we try to do Monday, Wednesday, and then sometimes Friday. I don’t like pumping out a ton of content. Though from what I read about folks that are doing programmatic SEO and like AI driven content, apparently pushing out tens of thousands of articles doesn’t necessarily hurt you.

12:54
Yeah, depending on who you are and the space that you’re in. But so we do two to three. And so of that, you have to pick one that I think has a broad ish appeal to the to everyone. And then other ones that maybe are more niche. Yeah. Let’s back up a little bit. So how does the site make money? It is primarily affiliate revenue, with different merchants, and then a little bit of display ads.

13:23
Like a very small percentage. then is it just affiliates with financial institutions like banks? It’s a mix. They’re all financial in nature, I guess. So you’ll have like side hustle things like a little bit of tax, mostly banks, a little credit card, some investing, sort of like the crowdfunded investment stuff, like your fund rises and things. Yeah. But it’s primarily that.

13:52
And then you get a cut of the sale whenever someone signs up or are some of those traffic related where you just drive clicks or leads. So it’ll be a mix. Most of the affiliate ones are. It’s a payout based on whether or not they apply for or are approved for. You know, the programs are all different for an account. And then some are based on a cost per click. Here’s a funny story. I don’t know if you remember this, but you’re like, Hey, Steve, give me your ing affiliate link.

14:21
or something like that. And then you put it up and then all of a sudden I made like 300 bucks and you’re like, okay, well that one expired. Or there was a Southwest offer too, I think, was that through you? Probably. Where you’re like, Hey, let me just put your link up here. Cause there’s, there’s a limited amount and you gave me all these like free miles or something like that. Yeah. Yeah. No, that’s a great way to build friends. You Bob is like, yeah. Do you feel like cause 300 bucks.

14:51
cheaper than average. No, I’m just kidding. Yeah, so actually, one of the things we did with bargaining that we don’t do with wallahacks is I used to give we used to have this loyalty point system. And you would get points for commenting, it’ll sort of like generate more activity on the site. And as one of the things that people get as a reward is I would use their IMG direct referral, because back then,

15:17
not a lot of banks had referral programs, but I was writing about the things like I still have an ING direct, now it’s Capital One, 360. But I would just write about it then it got traffic. And I was like, well, I’ve used up my referrals, I used up my wife’s, I started just asking around all my friends. And a lot of them were like, like friends locally, they’re like, I don’t know about that. I’m like, all right, don’t worry, I’m not here to convince you. I’m here to give you money. If you don’t want the money, that’s fine. I got plenty of internet friends.

15:47
And actually, there are people from the bargaining days that I remember doing the same thing with you, regular folks that would email me that are subscribers on Wallet Hacks now that like followed along. And I was like, all right, that was a worthy $250. All joking aside, like I’d rather someone get the money. Otherwise that link someone signs up, no one gets the money. And then, you know, this way everybody’s happy.

16:13
Yeah, but the referral thing anytime you can obviously anytime you give some money, they’re going to be very thankful. And that’s one of the sort of personal finance and sometimes other niches. One of the nice things is that when people sign up for various products, they actually get something. Whereas if you in and don’t know in electronics, if you have electronics blog of some kind in order for you to make money, someone has to buy so they have to pay for you to get paid and finance.

16:42
We all get paid and everybody’s happy, which makes it such an easier sell. The only hard part is electronics, if you have a credit card, you can buy it. In finance, if you don’t have a good credit score, you can’t. But then on the flip side, you can direct them towards credit building programs or just articles on how to get better credit. And so you can still nurture that relationship a little bit. You know what’s funny about our mastermind group that we belong to? I’m like the oddball out because I don’t really write about personal finance.

17:10
It seems like all of you guys are competing for the same rankings for a lot of the same keywords, right? And it’s a super competitive area. If you were to start all over, like if someone’s listening to this, and they’re like, Hey, I want to start a personal finance blog. Would you do that today? Do you think it’s too competitive? Or what are your thoughts today? And just blogging in general? So I think that you have to have a long time horizon at no pressure.

17:41
because it takes a long time. The reason is because if you think about personal finance and the obvious ways to make money, they’re all very big in the sense that like, they’re all very big and competitive, like credit cards, banks, insurance, mortgages. Like wallet hacks is what now, eight years old, I don’t do any loans, I don’t do any mortgages, I don’t do any insurance, I do very little credit cards.

18:09
The only credit cards I the sense that I don’t compete in search and I don’t I don’t do any paid rate paid advertising right now. But I can’t possibly convert compete with, you know, the nerd wallets of the world. Yeah, the you know, all the like the times and then, you know, all their their commerce platforms. So that’s where the big money is, but you can’t play there. So where do you play? You play in say you start a blog.

18:37
and you share about, you know, the smaller fintech apps that are out there. Maybe you try one, you write about it, you do a review. And those there’s those CPAs are like $10, $20 versus a credit card is 150 to 200. Right. So you just have to be very patient. Is it possible? I think it’d be difficult to do strictly a blog. I think what you’ve seen the last these last four years, five years, a lot of people building up massive businesses.

19:06
using social media and being lucky in that they chose TikTok and not Lime or whatever. The right platforms that grew.

19:19
So it’s not the content, it’s the platform and then being nimble enough to figure it out and just have enough experimentation.

19:30
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

20:00
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

20:11
I mean, before we got on, I asked you, hey, are you doing anything outside of blogging, whether it be YouTube? You used to have a podcast, which I enjoyed very much, but you’re doing a pure blog. And you know, with AI, were just, we were just talking about how some of these sites are pumping out like 10,000 articles a month or something crazy like that. And it’s just turning the whole space into just one big garbage heap of AI generated content, right?

20:38
so I guess what I’m asking is, do you feel like you’re gonna have to, you know, maybe make like a YouTube channel or be on social media? Like what are your thoughts on looking forward maybe three to five years? That’s a good question. I don’t know. It’s a short answer. The long answer is I…

21:00
I feel like I’m late to like the, to TikTok, to the TikTok, to TikTok and like some of the other platforms. Uh, there’s like a saturation point there that maybe I don’t have enough time to figure out AI. It worries me less AI directly than it does what it’ll make the platforms, various platforms like Google do in reaction to it. Right? So Google is.

21:30
constantly changing their algorithms with core updates now, know, two months in every month, Yeah. It’s in part in response to AI, but also like a lot of the various black hat things, like people doing Parasite SEO where they buy sponsored posts on high ranking sites to sort of get their content up in the results pages. I think it will make the sort of run of the mill

21:59
reviews and listicles and everything like that that doesn’t have like a personality to it a little less valuable, but one of the One of the features of AI is that you know, it’s a large language model it it can take all of content and like Reassess it whatever not really think about it, but like reconstitute it, but it doesn’t create anything new yet I suppose and so maybe those like thought pieces

22:29
Which on the whole, maybe I don’t think that I am such an original thinker that anything that my brain comes up hasn’t come up before. And so in that regard, it’s probably no different than AI. But I think articles like that, where you’re able to build a connection and build a following is going to be more valuable. Now, does that mean I need to try to push the B in different mediums like audio and video? It probably does on some level. I’m just not sure what it looks like at the moment.

22:59
And one of the things that I’m thinking about is hiring more people to handle more of the day to day and thinking about sort of the near term future only in that that gives me more white space to think about these problems more. Right? Like when you’re, when you’re in the hustle bustle, like doing compliance updates and, all the other things that co go with running a site, you don’t have the like space to think.

23:26
five years into the future. could think one year in the future, but maybe not five. And that’s, that’s sort of the timeline you have to have with technology like this. So given all the AI stuff that’s going on, and I’m sure you’ve been following a bunch of these other content sites that are pumping out all this content, what do you see? Well, let me ask you this. How do you rank your posts? We write them and then we link them internally. Okay, that’s

23:56
pretty much all the like hands-on SEO. We do keyword research and so we will focus on subjects that are relevant and that fit into our to like content map so that when we do publish it it has a natural fit. Right and it goes in the right bucket. You mentioned an email list. Does that become more of your strategy? Because it’s funny among our mastermind group it feels like a lot of the guys still aren’t paying attention to email that much.

24:26
Yeah, last year, we started adding in some technology that will give that gave us the ability to sort of have more insight into what people are doing. Because one of the things that we use currently we use active campaign, but this is the same for any email provider. But you just send out the emails and then you get maybe sort of in that bucket, or in that email world, like, oh, you know what they click on? Almost you know what they open. And that was it.

24:54
And so we added some tracking on the site where now we will know what they’re doing. We’ll know what they’re doing. Even if they didn’t necessarily come from email, like they, signed up and it’s giving us a lot of insight into behavior that I didn’t have before. And it’s showing me you’ll everyone knows how valuable email is, but until you assign a number to it, it’s like knowing the number somehow gives it more.

25:24
Gravitas, I don’t know gives it more importance. It’s like specific numbers people trust specific numbers more but if I’m like, oh well now if you track and you know a subscriber from here is now valued that whatever because your body of a thousand visitors says that it’s worth that much now you can actually take action on it and now getting someone on your email list has value and not just like in general Oh every email on the list of your 20,000 email list is worth two dollars

25:53
No, no, it’s not like that because it’s just like in the population. Some people are worth 200. Some people, people are not worth dollar amounts. But the lifetime value of an emo subscriber from this channel is worth $200 because they signed up on this page, but they’re only worth about $5 because they signed up on another page about like side hustles or something like that. So that level of granularity was kind of a pain to set up. We’re using whoopra. you using link clicky also? I am.

26:22
Oh, yes. Yes. I don’t know if you’re if you’re listeners are familiar with like, they’re not. It’s our mutual friend, Larry’s tool. We always make fun of him for the name of the tool. But it’s a funny name, but it’s like a more powerful, pretty links. And so yeah, yeah. Do you recommend a tool like that? If you’re not doing a lot of affiliate stuff for because it’s it’s expensive. Wooper is like 1000 a month or something. Yeah, yeah.

26:52
I would not. would. the wooper is nice because it gives you user behavior, but only a very small subset of those people are going to be on your email list. So what you’re able to do with it in terms of like, for example, one thing that we do is if someone clicks on an affiliate, like we put them in like sort of this flow where we wait a couple days, actually, I don’t think we wait at all. I think we wait like hours. And if they don’t become a lead, like the affiliate

27:21
company doesn’t or the merchant doesn’t tell us that they became a lead or a commission within like six hours, we actually email them and say, Hey, I saw you took a look at whatever. What did you think about it? Now, of the hundred people that are going click on it, maybe one or two are going to be on your email list. It’s like, it’s actually probably going to be like half a person. It’s like very small, but that gives you a little more insight into sort of what they’re thinking, what things they ran into.

27:52
It becomes even more valuable when you put an affiliate link inside of an email that you sent. Cause now everybody that clicks on that one is gonna, is gonna have this flow. It’s taught me a lot. It’s funny. Most people just like click on stuff and they look at it. They weren’t even really interested in it. They were just kind of looking around. That’s the most of it. And then the next subset is like, we will also send an email on some, some merchants will, if you, they’ll do, they’ll have multiple actions, right? You have the click, which I know.

28:20
And then they sometimes send the lead, which is like they put in their email address to get more information. And then the separate one, whenever they do the commissionable action, like they pay for the service or they whatever, we’ll send emails between the lead and the commissionable. It’s essentially we’re doing to find the e-commerce. The first step of click and doesn’t become a leader of sale is abandoned cart. Yeah, essentially. And then the lead to the sale is just sort of like that.

28:49
we’re kind of doing like their onboarding for them. exactly. You’re right. Because they should be sending out that. Yeah. So that’s essentially the analogy of what we’re doing. And this is what we brought and emails enables. Ah, that’s, I didn’t know that you guys were doing that stuff. Because I know in e commerce, that I do it all the time. Like I have, you know, repeat, so do you have it set up? Like if someone signed up for this one service, you refer them to other services that they might be interested in kind of automatically?

29:19
We do not yet because I see what you did. Cause I remember signing up for your emails and reading. Cause obviously whatever you’re doing in the e-commerce scene, they’re like multiple products. Like you’ll have a card and you’ll have like the merchant services or whatever. And that all makes sense. In personal funds, there’s less of a clear flow. So someone signs up for like a bank account. There’s no obvious like next thing. But I do, I do have to think about that some more.

29:45
The challenge is always that the numbers just get smaller and smaller. So like if hundred people click on it, I can only email one or two. So then out of the one or two, so after every hundred days, maybe I’ll get someone that means like the next thing. So it becomes a little too small. Uh, but it’s something to think about cause there’s definitely categories of products where people will sign up for multiple and we do take advantage of that a little bit by having them sign up for a sub email. Yeah.

30:14
You know, you could use one of those services where it’ll grab the email from someone just visiting your site and that way you can send them. I think you told me about that. Yeah, like three years ago, I was like, I think Bobby’s using it now. I think he’s having good results with it. But yeah, no, I see what you’re saying. That’s that’s really interesting though. And so both Wooper and Linklicky allow you to do these this tracking to such a fine granularity.

30:44
It’s actually Woopra that allows Woopra that does it. Link Clicky will do the redirects. It does a lot more than that, but the primary function for me is that it does the redirects and then it will go to the, and this is very important part of the process, is it uses the various APIs of the affiliate companies. So like your commission junctions or publicists and like Rakuten and Impact.

31:13
And we’ll use the API and grab the commission events. And then it’ll take those commission events and fill it into Woopra. That way I know in Woopra to tag this email and put them into a flow. And then the email will handle that. Interesting. So it’s like the Klaviyo of e-commerce. Woopra plus link clicky seems like, because Klaviyo handles all that stuff. It knows what people are putting in their code. It knows what people are clicking. And then you can guide them.

31:42
on different journeys based on what they’ve done. interesting. That’s huge. Because it’s not I mean, I think that level sort of customization has to increase lifetime value. Or even just per per card order, order card, whatever the term is, I don’t do ecommerce. Yeah, yeah. That’s right. So I know you read a lot of reviews and whatnot on your site. Do you ask for an email on every post also? And what is your lead magnet? Like, how do get them on?

32:12
Ha, you will love this. Actually, you will not love this. My email strategy is one, it’s a pop up that says, hey, join my email list. I think I say like you get like a money toolbox of like tools that I use. It’s not really a lead magnet. It’s a pop up. then the there’s a on some posts, there are forms in the middle that will say sign up for the and there’s those are generally like

32:41
more specialized, right? Email lists. So you want to get information about credit cards or banks or something on a post about that, it’ll have a fill fill out of a form. One thing we also do, which I did as sort of like a fun thing to see if it would work. If you don’t sign up, and you show back up within the next week, I will send you a show another pop up. It’ll be different. It’ll be a little creepy and say, Hey, I don’t see like the site.

33:10
Does that work? You should yeah it works. Okay I haven’t tried that one yet. It’s like it gets like a it gets a marginally higher conversion rate than the first pop-up. Grant it’s a smaller population. Right. But it gets a little but it still gets people. I had to like play with it a little to be like not creepy. I was like hey and I tried to make it like all cheery and not like hey I’ve been paying attention. You keep coming back. That’s funny.

33:40
That’s funny. So walk me through like your plans for wall hacks in light of everything that’s going on. And I know for my blog, I’ve chosen to go all in on video. I’m still going to do the blog and it still brings in the majority of my email subs and it’s my home base. But I feel like, you know, with all this AI content being spread and all this noise, it’s even starting to happen in like the audio space in the video space.

34:09
like you see all these faceless videos on YouTube. I feel like the last bastion of content is going to be video. What are your thoughts? The thing that I, I think that’s a good strategy, but I think to myself, okay, like a regular person that doesn’t spend a lot of time on the internet, right? When I watch YouTube, I’m watching entertainment. I’m watching the Mr. Beast videos. Like no, nothing against.

34:37
His videos are just pure entertainment. It’s like people playing hide and go Like people that I suppose the audience likes playing hide and go seek and like doing these fun challenges. I don’t know how many people are sitting there watching videos to learn something in the, you know. I still think that when people have questions, they will go to Google and Google it. Or they go to YouTube if they want to get instructions on how to fix something in their house or on their car. I think video is just too slow.

35:07
for things like investing and where you’re trying to answer a specific question. I think it’s different when you’re just like scrolling on your phone, like you’re lying in bed and you have like, I don’t know, Tik Tok or Instagram, whatever, reels and shorts, and you’re just watching. And maybe every software you discover like something new and you’re like, oh, that’s cool. I’ll try to remember to like Google that tomorrow. So I think video is good from a discovery perspective. I don’t know if it’s as good from an answer question.

35:36
perspective, but then the struggle is as a smaller site, I’m not the one that they get to when they search for like how to do anything with a Roth IRA, like they’re gonna get some other site. So on one hand, think, okay, if Google is where most people still go to, if I’m not there, do I need to do videos? So at least there’s some level of discovery, maybe start with shorts.

36:05
You know what’s funny is, uh, have you watched Rob’s channel Rob burgers? Yeah. Yeah. He’s been killing it and literally just goes on and just talks. I’ve been in, I’ve sat on to Rob burger. Uh, I guess it’s dough roller, roller. Yep. Don’t roller. I’ve, yeah, I’ve said it. It’s good. It’s really good. He’s got a, he has. So that’s what I think of when I think, okay, you have to do things the way you like. When I, when you originally talked about blogging, can people still do it? What has changed? I feel like you have to do things the way you want to do them.

36:35
without sort of focusing on like what makes money or what’s going to be popular. And eventually you’ll attract sort of the crowd that fits with the way you’re doing things. That way you also have the longevity of not having to pretend you’re someone else. You can go to Rob Berger’s channel and you watch his videos and his cadence is like a little slower than what you’re probably used to whenever you’re listening to an internet video. It’s not like a Mr. Beast like cut every two seconds like faces and right. It’s working for him. And now he has an audience.

37:05
that where it also works for that audience. I sit on his live streams every once in a while and I like listen in and just like just to see how things are going. And I think it’s great if you want to learn how to better manage your money, especially if you’re closer to retirement and are trying to like navigate all the complexities. Like you can’t do that fast. You can’t talk about like social security withdrawal strategies and like all that stuff, you know, 1.5 speed and still understand.

37:31
what’s going on. Plus people don’t want to. They’ll spend as much time as it takes to understand it. And so if you go fast and have to rewind it, like, it’s not good for anybody. You know, what’s funny about YouTube for me is I attract a lot of Asians and I attract a lot of women over the age of 35. Just you are very good looking. My video is probably better for you than it is for me. But just by nature of, I guess what I talk about and that sort of thing. So

37:59
And there’s some guys at FinCon that I met that are really good YouTubers. And I feel like you’re as eloquent or even more eloquent than a lot of them. So which is why I was very disappointed when you stopped MicroBlogger, which was your old podcast. yeah. That was fun. Yeah, I don’t know. This is hilarious to say. And I fully understand after I say it, how silly it sounds. So. It’s just.

38:28
Part of it was just the whole like, not anxiety, but just like apprehension about being on video and being on audio. Just even though, you know, I’ve been writing a blog that thousands of people visit a day. And I like, there’s no apprehension about, especially when you’re writing, like people can literally point and say like, yo, that’s wrong. You’re a dummy. Whereas on video, like it can pass so quickly that, you know, and plus the YouTube comments don’t.

38:57
don’t read them. Yeah, I don’t know. just, I think I just need to spend more time, like, with more space and just think about like what that would look like. Because I don’t know what novel things could be done. But then again, I don’t know, things on the blog, very little of it is necessarily novel. It’s just got my spin on it or Yeah, my flavor. Let me ask you this, how much time a week do you spend on your blog?

39:25
I’ve always been curious because like I picture you as you get up, you go running, you chop some wood, write an article and then hang out with the kids the rest of the day. Realistically, probably average, maybe 20 hours a week. 15, 20. It’s mostly in the morning. then yeah, I wake up. Usually wake up. Depending on when I wake up, it’ll be like 45 minutes before the kids do a little bit of work, like answer the emails.

39:55
fix things and then it’s just kids until 9 15 ish and then I’ll do work until lunch and then afternoons it’ll it’ll be some sort of like working out or nap or yeah because then kids are home by the oldest kid will be home by 3 30 ish so that’s the day what do you spend most of your time on your blog it’s a lot of keyword research it’s a lot of sort of dabbling with older content

40:23
either updating it or sort of optimizing it. It’s a little bit of like affiliate management. So there’ll be that compliance aspect and then just like emailing with different companies, whether or not to start a new program to upgrade or, you know, increase commissions or just play around. There’s really not much structure. I’m sort of in that like I fill in all the gaps type of role, is hard to describe.

40:51
So let’s say you sold wallet hacks and then it became like cash Lorette or something like that and you had nothing again. This is just all like secret. I know, know people don’t understand. So you’re going to put like show notes and explain everything. Everyone listening. the company that bought Bargaineering basically took down the blog, turned it into this site called the cash Lorette and then that got taken down. And I don’t think Bargaineering even exists anymore. Right. I mean, it’s Yeah.

41:20
But my original question was, if you were stall over, like let’s say you just sold wallets hacks similar to how you did bargaining, what would you be doing today? Would you start another blog at this point? Would you do? No, I would not. I would not because having done it twice, it’s like a slow slog. It’s like great if things work out. I would probably dabble in video, which is how I, actually what I should do today is just start dabbling in video.

41:50
without any expectation like I would if I’d sold the Yeah. And then have the added benefit of still having the site and just like messing around. We’re a lot alike. I like doing things without any pressure. In fact, I hate when I’m being pressured because I make silly decisions when that happens too. know, yeah, sometimes out of desperation or, out of like just pure monetary

42:16
I can’t tell you how many in the early days how many sponsored things I took on that were a pain in the butt. But I did it because the payout sounded really attractive. But just all the talking and the back and forth ended up not being worth it. I very much dislike like meetings, like phone calls, and stuff like that. you could make it an email, let’s make it an email. Even if it’s like the first time we’re interacting. Like, yeah.

42:45
Yeah, there’s a thing about pressure that pushes me and probably most people to just do something. Even when you shouldn’t necessarily do something, right? Maybe you should wait and like think it through. the fact that you have pressure on yourself and you’re like, and you haven’t done anything yet, like why haven’t you done anything yet? Like, I gotta figure out what I gotta do. Like I can’t just start going, right? If you don’t know where you’re going, if you just start walking, like you could actually be hurting yourself.

43:14
And then you also run into the whole shiny object principle, right? If you’re starting something new and like, Oh, I gotta, I gotta make money. Well, everything sounds good. Everything sounds good. That’s the whole point. They want you to promote them or do whatever them, but maybe you should like hold off and just like pick a handful and like, you know, test them out, test categories out. And if a category picks up like, okay, maybe we push a little bit more there. And yeah, I think pressure is good in some places.

43:44
It’s also good practice to force yourself to slow down. When you feel that pressure, recognizing it and being like, okay, I’m feeling the pressure now. What should I do? A prime example for me was, so for those that haven’t kept up with all the Google updates, there was an October, they called it helpful content update. Did not affect Wallahex. Thankfully we are still helpful content.

44:13
Then the October core happened and then we lost about 20 % of our traffic. And at first I was freaking out, not really freaking out. I didn’t freak out. Freaking out for Jim is like, Oh man, that sucks. So there was this one time with bargaining back in like, I don’t know, 2008. It was a Friday. I remember this distinctly because I was sitting at work 2007 or six and Google.

44:41
had taken what uh, bargaining completely out of search. So my traffic went from, was probably at the time, like four or 5,000 a day to like 200. The back then no one like publicized updates. So Friday I saw like the traffic crater, Saturday crickets, a hundred people, maybe Sunday crickets. And I was like, I’m on Friday. I felt sick. Like when people say like I was

45:10
I felt sick. was like, you’re just like over. No, I was like sick. Sunday, nothing. Monday went back to normal. I was like, what, just happened here? I have no idea what just happened here. So when this past October, when it lost 20%, I was, I didn’t panic because one, you never know if in like a couple of days it’ll come back maybe. Right. Right. I don’t know. And I dug into the, the, went down in

45:39
in terms of the results. And it all made sense. was all stuff that fortunately didn’t generate a lot of affiliate income. And it was just good from a traffic perspective. It was it was all the blood plasma donation articles, instead of ranking for I was, it turns out, and I never dug into it, because it was not like a monetization thing. Turns out the post that I had on wallhacks about donating blood plasma, they were ranking for the names of the companies.

46:09
So they were like five, six position for every single company. And then as it turns out, after the update, after the core update, instead of my site, my site was now down until like 15, 16, it had surfaced all of the like LinkedIn pages, Twitter, bios and all that up into those spots. And I was like, okay, without, if I’d panicked and thought like, oh, I have to do something.

46:35
instead of like research and like calm down and realize, okay, this is actually something that you cannot do anything for. I might’ve gone in and spent like all this time like updating stuff that I didn’t need to update. Maybe I would’ve edited other articles that hadn’t been touched and stuff like that. And it sucks to go through it when you see 20 % drop, you’re like, oh, this is bad. But it’s also good practice to like teach yourself, okay, don’t freak out, everything will be okay.

47:05
like your house isn’t on fire, feels like it’s on fire, but it’s not actually on fire. Let’s take a calm measured approach. And I think that only happens with time. Like you have to go through it enough times to be like, okay, yeah, we’ll get through this. It’s like the stock market also. I’ve lived through three downturns. I don’t don’t panic much anymore. Yeah. One thing I don’t even look. Yeah. I look once a month when I check on that worth and I record it and I’m like, oh, it was down this and then

47:34
As you get older, the dollar amounts get so big where like in a month, in a month you can lose or gain more or I can lose or gain more than I earned in my first year of work. Yeah. And it’s just like, that’s what happens when you’re in your, in your case, in your mid thirties, in my case, a little bit older, right? It’s just part of, if you look, you’ll freak out cause it doesn’t look fun.

48:03
But that’s these are all inside jokes because for some reason I thought Jim was still 30 something when we just hung out like a couple of weeks ago. But I just realized I’ve known you for so long that that’s how old we were when we met. We met each other at our 20th. I think I was. Yeah, I don’t remember. Anyway, you were in your 30s. Yeah, you’re a couple of years older than me. Yeah. So, Jim, where can people go check out your stuff?

48:33
and uh… set up for one of your creepy mellus well so if you go to wallace dot com you’ll get a pop-up about thirty two seconds after you show up on the site and then if you don’t sign up for that email and you come back five days later you will get another pop-up but you’d sign up to be the email sounds good the second pop-up will say hey man you’re back and it’s about time you signed up for this damn email list what’s going on so good it’s free

49:02
Join the 20,000 other geniuses that have signed up. They’re not all geniuses, but they’re all Most of them are bots, but some of them are geniuses. Hey Jim. Thanks lot for coming back on man It’s it’s been a long time and it’s good to know that things are going well with wallet hacks and one of the pure bloggers that I know that still not doing much video Hopefully I’ll see you on YouTube. We need more Asians on YouTube. All right, I’ll I’ll try. I’m a pleasure. Thank you

49:35
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Jim is someone who I consider one of the OGs when it comes to blogging. And for more information about this episode, go to mywifequaterjob.com slash episode 520. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

50:04
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

519: The SEO Apocalypse! How Google’s Latest Changes Are Shaking Up the Internet With Toni Herrbach

519: The SEO Apocalypse! How Google’s Latest Changes Are Shaking Up the Internet With Toni Herrbach

Welcome to a brand new segment of the show called Profitable Audience where my business partner Toni and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience.

In this episode, Toni and I discuss what’s going on with SEO and artificial intelligence and what’s in store for ranking in search going forward.

What You’ll Learn

  • Google’s spam problem
  • How to rank in Google search
  • Google’s latest changes

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Welcome to a brand new segment of the show called Profitable Audience, where my business partner, Tony and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience. Now in this episode, Tony and I are going to discuss what’s going on with SEO, artificial intelligence, and what’s in store for ranking and search going forward. But before we begin,

00:27
I want to you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online and unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods

00:57
and not some high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th May 16th.

01:27
And right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be and the prices are going up every two weeks until the event. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book.

01:56
over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:11
Welcome to the My My Quitter Job podcast in a brand new segment called Profitable Audience. My partner, Tony Urbach and I, we’ve decided to join forces and combine the podcast because up until this point, we had two sets of editors, two sets of hosting companies, and I guess a fractured audience. It was a little bit, although I have heard from your audience, they do like you better when you’re on with me because you’re more real.

02:39
Well, I can act normal. Normally when I have someone on that I’m interviewing, I kind of have to be on my best behavior, right? Yes. Yes. You put on your, what do you call it? Your good Chinese boy hat. So now you can be your normal self. Although the last couple of guests I’ve had have been from my mastermind group and that’s been completely natural because I can bag on them all I want. But if I have one of my idols on like Robert Cialdini, I have to be extra nice, right? That’s right. I think if I had one of, I don’t know,

03:09
who that would be, but if I had an idol on, would probably be on my best behavior as well. I I wanted to push the boundaries. I remember in that interview, I was like, so do you use these techniques of persuasion on your wife and do they work? That was one of my questions. That was a risky one. But really? Yeah. Okay. Oh, that is risky. She’s fine. She’ll be quiet. Okay. So one thing that I wanted to talk about today,

03:35
Mainly because during the last office hours for both classes, I gave an update on the state of Google. I know you were off gallivanting somewhere. I’m not sure if you got a chance to catch anything. you meant working. I’m not sure if you caught any of that. I heard all about it. In fact, I saw the emails come in after you gave the office hour lessons and I heard a lot of good feedback. So you definitely got people’s attention.

04:03
I’m sure it got good feedback, but it wasn’t like a rah rah episode. Right. You know what I’m I don’t think any time in the last year where you’ve talked about Google, there has been any rahing going on. That’s probably true. You’re more depressed than anybody else, I think. You’ve said many times to me that you feel like it’s taken the fun out of blogging. Oh, I’m not even talking about that. So we’ve been talking about what’s been happening is tons of spam on Google.

04:33
Yes. Because people are using AI. so Google has been frantically trying to adjust and still put out like the best search results based on all the spam that’s being put out there. And so some of the things, just to give you guys a preview, I covered how, you know, a lot of the Reddit, Quora and LinkedIn results are now ranking like way high in the results because, you know, they’re perceived as more accurate information. And one of this, one of these things happened because a lot of people

05:01
are appending Reddit to their searches now, right, to get a real answer. Problem now is like one of my posts, which I had ranked for a long time, all of sudden got outranked by this one LinkedIn post, some random dude just posting something that wasn’t entirely accurate, but because it was a LinkedIn post, Google upgraded it. And so I’m sure there’s gonna be another, there was five updates towards the end of last year, back to back to back. So the search results were like crazy.

05:30
fluctuating. know what? It worries me a little bit. All of this stuff worries me, but the thing that worries me is, do you spend any time on Reddit? I do, just reading. I’m not really a poster though. I feel like the problem with ranking things on Reddit is you have no idea. You know how we talked, Google talked a lot about EAT, the expertise, the authority. You’re reading a blog post and let’s just say the blog post is written by Brene Brown.

05:59
who is a, what is she, a doctorate or at least a master’s degree in psychology and she has all this training and research and she’s written millions of books, all this stuff, right? So when you’re reading something by her about mindset, you feel like, okay, she is an expert. She’s done 30 years of research. She’s written multiple books. She’s interviewed hundreds of people. And then you go on Reddit and it’s like a dude in his basement giving advice. It’s like, you don’t know who that person is on the other side of Reddit.

06:29
And most people don’t use their real names or anything like that. So to me, that’s what makes me nervous is that when I search for things outside of like a recipe or something like that, and I want good information, I don’t trust any information I get anymore because I have no idea what the qualifications are when I see things come up in the search results. I agree. And in fact, people are already gaming this now. So people are posting on Quora because Quora got upgraded as well. And then in Quora, you can actually link out. Yes.

06:58
It’s like another game, people are just going to start gaming those things. I think it stinks for the user. Google’s got to figure this out because I don’t… Then I get worried when people tell me that they are educating themselves from the internet and it’s like, oh, should you be? Are you taking medical advice from the internet? Are you taking marriage advice? I don’t know, it just makes me very, very nervous. You know what makes me really nervous now is…

07:27
You know my feed is a lot of Golden State Warriors. Yes. And what happened recently was there was this on both YouTube and TikTok, it popped up that LeBron James got traded to the Warriors. That’s kind of funny. And I flipped out and it actually looked real the way it was put together. So I was about to text you and then I just Googled it and yeah, it was, was completely false. But there’s a whole bunch of those out there now.

07:52
Well, same thing with the marathon runner who died in the car accident. He did die, the guy who set the world record for under two hours on a marathon. I saw it come across my feed and I was like, oh, that’s fake news. Then I dug deeper and I found that he did indeed die in Kenya in a car accident a couple of days ago. It’s like I can’t believe anything that I see because half of it’s fake. Then I just saw this article, I want to say it was on CNBC about

08:19
how the latest generation is getting most of their tips and searches doing TikTok searches now. Oh, my kids think, like my girls think TikTok is like Encyclopedia Britannica. I mean, isn’t that scary? Oh, yeah, you have, And I will, I’ll tell this story. My daughter does not listen to the podcast, so I am safe, because she got in a lot of trouble for this, but she saw a TikTok hack about cleaning like your drain.

08:47
And so she was doing it with chemicals that could have an explosion in the bathroom. I don’t know what she was mixing, they were too, you know how you can’t mix like bleach and ammonia? I don’t know what it was, but apparently she came out and told Brian, she’s like, hey, I think something’s wrong. And she told him what he did and that she had learned it on TikTok. And he was like, never, ever, ever. If you see something on TikTok, run it by me, right? Run it by your mom or

09:16
whatever before you do it, but he’s like, could have blown up the bathroom with some TikTok hack. Yes. Sorry. It’s presented with such authority. That’s the thing, right? With the editing and the way things are presented, it feels real. When I saw that that runner was killed, I was like, oh, and then I was like, oh, no, it’s not true. This is another one of these so-and-so died, they didn’t really die.

09:45
Yeah, I was just noticing that my YouTube feed is almost a third AI generated content now. Because the sports stuff, think is the easiest thing to do that with. A game just happens. You just have AI do the summary and then you just move pictures around. I think the NBA allows you to make clips, which is why everyone does it. Right. Yeah. And so it looks like a real broadcast. Mm hmm. Yeah. And they even use like the name of the channel is something that sounds real.

10:14
Like highlight deals or something like that. You’ll think this is funny because you’re not in, I mean, I’m not really in this world either, but people are using AI to create their dating profile. Oh, you mean the pictures? Yes. Yes, I’ve that program. I got an ads for it on TikTok. Yes, which, know.

10:35
Anyway, yeah. Okay, so we’re gonna talk about AI, because one of our friends did- We are, but I want to finish. I want to hear this profile thing. what was the- Well, so basically they’re using AI prompts to feed the chat, which is kind of funny because a girl will like- So I’m in a couple of Facebook groups that are like, basically that you’re gonna go on a date and does anybody know if this person, is it gonna be safe? Right? Has anyone ever dated this person before?

11:01
So I joined the groups a long time ago, but now I can’t leave because it’s like soap opera. But what I’ve been seeing lately is people are using AI prompts to respond back and forth via text or in the dating app chats. And what’s funny is, is that people are getting the same prompts, right? So like a girl will screenshot the messages and another girl will be like, I got the exact same message and she’ll put up and it’s the exact same message from a different guy.

11:29
It’s creating very similar prompts when you want to say certain things to people. That’s happening. Then people are either completely generating photos from AI. It’s not even them. It’s not them enhanced with AI. Oh my God. Okay. Which is basically like catfishing on another level. You’re not using someone else’s picture. You’re using someone else’s picture that’s been upgraded by a computer.

11:55
and which is nuts. And then people will post the photo and say like, hey, does anybody have any information on this person? And everyone’s like AI, that’s AI. And you can tell, like the pictures are too perfect. Right. Right. But also on a dating app, if you think about it, you’re on your phone, the picture is small, you’re kind of swiping quickly. Like anyway, it’s effective, right? It’s getting people in the door for who knows what kind of scam or something like that. But oh, it’s infiltrated.

12:24
the dating app scheme. Filters are no more, it’s AI now. So I’ve been out of the dating scene obviously for For a very long time. I would imagine a conversation that’s run by AI would be really easy to spot, wouldn’t it? So here’s what I think. I think females, and I’m going to make a global generalization here. I think they want, because the dating apps are so cruddy, right? You meet so many people that’ll ghost you or stand you up or no show.

12:53
that when you get someone that seems interested and nice, you sort of cling to, you’re like, oh, it’s a good one, right? Like, oh, this is not gonna be a total jerk. But then, so even though the conversation to me, when I look at it, I’m like, oh, 100 % AI. I think there’s that, right, your brain is saying, there’s hope, this person’s nice, they look safe, right? And so the message is even though once you read them as an outsider who has no attachment, you’re like, oh, AI.

13:22
If you’re in it, you’re overlooking things, right? It’s just like you overlook things about people when you are crazy in love with them. You just meet them and you think they’re wonderful and all your friends are like, yeah, but did you notice this? And you’re like, what are you talking about? I think it’s the same thing. They just don’t notice it. I’m so glad that I’ve been married for so long and I’m not in this world that we’re living in right now. Can you imagine just at another level of weeding out computers versus real people? That’s nuts.

13:50
Okay, well, you what’s funny is the original topic that I wanted to talk about on this episode was our mutual friend Spencer Hawes, who’s actually speaking at Seller Summit. He’s an excellent content creator. He’s kind of always on the cutting edge. He runs niche pursuits. You guys should all go check out his podcast. He, in the light of AI, decided to run what he called a Google versus AI content challenge. I love that he does these things. I know, it’s so much work.

14:19
Last year he said I’m going to write a thousand blog posts, not him personally, but his team was going to do a thousand blog posts in a year, see what happened to his traffic, his rankings. I think he ended up with what, 960? Something crazy like that. Yeah. He has a whole YouTube video about it. You can check them out. Yeah, I love that he does these things, but they are so much. I’m glad he does them so we don’t have to. They are so much work and we can just talk about it on the podcast and give him some extra props if you guys want to go check out all the details. What he did is he wanted to see

14:49
whether you could actually rank a pure AI site pretty much in 90 days. Which seems crazy to me. It does. So what he did is he just blasted out to his list and he said, hey, I’m running this contest and at the end of 90 days, whoever gets the most organic traffic from Google from an AI content site receives 2,500 bucks. That’s a lot of money. It’s a decent amount of money for the experiment.

15:16
And not only that, you have to check everyone’s analytics. You got to make sure that no one’s cheating and that sort of thing. It really is a lot of work. So what ended up happening is he got 74 people to join. That’s a lot. Which is actually a lot of people, right? Yeah. And then some of just some of the rules that he specified was only traffic to the new published articles would count towards the competition. So let’s say you had the domain or something for a while and maybe it had a couple of articles.

15:46
It’s only the new stuff. Interesting. You could participate if you already had a content site. I think so. I think so, which seems a little bit like cheating because if your domain was a little stronger. I don’t know those details actually or whether he talks about it. Well, you all have to watch his. For the most part, it was new people creating AI content. I don’t think anyone had an outsized domain rank. I’m pretty sure he would have accounted for that.

16:16
Yeah. So I was actually really skeptical when I, I actually had a call with Spencer not too long ago, cause we were trying to get him to, um, speak at seller summit and I was skeptical that people could achieve any sort of results in, well, so he, he checked like every month, right? But 90 days is pretty aggressive. I think, uh, to, rank stuff in search, but, um, after 30 days,

16:43
The top participant already had 4,800 visitors in a month. Really? They had published 850 articles. What? 850 articles in one month. AI. All AI and it was in the beverage niche. The beverage niche? I don’t know what that means. Maybe it’s coffee or I don’t know. Alcohol maybe? It could be alcohol. Yes.

17:11
But I could not think of 10 articles to write about beverages, let alone 864 or whatever. what you do is you have one, AI produce all the topics. Yeah. I haven’t actually used the, so a while ago I talked about this AI PRM plugin for ChatGBT, which is essentially an SEO plugin for ChatGBT that goes and it can create an entire article map for you. Like you give it a topic. let’s say,

17:40
Let’s say it’s blogging. You tell it, I want to create a blog about blogging and it will output every single article that covers every possible topic. Okay. Right. So it actually does it in like a table form, the name of the article, the keyword, and then a description of what goes inside. Interesting. And then from there, you can take that description and topic and then have AI actually create the article. I’m pretty sure that’s what this person did. Okay.

18:11
But still, 850 articles in 30 days. head is hurting. That’s 30 a day approximately. I can’t imagine even reading that many articles in a day, let alone editing it. Realistically, they probably couldn’t do a whole lot of editing or manipulating what they got from AI. They probably just published it almost as is. I mean, this is what people are doing right now.

18:40
What’s funny is I think Spencer also participated in his own challenge like he always does. Of course he does. He only got 52 clicks in the first month. Interesting. What was his topic? Do you know? That I don’t know actually. Probably running shoes. Wasn’t that one of his first niche sites was long distance running? He used to use it in all of his explanation things back in the day, like a long, long time ago. Yes.

19:08
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that Tony and I offer over at Profitable Audience that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in learning how to make money with content, whether it be through blogging, podcasting, or YouTube, we put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started blogging that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process, including a full tutorial on how to set up your first content website. This course is 100 % free.

19:35
and you can sign up over at profitableaudience.com slash free. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash free. Now back to the show.

19:46
Yeah, I think like most of the people that were creating articles for this contest were just using listicles. And the people who did really well, it says here there was substantial human editing. Although that person that published that many articles, I can’t imagine human editing that. don’t know. Anyway, what ended up happening is so the results after 90 days, the top five participants achieved over

20:18
15,800 clicks total in three months, which is astounding to me. Yeah, that’s a lot. That means it works. Oh, does it? Right? I don’t know. I mean, the winner ended up with 274 articles. And they just use, the strategy they use is they use AI to generate the outline.

20:45
And then they just ran it over and over and over again for each section of the post, which is actually the way I kind of taught it in profitable audience. Like that AI article that I wrote about Alibaba still ranks on the front page and gets me a ton of traffic. And that’s exactly the way I did it. I ran it to create an outline. I don’t remember what the article was now. Something to do with Alibaba. And then for each section, I So I ended up running ChatGPT probably like 15 times.

21:13
Throughout the course of that article and then I human edited that it actually took quite a bit of time Yeah, but it was I would say it was like 75 % AI Interesting. Yeah So the person who won I think ended up publishing articles based on current events. Oh Okay. Yeah, but not the type of current events that you would think he covered cricket matches

21:42
I don’t even know how to play cricket. I don’t know either. I just remember we met one of your friends at a conference once that was investing in a cricket team. Do remember that guy? Yes, I’m trying to remember who that was actually. Yes, he’s a huge cricket fan. He’s like, is the sport of the future. like, I don’t think it is, but have fun watching it. I feel like cricket’s one of those sports that is way more popular outside of the US.

22:08
being in the US and that being our frame of reference, we don’t think it’s as popular as it actually is. It probably has a lot of big fan base that we’re just not familiar with. I know that every Indian friend I have here watches cricket. Yeah. So I know it’s big among the Indian population, but it’s one of those things that it’s a little bit more obscure, right? Probably less competition. I would imagine. So I think that’s why it worked. So here’s my question.

22:37
Obviously, we haven’t read all these articles, but just like we were talking about how you’re getting fake warrior stuff in your feed, to me, that information can’t all be correct.

22:51
I don’t know. You know what I’m saying? Because we’ve already seen AI manipulate news and current events. I wonder how much of the cricket info is correct. I have no idea. The contest wasn’t an accuracy contest. was just how much traffic you can get. A straight-up traffic play. A lot of those Warriors videos that I watch, they have 10,000 views by the time I get to them. I wouldn’t watch them if it only had 100 views.

23:21
Yeah. And that LeBron one had a ton of views. Well, yeah, because every Warriors fan was like, please, please, please give us LeBron. I actually had a dream that LeBron and Steph were on the same team like two nights ago. So I probably saw it in your feed. you did. Yeah, because I wouldn’t normally dream that. I think the problem with creating, I mean, this is a contest for that was limited to three months. But I think if you’re doing current events, AI articles, they have like no value in the search results.

23:51
pretty much right away, right? It’s almost like a social media post.

23:57
I don’t know, I remember when I started blogging, I started blogging in 2008, 2009 was the big recession, people were feeling the economic squeeze. I would write articles based on, remember when the government was going to shut down and when the government shuts down, the military doesn’t get their paycheck? Yes.

24:22
So I wrote a couple articles about, you know, the military not getting their paychecks in the angle of like, hey, here’s what to do. Here’s how you can stretch what you already have. Here’s some chat, you know, was, but it was all based on that. When the extreme couponing phase and all that show came out, I wrote a couple articles and I always ranked, like I ranked number two or three for extreme couponing for a couple of years, even though I was never on the show. I didn’t do anything with the show, but I did piggyback on

24:51
I mean, current events is weird because extreme couponing isn’t a current event, but it’s like a current news cycle topic, right? Same thing with stuff with the military. I would try to capitalize on those sorts of things as they were happening because I think people, when there is stuff going on in the world, they get paranoid or upset or interested and they start searching for more information. I agree. Yeah. And then I guess there’s just a lot of attention right now. Yeah.

25:21
I mean, it’s a volume game. Like just think about how many articles that these people published in such a short period of time. Yeah, because the winner did 264. 274 articles. that’s they’re basically doing almost 90 basically 90 articles a month. Yeah, yeah, yeah, pretty much. Yeah, yeah. had to just verify your math. Look at that quick math that I have this week. I’m definitely I’m on top of my game right now. The winner did do human edits, though.

25:51
I guess to be fair. And I think Spencer, when he published those 900 articles, he had a lot of writers, but I think his policy with those writers were it was okay to use AI-generated content as long as you fact-checked all the numbers and everything related to the article. Which I think is something, because we get this question, I think we get this every webinar, right? Can I use AI to write my articles? I mean, think that’s probably one of our top questions in the past year, which is a question we never received.

26:22
before 2023. And I think you have to, if you want to create a lasting product with content, you have to fact check the stuff that you’re putting out there. I think you have to fact check no matter what, right? But if definitely you’re using AI, that needs to be a priority. Whether you’re having one of your VAs do it or you’re doing it personally, I don’t think you can just, I would never recommend someone just publish AI content straight from ChatGBT ever.

26:51
Apparently it works though, that’s thing. I would love to see where are these people in three years? If they just leave the site. Now current events would be tough, right? Because cricket games, probably people aren’t looking up three years ago from a cricket game. The person who’s writing about beverages, that stuff doesn’t change. A drink is a drink. I wonder in three years, are they getting any traffic at all to that? I’d be curious.

27:19
I’d be curious too, and maybe I’ll go and ask Spencer to see some of the URLs for these sites. I wonder if these are just walls of text or whether they’ve actually used images to break up the content and that sort of thing. Whether they had an author bio and everything that just makes a content site more trustworthy these days. I’d be very curious. Well, because for me, some of my older posts are still my strongest posts and they were written 10 years ago.

27:47
So I’m just about the longevity of that sort of a thing because it’s like, okay, you’re going to write three posts a day. You can’t keep that up unless you’re making a full-time income, like three posts a day. Even if you’re doing any editing at all, I guess you’re spending every single night making edits. You know what I’m saying? That’s a big time commitment even if AI is doing 90 % of it. Yeah. I do know that a couple of students in the class got hit by the series of five updates.

28:17
that happened toward the end of the year. And one student in particular was like, hey, should I switch up my content strategy? Because Reddit and Quora and LinkedIn are getting a lot of the clicks now because they’ve been raised. Actually, if you look in the search results now, there’s like a special section for those sites that is a wonderful. It’s called, I think, forum and discussions. But sometimes the Reddit actually gets the top spot with a quote from some random schmo, from some upvoted article.

28:47
Yeah, that’s the thing. It’s like crowdsourcing. I don’t know. The whole thing’s crazy. It was pretty easy to game Reddit back in the day. When I first started, I was friends with all these Redditors who had really high ranks. Occasionally I’d just say, can you promote this article for me? What ended up happening is that article would get 2,000 visits in the next hour. Then I had this voting group that just upvoted everything.

29:16
That reminds me of stumble upon, which was a similar tactic, right? Is you would put something on stumble upon. I don’t even know if that exists anymore actually now that I’m saying it. I’m to Google it right now as you’re talking. It’s the same theory, right? Is that you would have your little stumble group stumble your content and then for the next 24 to 48 hours, you would get some ridiculous amount of traffic and then it just disappeared immediately. It wasn’t a-

29:44
a longevity play for sure. The fact that you can upload things on Reddit, I think is great, but I don’t want that in my search result. I just don’t. I don’t know. I’m dating myself so much right now, but- That’s the trend because people actually say what they mean. If you do a search, what was I doing a search for the other day? It was best router because I need to update my router. All the search results with the exception of maybe Wirecutter who was clout was all bogus.

30:13
I think it was just whoever, like if you do best web host. You come up. It’s Pat Flynn’s post that’s made him millions of dollars. Or best mattress. So you know what’s funny is that if I’m searching for anything finance related when it comes to like credit cards or you know, best like business bank account, stuff like that, not like stock stuff, but just banking in general, I just go to nerd wallet.

30:42
I don’t even look anywhere else. It’s just like, feel like, listen, we don’t know those guys, but they’ve been around forever. They actually are a trusted resource. I know they’re making commission off of everything, but I’m not going to go to any other site unless it’s someone that we know that comes up. It’s it’s nerd wallet or someone we know or nobody, but I’m definitely not going to a random site when it comes to.

31:08
like finding a credit card. When I did all the research about the travel card, I wanted to find the best card for traveling. I read Greg and Holly’s stuff because they obviously play the points game. Then eventually I ended up on NerdWallet because of course they have a great comparison chart and all that stuff. I was like, can you imagine going on Reddit and picking a credit card? No way. I don’t know. You know, the one thing I will hand it to those guys is they have a really good experience. Even on your phone,

31:38
you know, the images change like the aspect ratio. So it’s actually nice and easy to scroll. I actually did this experiment with my wife, quit her job. And there’s a bunch of articles actually that I’ve written where it looks good on desktop, but on a phone, it’s literally like this wall of text. Oh yeah. So maybe like I have to actually go back and maybe even break up those walls of text with even more images to make it easier to read on mobile. Because I think

32:08
Google the way they have to proceed going forward is it has to be, you know, how much time does someone spend on your site or what is their behavior like? Right. Right. Because what they’re doing right now, I don’t think it’s sustainable. Like someone will just game core Reddit and LinkedIn or whatnot. And so they’re going to have to I’m pretty sure there’s another update that’s going to happen. Yeah. Like pretty soon if it hasn’t happened already. And so I told that student to just kind of stand Pat, like things are just

32:37
You don’t want to like chase like the next strategy. So, um, my strategy personally has, has been to just kind of proceed the way I’ve been doing it, but just paying particular attention to my mobile experience and making sure that it answers the question thoroughly. There’s really no fluff. And if there’s some amount of personal experience where I have like a real experience using a tool, if I’m doing a review or whatnot, include, you know, a little bit of it that after the question is answered. Right.

33:07
And we’ll just see what happens. It’s so interesting because I was trying to think about my own search behavior. How do I search? Because obviously I’m a Gen Xer, so my search behavior… I just read this article this morning that Gen Z-er are getting all their information from Pinterest right now. I thought it was TikTok. Wait, Gen Z? No, they use TikTok, but Pinterest has kind of become…

33:31
Like they feel like they’re taking over Pinterest. And it’s funny because my kids who are my girls, which are all Gen Z-ers are active, active Pinterest users. And when I was talking to your sister-in-law, we were talking about how Pinterest is very interested in Gen Z and getting, because I think that’s their fastest growing demographic on, you know, for searching and creating boards and all that.

33:57
content stuff. And my kids are like, that’s their search engine, right? It’s TikTok and Pinterest. They would never go to Google to search for anything. And so I was thinking about my own search behavior. And what’s crazy is that, so you know how when you get labs done, you don’t get like, you get the results, but you don’t know what any of them mean until you go to the doctor and they’re like, oh, everything looks normal. So like sometimes if you, and they always tell you like, they have like a little sliding scale usually, like if you go to lab core.

34:23
and it’s like the dot is somewhere usually in between like the high and low, right? As long as you’re in between the high and low, you’re apparently fine. So I got lab results a couple of weeks ago and I had a couple of dots that were like close to the edge of like high and low, but I have no idea what that means, right? So I’m Googling like, you know, what is this? What is that? And of course it’s like half of the sites, actually probably 75 % of the sites that came up were all sites selling a drug.

34:51
for whatever that was versus a Mayo Clinic or a WebMD or something like that, which is more of an agnostic type of site, just providing that data. Obviously, Mayo Clinic wants you to go to Mayo Clinic, but they’re not trying to sell you a prescription. It’s interesting to me how many of those drug makers ranked for content when I feel like Mayo and WebMD are the stalwarts. They’ve been around forever.

35:17
They put out tons and tons of content on everything medical related. So it’s just, to me, it’s like really tricky to figure out who’s telling you the right information these days. Can you describe to me how a Gen Z user uses Pinterest? Why is Pinterest results more reliable than Google?

35:34
I don’t think they’re more reliable at all, right? Yeah, I mean, it’s just people pinning stuff, right, that they’re seeing. I think so. think people… So how I think Gen Z is using Pinterest versus TikTok, I think they’re using TikTok to search a recipe, right? Like how to make a 15-minute pasta dish or something like that. Whereas Pinterest is, what do I wear to Coachella? Right? What do I do? So see the difference of like…

36:03
the types of information because, I want to decorate, I want peach and teal in my room, right? That’s on Pinterest versus I want to unclog my bathroom drain. What can I do? What can I find on TikTok? Right? I don’t think the results on either one are accurate or necessarily truthful. However, I think how they’re searching on Pinterest is more of like preferences, right? Like what styles and it doesn’t, you you’re not going to get hurt from a style. You’re not going to get hurt from decorating your room a certain way.

36:32
Whereas you could get hurt from a recipe or something like that. You know, I started using TikTok as a search engine relatively recently too, because it’s actually a great place to find new restaurants in your area. My brother has been using TikTok for like news. I mean, he follows very specific people, but I, it’s so funny. So recently I was in the true crime TikTok for like six months. I was loving it. Okay.

36:58
Brian was like, what are you listening to? And I was like, leave me alone. I need to find out what happens. But somehow I got into the auto repair TikTok. And so now I follow like five repair shops and they basically, it’s like the head guy, he’s clearly been a mechanic for like 40 years. And like this one that’s my favorite, it’s this kid, not a kid, he’s probably like 40. And he’s like, dad, top five SUVs you wouldn’t ever buy. And he’s like,

37:25
only stay the car, don’t sell why. And the dad’s like, I can’t do it, I have to tell you why. And he’s like, we’ll talk about it in the comments. And he’s like, and he basically lists off like five SUV, three row SUVs that he thinks are terrible as far as reliability. They’re always pulling numbers from their computer, like cars with the most expensive repairs, top five, you know. And then in the comments, they actually go through and answer. So one of the cars that he said he wouldn’t recommend is a suburban, which is what I drive. So you better believe I in those, I was in those comments, like.

37:53
What’s wrong with a suburban? And so then in the comments, someone’s like, I drive a suburban, what’s wrong with that? And he’s like, well, if it’s this year to this year, it’s fine. But if you have this year to this year, look out for these four things or whatever. So they’re like giving you all this great information. But I’m in like, I’m in that TikTok car thing now permanently. I’m like, this is amazing. If I ever buy a car, like I’m totally going to these people to get information because to me, like that is reliable. He is, it’s like talking to your local mechanic, except for you don’t have to go down to the garage to do it.

38:23
Yeah, I think that’s where TikTok has the advantage, right? Once you follow some for a while and you trust them, then it’s all good. It’s just like the random TikToks that I see my kids watch or whatever that worries me. Yes, that worries me a ton because I feel like it’s such garbage. Yeah, I I think the other thing that Google has to do is they’ll rank based on your reputation, are people Googling you? I actually just did this exercise with me. People actually, I get

38:53
Like I think almost a thousand searches for just my wife quit her job. And then I get an equal number for just Steve Chu. I think if Google sees that, then they’ll give your site a little bit more weight as well, which is why I think social media actually plays a part. YouTube, TikTok, you know, if people are searching for you after the fact, after watching one of your short form pieces of content, that is one way I think Google will determine whether you’re trustworthy or not also.

39:21
When my last name was Anderson, I could not rank for my name because there was an author named Tony Anderson who’s actually a pretty, it’s not like a Grisham level, but I think it’s a she, is a pretty pluralistic writer. I could never get, because everything would come up as her stuff, her books, her things like that. I was like, it’s probably a good thing that I’m a little anonymous. Now I’m not at all. No, I mean.

39:49
When you switch last names from a very common one to one that only people you are related to have, it’s good and bad, right though? I mean, I don’t mind it. Do you rank number? I’m just gonna do a search for you right now. I don’t know if I rank for my, I haven’t even checked it. You do? Yep. Well, there’s probably only one of me, unless I go back to Germany. That’s true. Actually, I show up too.

40:14
You are trying to encroach on a Herbhawk? You’re not allowed to do that. because our podcast comes up and that sort of thing. That’s funny. What’s funny too is- I don’t know. weird. You’re under speakers for amzsummit.com also. Was that a virtual one? Maybe. It was probably virtual. That’s probably what it was. I was like, yes, I think I did.

40:39
It’s funny because I think when you live your life online, you toe the line between wanting some anonymity, but also wanting everybody to know everything about you so that you can get more traction. It’s like, where do you balance that? Do you rank number one for Steve Chiu? I used to. Let’s see if I do.

41:01
I haven’t Googled myself in a while. Yep, I do. I got the top five spots. Oh yeah. Oh, Twitter is number one. That’s what’s coming up for me. Yep. Twitter is number one followed by the blog. sorry. X, number one. Wow. So this is actually really interesting. Oh, you actually have an author on my side, on the side search results. Did you know that? Oh no. Chu is a highly recognized influencer and speaker in the world of e-commerce. It’s your author bio.

41:31
Oh, interesting. Yes. What’s interesting about this is in my… I’m an incognito right now, but I have X is number one for you, then my wife quit her job, then Instagram, and then it’s your YouTube videos. For me, it’s followed by LinkedIn, and then my about page, and then a bunch of podcast interviews that I’ve done. Interesting. All because of the book, actually. What’s also funny is Steve 251 went on America’s Got Talent.

42:00
It’s a picture of some random dude with a microphone. Stephen Chu used to be the secretary of energy and he used to outrank me for a while. Thank goodness they got rid of him. I know. Actually, he’s down the second page now, Stephen Y. Chu. That’s pretty funny. Anyway. think that does totally going off the AI stuff. I do think that shows that-

42:25
if you’re trying to get your name as the brand out there, having that social presence is effective in search. Google’s clearly ranking that stuff as important, right? The fact that your Instagram is coming up for me third, your Twitter’s number one. That stuff is weird because I put no effort in Instagram whatsoever. I know. Yeah. I’m just going to bite the bullet and start. You know what I’m

42:49
I want a dollar every time you tell me that. I know. I’m posting consistently on shorts and TikToks now. Yeah. I don’t know if you’ve noticed, but I have. like them all. Whenever I post one of my business things on Instagram, I always get a lot of flack from my friends who private message me. Your friends aren’t paying the bills. I they aren’t paying the bills. I mean, neither is Instagram to be straight out.

43:13
That’s the rub. We should do this as the next podcast. What is a realistic Instagram strategy for you? I know what I have to do. It’s just posting. What should you post about though? I don’t want to make additional content just for Instagram. It would be my TikTok stuff. It would be my YouTube short stuff. Can you just AI yourself? Stevebot. What’s funny is I am going to do that. This is another topic for a different episode.

43:42
But I record intros and outros for this particular podcast. And then now, you know, with profitable audience on this, I might have to do this potentially three times a week. Right. And usually I record it from scratch just so it flows better. Cause you know, the, levels might change, but 11 labs, which is the leader in, in this space for AI voices. If you train it well enough, then it actually sounds pretty close.

44:10
And fact, there’s a guy who does like a fake Joe Rogan podcast where he like conducts interviews just randomly generated by AI. And it sounds just like Joe Rogan and whoever he gets as the guest. And it works pretty well. So I might start just generating the intros or even just putting my YouTube, you know, transcripts on the podcast also, because I just need to make subtle changes. Like instead of video, it’ll be episode, you know, just subtle changes to the script.

44:39
to make it work and that in theory should save a lot of time. You know to put together one of these podcasts, like the one that we just published for profitable audience on My Wife Could Her Job, it took me like a good 40 minutes for some reason. Really? To record the intro. Maybe it’s because I was coughing so much, I was still sick. Yeah, I was gonna say, I think 40 minutes seems extreme. But I had to line it up also and then I recorded an outro. Oh, I know why, I also had to…

45:08
create a a mid-roll ad for our mini course also. Maybe that’s what it But anyway, it took 40 minutes, but I would say it still takes 20 minutes, even if I didn’t have to do that stuff. So you know what’s interesting is you remember last year at ECF where Andrew Udarian said you’re fed your podcast into AI and created this fake apology from you to him, which was hilarious, but it sounded, I mean, as someone who talks to you,

45:35
on a very regular basis and is very familiar with your voice, I would say I would have given that a score of probably like a 90 to 92 % of like being able to fool me. Like if I would have heard that, I would have been fooled that it was you. Whereas literally two months earlier, Mike Jackness, I was in the car with Mike and he was playing his own AI, his voice on AI and I would have said it was like 50%, right? So just even in like a couple months, like the changes in

46:05
the quality are pretty crazy. Well, Living Labs allows you to upload all of your content. And the more you have, the better it sounds, which means that you, Darien, probably spent a good amount of time on that. He did. I think he took the entire month of January.

46:22
Alright, well, if you guys, since we were talking about Spencer, if you want to see the guy speak, he is going to be a speaker at Seller Summit. I’m not sure when this episode is going to come out, but we’re running low on mastermind tickets right now. Spencer, I’m not sure what he’s going to talk about. Probably his content strategy and blogging. He’s always on the cutting edge. So I know we talked a lot about Spencer today. If you want to see him and meet him in person, he’s an amazing guy.

46:51
Hope you enjoyed this episode. Google is in a state of flux and we will report back as soon as we have more information. Now for more information about this episode, go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 519. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go to sellersummit.com. And if you were interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

47:21
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

518: How AI Is Transforming Ecommerce With John Lawson

518: How Ai Is Transforming Ecommerce With John Lawson

In this episode, I’m thrilled to have John Lawson on the show. John is the CEO of 3rd Power Outlet, an online retail clothing and accessories company. He is a platinum eBay power seller, a top-rated Amazon merchant, and a small business influencer of the year. He’s also written many best-selling books and speaks all over the world.

For the past several years, John has been really deep into AI, so in this episode, we are going to talk about how AI is transforming ecommerce.

What You’ll Learn

  • Artificial intelligence and its effect on e-commerce
  • How to apply AI to your e-commerce business
  • How to train your own GPT
  • Checkout John’s website – John Lawson’s Website

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Web Quarter job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today I have my friend John Lawson on the show to talk about artificial intelligence and its effect on e-commerce. AI is just moving at a ridiculous pace and John is just one of those guys who is following this industry closely as it relates to selling online. But before we begin, I wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com.

00:29
The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business. Entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods and not just some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now I personally hate large events

00:59
so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th, and right now, we’re pretty close to sold out on the mastermind passes. Also,

01:27
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

01:55
Fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:05
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have John Lawson on the show. Now John is actually someone who I met 10 years ago at perhaps one of my favorite e-commerce conferences of all time, the Startup Bros Conference. Too bad they didn’t do it again. But he is the CEO of Third Power Outlet, online retail clothing and accessories company. He is a platinum eBay power seller, a top rated Amazon merchant and small business influencer of the year. He’s also written

02:34
many bestselling books and speaks all over the world. Now, John has been really deep into AI. So in this episode, we are going to talk about how to apply AI to your eCommerce business. And with that, welcome to show John, how you doing? What’s up? That’s so funny. That is the best eCommerce conference I’ve ever been to. And everybody I’ve met from there always says that and means it. It’s so weird.

03:03
from that event. They spent gobs of money, lost tons of money, but it was a blast. Yep, yep. That’s why it was a blast. So it was good seeing you a couple months ago at the Alibaba Co-Create Conference. Now, for the audience who might not be familiar with you, how did you actually get into the apparel business, selling on eBay, and all the different things that you do? Oh, man. I’ll give you the abbreviated story of my nightmare.

03:33
So I was a consultant. I worked with like a Accenture and you know, I was making a pretty decent wage and I had a friend he was, you know, always hustling up something. This is early 2000s and he came to me and was like, hey, we should flip a house. And I was like, okay, what is that? You know, he’s like, oh, like you see on TV and all you got to do, you, you be the, you know, financer, time to pay for it. We’ll get the house flipped.

04:02
And we’ll split that like, you know, 50-50, probably 10 for you, 10 for me. Like, oh, okay, sounds great. I’ve signed the paperwork at the closing. We have a hard money loan, which means that it had a balloon payment in three months. So we had three months to change the house over or, you know, refurbish it. And when we got the house, it was a three-bedroom, one-bath, you know, so it’d be good for section eight. I do the walkthrough.

04:30
and it’s a two bedroom, two bath. What the heck happened to the other bedroom? Long story short, Section A ain’t gonna give you the same amount that they give you for a three bedroom, for a two bedroom. I don’t care how much nicer it is. So I ended up upside down and I was not going to get out from the hard money loan. Time moves forward and I’m really in a struggle. I’m making two mortgage payments.

04:58
on my one salary, which I wasn’t, you know, I had my own home, wasn’t ready for a second one. And I was about to go broke and bankrupt. And somebody mentioned, well, you should sell stuff on eBay. And that’s how I got started selling stuff on eBay. Right. And so we started selling my used books, you know, which I had around the house. And that was like the first thing I started. Ran out of books, start looking for other things to sell.

05:28
Ultimately, I landed in doing like accessories. So I didn’t actually do the clothing. I started with clothing, hated it because, you know, they sell clothing in weird packages and bundles. Yeah. Right. So it’s like you always get left with the smalls and the mediums and all the extra large and the two X’s go. So anyway, so I landed in the hip hop accessories category.

05:58
So we would sell bananas, sweat bands, jewelry, all the things that a hip hop kid would want back when I was a kid. You know what I’m saying? So that’s how I got started. Yeah, I know what you mean about apparel. I think selling apparel is one of the most difficult things to sell. Probably also because the return policy is like 40%, like the return rate. Right, right. Is it like that in accessories also? No, no, way lower.

06:27
Okay, way lower. Not only that, our cost of goods was lower, right? And I mean, we ended up niching out in shoelaces. So interesting. Yeah, yeah. I mean, that’s a whole nother story, right? Because we’ve been around so long. But if you think about it, you know, in the first or the other recession, right in the 2008 frame, with you know, people stopped wanting to

06:57
wear fake jewelry even, right? And so we had to shift. I did that 80-20 rule, right? And I started looking, I’m like, wow, shoelaces, we sell a lot of shoelaces. And then I went to the categories and there was like, if you go to Amazon right now, there’s hundreds of shoelace sellers. When I did it before, nobody, literally, I believe we built the category, you know? So,

07:26
But when I looked and I said, hey, this is something we could go deep in. This is something we could brand out. And that’s how I ended up with shoelaces. before we get into AI, I know you said that you’re not really selling on eBay anymore. What is your view of the marketplaces right now? Amazon and eBay, the competitiveness, just the overall landscape? mean, you know what? I think they keep taking market share, which is kind of interesting. It’s amazing to me that eBay

07:56
It’s still doing what it does so much in fact that I’m like, well, maybe I’ll go back and revisit eBay a little bit and see if we can actually move new merchandise on eBay as well. Because I’ve noticed there are people that drop ship our product from Amazon to eBay buyers, you know, which I don’t care. I get paid the same amount whether you do it or me. But I’m like, there’s some things that I would like to just offload.

08:26
on eBay, so I’m looking at it. But I’m thinking that especially when you look at what these TikTok shops are starting to do, that the marketplace competitiveness is about to heat up. Oh, yeah, for sure. Everyone’s getting in the game. It is. Yeah, they have to. They have to because they recognize that, especially with this AI thing, which we’re going to talk about.

08:53
I just think that, you know, it’s going to even the playing field for marketplaces. Like you’re going to be able to build your own marketplace for real now, where, you know, people have tried in the past. But did you leave eBay a long time ago because it just got too saturated because you used to be a platinum seller, right? Yeah, I was a platinum seller. It wasn’t that it got too saturated. They were making too many changes. the changes at the time.

09:21
this look at the timeframe, you know, when they were getting rid of the old CEO, new CEO coming in, trying to compete as if they were Amazon, they weren’t, they didn’t have the same, you know, systems in place. And it just got to be such a pain that I was like, okay, and the sales started slowing. So that’s when I took Amazon seriously. And then suddenly over maybe a two year period, it went from our sales on eBay were here, Amazon here to this.

09:51
And then I was like, you know what? I’m cutting you guys out and just focusing on the Amazon platform. So it was more of a focus play while eBay got themselves together. That makes sense. Yeah. And I know you’ve been kind of on the forefront of AI. You said you’ve been into AI for, I don’t know, it seems like eight years, I think is what you mentioned before it even became mainstream and popular. I’m just very curious, what are some use cases that you’re using it specifically in the context of e-commerce?

10:21
I mean, for e-commerce, mean, more than anything, it’s content creation. OK. Right. So I mean, that, course, is I think that’s the initial phase. Yeah. You know, so people don’t understand. when you think about it, just a week ago, it came out a year ago. It’s only one years old. Right. And now, you know, actually, it’s exactly exactly a year old. Right. So now we can see it can hear it can talk.

10:51
I mean, it’s absolutely amazing how far it’s come in just one year. So what’s going to happen in 2024? Oh my God, right? However, yeah, I’ve been back in the day. I don’t even remember the day I got a question. I’ll tell you my story. What was the initial question? Because I want to answer that. Applications of AI. Applications, right. So like I said, yes, that’s what it was. So it was.

11:20
great for content creation, right? Written word content creation. So writing product titles, descriptions, getting SEO rich descriptions, creating audience segments, creating a very detailed avatar and long tail keyword reports, right? So these are things you used to have to spend a lot of money on or get experts to do, right? And now I’m able to get that done

11:49
with a short command inside of ChatGPT. And we really have seen an increase in effectiveness of a lot of the content we put out. And that’s just on the salesy side. That’s not talking about market leadership kind of and thought leadership type of product or content that you create as well. So it’s…

12:15
When you’re talking about effective, are you talking about effective in ranking and search or you just talk about effectiveness in conversion rate? You know, here’s the deal. I don’t, it’s effective in ranking and search, but search ranking is only in my opinion, based on how much it resonates with our audience. Right? So it’s more effective for me in sales. It’s answering the questions that people are having and the conversations that they’re having in their head.

12:45
when they’re trying to determine who to buy from and when they’re going to purchase. So top Give me an example of how you’ve used it for maybe one of your shoelace products or something like that. Yeah. So like tying shoelaces. Okay. It’s a very, shoelaces are a weird kind of category because shoe people are weird people, right? They’re absolute

13:13
fans of the entire thing. And so having to, it was hard for me to communicate without somebody actually touching my shoelace versus another shoelace, because you think all shoelaces are made the same, right? And once I started putting in, here’s the materials we use, here’s the weaves that we have, and if you have a problem with it, we will refund you or replace.

13:43
Getting that to look, I can’t even talk about it myself, but having chat GPT talk about it has made it very, very real for our laces. So it’ll have that conversation. Hey, do you know how it feels when your shoes start looking dirty? What’s the best way to clean them up? Buy a new pair of laces, right? That kind of thing. So we have, there’s just so many different kind of people. got the skaters, we got the collectors.

14:13
We’ve got the everyday fitness person. You’ve got the runners. They all use shoelaces, but the conversation with each of those are different. How do we make content for those different audience segments for this exact same product? So in terms of chat, you BT that you mentioned several times. Are you using the paid version and do you in your opinion, is it worth it to to get the paid version? So up until so up until now, I would say you can use any version.

14:42
Right. And most of the content that I wrote, I wrote in 3.5. Okay. 3.5. Right. Right. And I’ve really been good at isolating content in 3.5. So most of the stuff I teach for e commerce folks, you can get out of the 3.5 with recent advancements in the last couple of weeks. Yeah, two weeks. Literally weeks like literally last week. Yeah. Yeah. So

15:12
Its ability to do imagery inside of there is you’re only able to do that with plus and the GPTs that are coming out, which are like these little modules that are being made to do one specific task over and over again. You can only get that with four. So I think those are reasons to upgrade to four. But if you’re just creating everyday content, I’ve never found like, oh my gosh, you know.

15:41
This is so much better with four. If you know how to prompt it right, you can get away with 3.5. And I think, you know, in the next six months, four is probably going to be, you know, I’ll say six months to eight months. Four is going to probably be the lowest level as five gets ramped up and put out here. We got 4.5 for now. I upgraded to four right away, like as soon as it came out because of the plugins.

16:08
And the fact that it was only up to 2021, the four lets you browse the web and it just made a lot of things faster. personally I recommend. Yeah. Three. Yeah. What’s that? It’s up to April, 2023. is. Yeah. It’s up to April now. Yeah. That’s all very recent. Yeah. Yeah. So I think those little things have made it worth the $20 upgrade if you can get in.

16:37
because they’ve just put it on hold. They’ve paused it. They really? Yeah, because so many people were trying to get in, slowed it down. It’s like, OK, we need to put this on pause. I didn’t even know that. Good. guess I’m great. Yeah, in the cool room. So what are I imagine you’ve been playing around with it? How are you using the new features? So honestly, I actually wrote all of the prompts that I used to use into a GPT.

17:09
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

17:38
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

17:49
Okay, right. Can you define for the audience what that means? Yeah, so basically, chat GPT is basic knowledge, it has knowledge on everything. And a GPT will allow you to create a little robot that only is good at a specific task. Right. So I’ve taken all of the prompts that I used to put in the knowledge base, and are not into the knowledge into the

18:19
general knowledge into this one GPT. So if you go to that GPT, you can write a product title and description, create a customer avatar, get an audience segment report and a long tail keyword report. So those four things I’ve programmed it to do using my methodology. Does that involve coding or is there an easier If there’s no code needed.

18:48
You’re able to do it with natural language and just typing in commands, or you could actually do audio into it as well if you got that set up on your computer. This is only for the latest version, right? It’s only for the latest version. It literally just came out a week ago. Yeah, literally just came That’s what I was asking. You’re quick to the trigger there. Oh yeah, man. like, look, I think, well, we know. This is all the future.

19:16
And honestly, is what we’re seeing now is you’re going to be able to have these little robots do a lot of the research and the repetitive work that we used to have to do manually, or we would outsource. A lot of that is going to be done by these type of robots. So if I’ve got a robot that I can put in a product skew or an ASIN even,

19:44
and it go out to the web and give me all of the product details of other people, all the reviews from other people take out. This is something I do. I’m giving away secrets, but you can get all the reviews. You take out all the reviews, right? And guess what? When it comes to reviews, it’s like, you know, the Olympics, you need to throw out the top score and the bottom score and take the ones in the middle, right? Because the ones in the middle all have the information.

20:13
on how to make a product better, right? It’s like, oh, we like this product, but it would be cool if it did X, Y, Z. So you find all of those and you have ChatGPT go through it, right? And then find the areas where you can make a better product than your competitor, shoelaces, based on what people’s suggestions, complaints actually are. Walk me through the training process since it is pretty new. Like, what does it take?

20:44
to create this GPT that you created? And is it for public consumption right now, or is it behind a paywall? Yeah, actually, let me make sure because I don’t want to turn it off and on sometimes. OK. And that’s because I’m actually asking people to go out there and beta test this for me. Right. So it’s at Ecom AI boss dot com. Ecom AI boss dot com. OK. Dot com. Right. And the training process is

21:13
if you can imagine having a screen that’s split in half. On the left-hand side, it’s where you create and configure the app, the GPT app, and on the right side is just a little bit of a preview of how it’s going to work. So as you are talking to it and creating this GPT, you can see what you’re doing on the right-hand side. And so when you start the GPT builder,

21:42
It literally says, what do you want to create? And you tell it simply with natural language. Hey, I want to create an AI based bot that will write product titles and descriptions for e-commerce products. That was the first thing I would put in. And it would be like, hey, OK. And it’ll start configuring that in the background. You’re not even touching it. Right. Right. And then it’ll come back and say, hey, well, here.

22:11
Here’s what you should call it. Do you like that name? You know, now I don’t know what it said that it should call, but I already had the URL for Ecom AI balls. So I said, no, you’re going to call it that as a name. And then it comes back and says, okay, great. That’s a good name. You know, nothing you ever do. Does it tell you that sucks? It never does. Right. But it’ll, it’ll come back and then it’ll say, okay, cool. Now let’s create a little icon for it and it’ll use.

22:40
you know, Dolly three inside of chat, TPT and create the actual icon for the GPT. And then it’ll come back and say, how do you want it to speak? Right? What kind of language do you want it to be very professional or informative? So you put that kind of information in and literally going back and forth like that in natural language. You don’t have to use a whole lot of, you know, tech speak.

23:10
You just tell it what you want it to do. And as I’m telling it, I’ll go over to the preview, try it, see what the outcome is. If I don’t like the outcome, or if I was saying, hey, I want more bullet points, you know, and then I’ll tell it, hey, let’s make it where it has five to seven bullet points. Hey, let’s make it so the title is no more than 200 characters. Things like that. And it keeps writing the instructions as you’re going through this conversation.

23:39
Ultimately, you end up with a app, which is a GPT. So a GPT is just an app that runs on chat GPT. Ultimately, one more thing, ultimately, they’re gonna build an app store. Yeah, I know the master plan. Do you think this is gonna put all these AI companies out of business that have these very specialized apps? Yeah, it already has. I mean, so, you know, cause so many of them jumped up.

24:08
to do these little specialized things. And I remember when I was seeing it, I was like, yeah, that’s not gonna be around long. Because if you think about it, like I said, I’m a dinosaur, so I’ve been around a long time. But I remember when we used to have word processors, right? And then you had Microsoft Word, right? And the things that the word processor would do,

24:35
Microsoft would look at it and then make it part of Word. mean, spell check and all that kind of stuff, which is AI, right? Yeah. Did not exist in the first versions of Microsoft Word. People built these spell checkers and said, hey, use this, then create your content with that, put it in your Word doc. Well, ultimately, Microsoft literally found out what other people were doing and just put it into the product as a feature.

25:04
So I knew a lot of these things people were doing were gonna end up being features anyway. It’s just the way it has, that’s the way it goes, Yeah, And now that this functionality is kind of sanctioned by ChatGPT, everyone’s probably just gonna use it to create their own apps, right? I think so. At some level, you know, there’s certain people that just won’t be technical. There’s always an opportunity for do-it-yourself. There’s always like,

25:33
people that will do it themselves, right? Then there’s people that need to have some guidance that will do it in a group, you can do it with them, or you can actually have a service to do it for them. I think there will still be a tier of do it for you. That’s my business. Can we talk a little bit more about the training process? So it asks you questions and you respond. How do you add your knowledge to it?

26:02
that is not prompted by the bot? Yes, that is a good question and something, excuse me, new that’s just came up. They’ve got a knowledge section, right? So these are conversations you can, or conversation things that you can put into ChatGPT. You can upload, you know, images, PDFs, CSV files, and docs. And I think a couple of other things, right? So you can upload those.

26:31
and they become part of the knowledge base that the GPT will reference when it needs to respond to customer inquiries. So when I say that I put my prompts in there that I used to use individually, I took them, put them in a PDF doc and uploaded it and it goes and references that when it makes the responses. these are not, know, the responses you get are not,

27:01
just the standard knowledge-based responses. They’re very, very tailored based on the prompts that I’ve put into it. And that’s how I put them in there, was with that. Now, having said that, there’s also the ability to have actions, right? So you can use API actions. So I could have Zapier APIs put into one of my GPTs where it will

27:30
let’s say I wanted it to go reference a Google Doc or a Google Sheet to find out like what is my latest inventory and it’s all in this sheet. Go check that sheet. It could go pull that from that sheet, make the updates and it could then go back and update the record through a Zapier kind of Zap. Lots of possibilities here. So your APIs

27:58
now can actually be part of a GPT. Haven’t gone that deep into rabbit hole yet, but it’s only a week. So I’m guarantee you it’s going to have a whole lot of functionality, you know, as I start learning more and more. And here’s the cool part, right? I mean, do you know about how to use API’s? Of course. I’m a former electrical engineer. Okay, great. Great. All right. So I have no idea how to use.

28:28
All right, I do. I know the concept, but I’m not a coder. Now, I can literally have it go out with the URL to the APIs, go read through the API, and then code what I want the API call to be. That’s just, dude, and I did that by telling it to do it, not doing it myself.

28:53
Yeah, I’ve been using it for coding a lot, because I don’t know the syntax a lot, because I don’t do it every day. It’s not my main thing anymore. But it works remarkably well. I mean, it does put some bugs in there and you have to understand kind of like how to read the code in case something goes wrong. But it’s pretty good. It’s pretty good, right? Yeah. And it’s only a year old. What’s it going to be, you know, in 2025? So we were talking about this before we hit record, but

29:20
I was going to create SteveBot a while ago. And I was always worried that I’m passing all this information to a large company who’s just taking that information and incorporating into the bot. Do you foresee the ability to be able to do this on your own that’s not owned by one of the large conglomerates like Google, Bing, or Amazon? Absolutely. Matter of fact, so you got to think about this, right? There are people out here right now because you know,

29:49
these language models are LLMs and the first L is large, right? And so there’s research all over the place on how to compress the learning experience for these LLMs. And it’s very similar to the fact that we can, I remember my first MP3 player, right, was

30:18
It was a brick. It a big old brick and it held a thousand songs. Was it the Rio? Was it the Rio? I learned that. Yeah, yeah, yeah. It had a thousand songs on it. Yeah. Right. Today, you can get like, you know, five thousand albums on your phone. I mean, give me a break. Right. So the deal is, is that, you know, memory compression is going on at the same

30:48
speed and at the same rate as a lot of this stuff we’re looking at in terms of functionality is LLM. I will project to you that by this time next year, you will have a chat GPT 3.5 version that will run on your phone in its own environment. Right? Where it doesn’t need to go out anywhere. Matter of fact, there’s already stuff inside of these developer communities.

31:17
that are, I was just watching a video on it yesterday, don’t remember what it’s called, but there’s already one that’ll run on your laptop that has all the functionality of a chat GPT 3.5. So it’s totally inside of your own environment. So if that’s something, I think that’s gonna take off like crazy, right? So we’re not gonna run around trying to get to, I’m getting, hey, you’ve reached your limit over here.

31:47
to write this, that, and the other, I’m going to have it all inside of my own environment soon. So yeah, it’s coming. So we talked about ChatGPT. Are there any other programs that you’re actively using, or is ChatGPT the main one? You know what? Honestly, that’s the only one that I’m actually using. And it comes from the fact that I recognize all these other ones are pretty much using that as the back end anyway.

32:16
So the more I learn about it, the better I feel about myself. But I’m really actually waiting for the next iteration of what Google’s going to do. Honestly, between Google and Microsoft, mean, those are the two. And like we were talking, it’s like, yo, either Google, Microsoft, or Amazon is going to be probably the big three that are playing in this game. I’m probably putting my chips behind Google.

32:46
just because of all the data that they have and own way more than anybody else. So if you’re talking about training, they’ve got more data to train on. But I don’t know. We’ll see where that’s going. used Bard or do you use Bard at all? You know what? I have, yes. I’m on the version where you can use Bard with your apps, but you can’t use it with the paid apps.

33:13
So it’s like my JohnLawson.com is a paid URL. I can’t use it there. I can only use it right now in beta on one of the free IDs that I have. So the things that it’s able to do in terms of updating and filling out spreadsheets, being able to do chat type, chat GPT type functions in the doc.

33:42
and having it come back in the doc is pretty exciting. So I can update the doc right there as opposed to, know, chat to PT copy paste, make adjustments there, you know. So yes, I like it. But the content yet it’s not it’s like still for me at GPT three level, not even three point five. So I know what’s happening. You know, you they’re in the background watching loading up.

34:12
and then they’re going to release. So probably at the beginning of next year, Google will come out with their answer to GPT’s Developer Day. And we’ll see where we are after that. How do you think AI is going to affect search? Because Google released the Google search. I can’t remember what the acronym was, but it had an AI response at the very top. How do think it’s going to affect search and all the affiliate sites and all the SEOs out there?

34:42
You know, to be honest, I think they’re in trouble, you know, but I think they were already kind of in trouble. If you think about it, and me and a friend of mine were having a discussion about this, is that the world pre-TikTok and after TikTok, TikTok has changed user experience so that people are not doing the things that they used to do, you know, they don’t necessarily sign up.

35:11
and follow things. They don’t follow things, they discover things. So I think that nature in and of itself was going to be a big impact on SEO. And I think Google’s not stupid, they understand that. When we started this conversation, one of your first questions was about me and content. And I was saying, in the SEO of the content, I said that the content, it’s really about the

35:41
consumers engagement with my content. That is the most important. I don’t care how it ranks. don’t care if they read it and they take action on it. That is the KPI that I’m looking at these days. So I want to usurp the, let’s stuff this with keywords so we can get to the top. Cause you’re not going to be able to get to the top. The top’s going to be basically, you know, curated from an AI and it’s going to serve it to you.

36:10
as a discovery as opposed to a search. So I think there is some deep impact that’s going to be had. you figure like this, it’s a whack-a-mole kind of world for SEO anyway. It’s like every once in a while something pops up and it was a way for somebody to cheat to get at the top and Google responds by smacking down.

36:40
the mole and you know, AI has made the moles pop up even faster. And I think, you know, their response is going to be like, you know what, forget it, we’re going to take up the whole first page. And then everything else will be after that. And it’s close. Unfortunately, that’ll kill their business model though, right? They have to figure out something else. Yeah, but they know that. You know what I’m saying? I’m sure. Hey, they built this thing really.

37:10
You know, they were one of the leaders. So I’m not really sure how advertising. So the real question is how will advertising change? Yeah. You know, it’s not just SEO, but advertising itself is going to change. And I’m sure you’ve you’ve done this. I mean, you’ve had a podcast for years. Right. And I mean, you advertise. Do you take advertising? I did. Yeah, you did. Right. So like.

37:37
in-stream advertising is way more valuable. When Steve holds it up and says, hey, this is what I used to drink, that’s a lot of value. But you just got to have an audience. So I think we’re moving to the influencer as opposed to the SEO results. Yeah, I would agree with that. What about e-commerce? Where do you foresee people shopping?

38:05
going forward, like looking fast forward maybe like five years, what platform? If I said, I don’t know, would that be okay? Oh yeah, no one knows. Okay, so I don’t know. What’s your best guess? My best guess? Yeah. Honestly, think my, you know, I’ve been saying a long time, you know, that something will replace Amazon. I mean, that’s just inevitable. Yahoo got replaced by Google.

38:32
You know Amazon replaced eBay something will replace Amazon. Will it be in the next five years? pretty possibly In terms of you know overarching You know Amazon right now is the big gorilla in the room I see What tick-tock is doing to be kind of interesting? Yeah, I’d like to see what YouTube Actually lands at because they keep testing all of these different things

39:02
but they don’t seem to ever nail it, which to me has always been a problem with Google. They’ve always had the ability to really make shopping, you know, the thing, but they always would kind of sit back and like, but we had SEO and I think they felt like shopping was competing too much with their main core business that they didn’t spend enough time. But I think now they need to make that shift. So wherever influencers

39:32
have the most ability to do that kind of marketing for brands, I think is going to be the most important place. So would you say that if you were to start an e-commerce business today, that content is going to be king? I’ve always said content is king. OK. I don’t know. is that? See that thing? There it is. I wrote that book, Thick-Ass Social Commerce for Epreneurs.

40:01
Social commerce, right? This is what we’re talking about. Today, I wrote that in 2014. And in that book, I said content is king, but context is queen. Right? Can you define that? Yeah. So content is great. Telling me about your new car. Here we’ve got a new electronic car. I’m really digging the Lexus and their new car, right? So it’s the RX, the first RX, right?

40:31
That’s great, right? But if I get that commercial after I just bought the old RX, it has no relevancy. There’s no context for me there, right? But if from whatever they might know about me inside of these engines, it’s search engine, whatever, if they know I’m looking for a car, when they show me that ad, that context,

41:01
because I’m actually looking, deciding, and just really figuring out where I’m gonna buy that vehicle, it has a whole lot more meaning for me. So the more we can nail that context, the content gets way more valuable, right? So we’re moving from throwing spaghetti at the wall to, I don’t know, serving up Italians, I don’t know, a good way.

41:28
Saying that I mean this is when you wrote that book Facebook ads were just killing it, Absolutely busters before Apple kind of made it difficult for them. Yeah Absolutely, right and to be honest, it was even before that You know, that’s because that was when those ads were killing it but a lot of people didn’t even know that the Opportunity was there and how to use it or that it was going to actually

41:57
be a thing, right? So if you look at that book, I’m talking about, oh, this new platform that’s about to take off, which is Instagram. So where are we at with Instagram now? I mean, come on. It’s launched so many brands and hundreds of millions of dollars worth of sales. And now it’s the dinosaur. But there’s principles.

42:26
That’s the key. Let me close with this question. Sure. Let’s say you have a product and we’ll just call it shoelaces just for kicks because because that’s what you sell shoelaces just for kicks. Yeah, I didn’t even mean to do that. I’m taking that. What platforms would you be using to create content on in order of priority for you? OK, first, I come from this real thought of one platform. OK, only one platform. I don’t want to be everywhere.

42:56
If you manage to exhaust one platform, fantastic. Start other places. Multiplication by zero is still zero. Nobody watching your stuff on Facebook. Go somewhere else. If I were starting over, I would probably start with TikTok. Okay. Right? And I’m actually opening up a shop right now. More than anything, my coaching consulting thing. I want to know what the opportunity is.

43:26
and how to take advantage of it. But I think that is an emerging platform. And sometimes you gotta be where the puck is about to go. And I think the puck is about to go somewhere in that realm. Will it be TikTok? I don’t know. The government could cut that out in a heartbeat, you know. But guess what happened? They just had dinner with China. Very important for those of us that are building TikTok businesses. They’re getting that

43:56
that harmony back or at least enough harmony to be able to exist in these kind of digital spaces. It’s very important. So I think those kinds of things are a TikTok type platform and with shops are going to be where this stuff is going for sure. So John, where can people listening to this episode find you? Definitely. I’m gonna make it easy. Colder ice. Just look up.

44:26
Colder Ice. Search for Colder Ice. C-O-L-D-E-R-I-C-E. And you’ll find me on every platform. I am Colder Ice everywhere. Of course, my name, John Lawson, but it’s very common. But Colder Ice is where to find me. And if you want to beta test that eCom AI Boss thing, check out eComAIBoss.com and you get straight to the preview of my product that I have a GPT around.

44:56
Cool. Well, John, hey, thanks a lot for coming on the show and talking AI. Awesome. Thanks so much, bro.

45:05
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, if you’ve been on the sidelines with AI thus far, then get off your butt. Otherwise, you will quickly get surpassed by your competition. More information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 518. And once again, tickets to Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com.

45:35
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’s sending the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

517: Breaking Updates With Google, AI, Amazon And More With Toni Herrbach

517: The Latest News With Google, Ai, Amazon And More With Toni Herrbach

I currently run two podcasts My Wife Quit Her Job, and Profitable Audience with my partner, Toni.

Recently, Toni and I decided to pool our resources together and merge Profitable Audience into My Wife Quit Her Job. So from now on, this podcast will have a new segment to the show called Profitable Audience, where Toni and I will riff about content creation and making money online, just the two of us.

In this episode, Toni and I discuss the latest news in the online business space for 2024.

What You’ll Learn

  • Recent changes with Google and AI
  • NYT sues OpenAI for copyright infringement
  • Breaking news with Amazon

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now you all know that I currently run two podcasts, this one which is called My Wife Quitter Job and my other podcast called Profitable Audience with my partner Tony. Well recently, Tony and I decided to pool our resources together and merge profitable audience into My Wife Quitter Job. So from now on,

00:26
This podcast will have a new segment to the show called Profitable Audience, where Tony and I will riff about content creation and making money online, just the two of us. But these episodes will be in addition to the regular interviews that I normally conduct on the show. But before we begin with this first episode, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online.

00:55
And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales in around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast.

01:24
and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th May 16th, and tickets actually go up in price this Thursday. And from here on out, they’re gonna go up in price every two weeks. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at

02:18
Now onto the show.

02:27
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast and a new segment to the show called Profitable Audience, where my business partner, Tony and I discuss all things related to content creation and building an audience. And in this episode, Tony and I are going to discuss the latest news in the online business space for 2024 because a lot has changed. So we haven’t told each other what we’re what our topics are. Yeah. So this could be a crapshoot here. I don’t think so. I don’t think so. I don’t think we subscribe to the same publications.

02:57
We probably don’t. You’re probably going to be talking about, I don’t know, lifestyle stuff, and I’ll probably be talking about tech is my guess. Wow. Wow. If that’s not an Oscar snub. I don’t know. Is that true? I don’t know. I’ve got some tech stuff. Okay. All right. So you want me to start or you want to start? I’ll go first because this is an interesting one. And we actually just released a podcast on Tmoo a couple of weeks ago when you’re listening to this. And I just read an article yesterday that said Tmoo’s ad spend jumped

03:26
1000 % in the last like six to nine months, which is not surprising considering, you know, the episode that we did where we talked about how they’re just like blasting basically right now everything. But what I did think was interesting about that information is that 76 % of that ad spend is on social media. I believe it. Do you know, is it Instagram or TikTok or? They didn’t say.

03:54
But they basically said, you know, their big non-social spend is going to they’re going to do another Super Bowl commercial this year. They did one last year, which I don’t remember. I don’t know if you saw the Super Bowl commercial for them last year or not. I actually don’t even remember who played in the Super Bowl last year. Because I only watch for the ads. Didn’t the Chiefs beat the Eagles? Oh, the Kelsey brothers played each other. Yes, I should remember that. So anyway, so they’re going to do another Super Bowl commercial this year.

04:19
But then the majority of their ad spend will be on social media. The other interesting thing that they said is when Tmoo advertises, they don’t focus on a particular product. Like they’ll do a carousel ad with like a headband in one frame and a drawer organizer in the other. So there’s like, it’s almost like absolute chaos, right? I see their ads in everything, everywhere I go actually. So.

04:46
I don’t see their ads a ton. What’s funny, I don’t see them on social media. Where I see them is like in a sidebar on like a news site. That’s where I tend to see like maybe it’s retargeting because I have been to the website a couple of times. I see them on TikTok. I see them on Instagram. I see them on YouTube. Like some crazy Chinese lady with a bad accent comes and talks. I guess that works. OK, total side note. But have you seen the crazy Chinese lady on social media?

05:14
who does product reviews where she literally like holds the product up, throws it down and slides it. And then the next product appears. No. So she’s got millions of… I didn’t see her on TikTok. I heard about her from a site. Basically this girl has gone completely viral and she doesn’t even talk about the product. She literally will like take a purse. She’ll hold it up like aggressively, slam it down and throw it to the side and grab the next product. And in each video she does like eight or nine items.

05:44
Um, which just goes to promote them or I mean, I don’t know, but I guess it just goes to show you that having a shtick, like doing your own thing, like, cause like everyone’s like, Oh, everyone does product reviews. Everyone talks about stuff on Tik TOK or Instagram reels. Well, not everybody’s doing this, like this aggressive, you know, and she’s like this tiny little Asian lady. She’s like hurling products to the side. Right. So anyway, just goes to show you that if you have a unique take on something, you can still be successful.

06:13
So Tmoo is losing like $30 in order. Yeah. According to this article on the Wired, this is an older article. It’s like May of 2023. But yeah, they’re just trying to take over the market. I actually have a couple of YouTube videos coming out on Tmoo. You know what’s really funny is Tmoo has been reaching out to me a long time to create a video for them. And so finally I was like, all right, let’s see how much they’re willing to pay. And so I say, okay, I’ll do it for $10,000.

06:43
And then they said, well, our budget is not that high. Can we give you a whole bunch of Tmoo products? Can we give you 872 Tmoo products, which equals a thousand dollars? Yeah. So, but what’s funny is I am coming out with a Tmoo video, but it’s probably not going to be what they’re expecting. Well, they’ve already emailed you once.

07:10
But no, what I’m saying is they’re not gonna, they wouldn’t be willing to pay for this type of video that I’m putting out. Right? Just because the content is going to be unbiased and. Yeah. So the one thing I was thinking, I was thinking to myself, so Timo is spending a lot of money on ads. Seventy per six, seventy six percent of that is going to social media. Should we look at that and go, OK, should we be moving our ad spend to like social media? Right. Tick tock shop or tick tock ads, Instagram ads.

07:38
And then I thought, I don’t know if I would follow what Tmoo is doing because right now they’re in a bleeding money phase, right? Like they’re in a throw money at everything. So if you’re listening to this and thinking like, oh, well, Tmoo is doing it. Maybe I should try it. I wouldn’t take that advice. I wouldn’t do anything that Tmoo is doing unless you have just a gigantic budget. Yeah. And they’re just going to drive the ad costs up. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Actually, you know, what’s funny is like Tmoo is literally advertising for every single product under the sun. Yes. For all of my search terms.

08:08
On Google, I see Tmoo now. So they’re just like blanketing every single demographic, I think, every vertical. Yeah, I would agree with that. But we’ll see. We’ll see what happens. It’ll be interesting to see in like two or three years what happens. I don’t know if I released a podcast episode on this yet, but people are getting a little pissed that China essentially or Tmoo doesn’t have to pay any taxes, import taxes or sales taxes, because everything’s coming directly from China and it all falls under

08:36
less than 800 bucks, which means they don’t have to pay taxes. Right. And people are getting pissed, right? Because it’s basically destroying a lot of these commodity type businesses. Yeah, for sure. think I yeah. Okay, so my piece of news is about a week old, think, at this point, but New York Times is suing OpenAI for copyright. Okay. Because they claim that OpenAI has used New York Times articles to train it. And they’re suing for

09:06
billions of dollars in damages. This is interesting to me because depending on how this case goes, it could really affect content creation. For example, if OpenAI, I’m sure they’ve crawled my site because I can say, hey, write this in the style of Steve Chu and they know who I am. So clearly they’ve crawled my website, right? If they lose, if OpenAI loses, that might mean that you can charge

09:34
to get your content crawled by AI and maybe potentially get compensated for it. But if they lose, then I guess nothing happens. But I’m pretty sure this case is probably going to go on for a very long time. I can see this case going to the Supreme Court. And there’s still that case of, I think it was earlier last year, middle of last year, artists were suing Mid Journey and other AI image creation tools because they’re stealing the same

10:03
style or likeness of art. I think that one’s a little harder to prove. I don’t I think this is going to get really, I don’t know what the word, I want to say the word swampy because that’s what it reminds me of. Like I feel like it’s just going to get really gross with like people coming after AI for, for content. Because if you think about like, think about books, right? People write a work of fiction or nonfiction, right? Like, you know,

10:33
You wrote a book. It took a long time. was a lot of work. You know, you’d probably be pretty ticked if your book came out like the AI version of your book, right? Like if because that’s AI just can copy other people’s things, basically. Right. It’s verbatim, right? I not verbatim. But it’s like the ideas and everything else is like this. The spin that you put on something can be copied. Right. It always has been someone just had to. It was a lot more work before. Right.

11:02
Yeah, I’m just thinking like, is anything really original these days? Right. Because then that brings up like the whole I’m probably going to botch this, but like wasn’t 50 Shades of Grey like fan fiction from Twilight or something like a lot of like big series and books came from fan fiction from other books. Right. So it’s like this is this has already been happening for years and years and years. It’s just like how much of your own uniqueness are you going to put on something?

11:32
to then make it yours. I think the problem with AI is there’s a lot of people out there that get information from AI and don’t put any spin on it, right? It’s basically like copying word for word at that point. You lost me at Twilight. Sorry. So I think I could be getting the series wrong, but I think Fifty Shades of Grey was a fan fiction book about Twilight where it’s like.

11:59
Fan fiction is basically where they change the characters and the scenery, but the entire plot and everything is the same. it could be the wrong book, but basically some of these really huge blockbuster books that have been made into movies and made all this money started out as fan fiction from a book that was written before. And all they did was change the main characters. So it’s not vampires, it’s something else kind of thing. So it’s not much different today.

12:28
except for you did change the characters, you did change the scenery. Now the thing is set in outer space versus this or whatever. So that’s where I think it’s going to get really ugly because we’ve already been doing this, but it felt like a little more creative. Now it feels zero creative, right? It’s just like, let me plug this in and then spit out this information and then just use it. You know, it’s funny is Jane, my wife, Jen’s been complaining that all the books she’s been getting from Amazon now.

12:58
Yeah, crap. She uses Kindle Unlimited a lot and she’ll you know, she’ll try new authors, but she suspects that AI is generating some of these stories and which is 100 % totally crap now. Yeah. Huge problem. So yeah, so I just feel like it’s going to get worse and worse, right? Because the problem is now people are just using it as a shortcut and not actually putting their own spin on anything. So along those same lines, since we’re talking about AI, you know, Chinese sellers on Amazon are using AI to create

13:27
Amazon listings. Right. And there’s products on Amazon now that say that are titled, I cannot fulfill this request. It goes against open AI use policy. So literally they’re writing these scripts to list all these products on mass and they’re not even checking. Wow. The title. Right. See, that’s where the problem that’s where the problem comes in. It’s like it’s not even you’re not using AI as like a jumping board, you know, diving board off into something of your own. It’s just like literally

13:56
Copy and pasting. I mean, this is all done by a script, I’m sure, or a program that’s just mass listing millions of products. But I mean, is Amazon not even checking for this stuff? How can you have a title that says, I cannot fulfill this request? goes against OpenA. So I feel like Amazon should have just an AI tool that immediately puts down listings that have that in the title. There’s keywords in the title that immediately flag a listing. Yeah.

14:25
I mean, this is a huge problem. Well, speaking of another thing about AI, it’s interesting. don’t know if you saw this, but LinkedIn just announced that they were discontinuing their lookalike audiences. Oh, OK. OK, totally a clickbait headline, right? Because I mean, I don’t run ads, but I know you’ve run ads and my friend Andrew runs ads. I’m in the space. understand. Lookalike audience are really valuable.

14:51
Right, like because it allows you to target people that are very similar to your current customers, right? They have the same, you know, profile qualities. So I saw this title on like six different places this week, right? And so, and I was like, well, I don’t really care about LinkedIn, so I’m not gonna read it. But then when we were like, hey, let’s talk about news, I’m like, well, this might be interesting, right? Like why is LinkedIn doing this? You know, our friend Chase is like crazy growing LinkedIn, talking about how you should be using it, all this stuff. So I was like,

15:20
Well, it sounds like LinkedIn is kind of growing. So why would they do something that makes no sense? Well, they’re discontinuing it because they’re doing predictive audiences, right? So now it’s all AI, like predict, they’re going to use AI to predict the audience as opposed to look like, which will probably in the end be more effective once they get enough data about people, although they probably have tons of data about people already if they’re LinkedIn users.

15:47
But that was in none of the headlines. It wasn’t like they’re getting rid of lookalike audiences to go with predictive audiences. It was like, they’re getting rid of lookalike audiences. I like, that’s I don’t actually understand the distinction because lookalikes is predictive. You’re finding a group of people that are similar. So I would think of it as like, so let’s just talk about a lookalike audience on Facebook. So you upload your group of customers.

16:15
they’re all 35 to 40, right? So Facebook is gonna pull people who are 35 to 40. They all are in toddler Facebook groups. So they’re all in, like, pull people with toddler Facebook. Like, they pull, so I feel like with AI, it’s just predicting people that are most likely to have that behavior of taking the next step. So it’s pretty similar, right? But it’s not, to me, it’s like they’re just kind of changing the verbiage a little bit.

16:42
So anyway, but I thought that was an interesting, very click baity news title because it’s like, well, they’re not really, and you can actually still use lookalike audiences on LinkedIn. They’re just not going to update that group. So it’s basically like whatever bucket of people you had when it sunsets, like February, whatever is going to be like, you could still use that bucket of people in May. It’s just not going to dynamically change. So they’re not going to add new people, you know, drop people off based on behaviors.

17:13
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that Tony and I offer over at Profitable Audience that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in learning how to make money with content, whether it be through blogging, podcasting, or YouTube, we put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started blogging that you should all check out. It contains both video and text-based tutorials that go over the entire process, including a full tutorial on how to set up your first content website. This course is 100 % free.

17:40
and you can sign up over at profitableaudience.com slash free. Once again, that’s profitableaudience.com slash free. Now back to the show.

17:51
So since we’re talking about advertising, Google just as of January 4th, eliminated third party cookies from the browser. I saw something about this. Yeah. So for anyone who’s listening who has no idea what that means, let me just give you a brief overview of just cookies. Like cookies are these little files that get placed on your browser to identify who is browsing. It’s literally like this little code. And that code is like an ID that you

18:19
can be used to look up like this huge database of all your information. A first party cookie is a cookie that is placed when you visit someone’s website and it’s placed by the website owner. But third party cookies are like, know when you see ads on like a blog, let’s say you’re on someone’s blog, that means another company, not the blog owner, but another company can actually insert cookies on your browser as well. Google’s eliminating the ability for

18:49
other companies, not the owner of the website, to put these cookies on your browser. Basically what this means and the implications of this really is that it’s going to hurt advertising. It’s amazing. If you were to ever look at the amount of cookies that are interested in your browser, you would probably be shocked. So prior to this change, you go on a website that has Google AdSense on it, for example. You’ll get like

19:15
cookies placed on from practically every single advertiser, whole bunch of different platforms outside of your own cookies. And that means like all these companies are tracking your usage across the web, assuming you don’t have cookies blocked. And what’s ironic about this is Google is the one eliminating third party cookies. And I think it’s smart on their part because they have a lot more information about the user outside of these cookies. So essentially, I think Google is strengthening their monopoly in the online advertising space.

19:45
I mean, they didn’t have to go through anything to do that. They can just make that decision. mean, they control Chrome, which is the most popular browser, right? Right. And traditionally, let’s say you were a different ad network that wasn’t owned by Google. You would rely on these third party cookies to do the tracking. Google is not allowing cookies, third party cookies anymore, but they own the browser. Right. So they’re cooking you all the time.

20:11
Well, they’re not using cookies probably. They’re just tracking directly through their platform. And they have Android also. Every website you go to, everything that you click, they already know. Right. So the way they pitched it though was like, yeah, we’re not going to let other people collect your data anymore. Just us. Yeah, exactly. Just us. So then we’ll sell it to these other people for some premium. mean, Apple’s been doing that for a long time, right? So Google’s just.

20:39
taken a page out of Apple’s book, yet they still have all the information. Yeah, that’s a real bummer. We should have saved that till the end. Oh, it’s kind of that’s a kind of a deflating news story. Well, you were talking about advertising, so I know that. Yeah, I have more advertising stuff, actually. But so I’m curious because I actually don’t know this. Can you see where your cookies are? Yeah. Well, you can’t see the information. It’s really just an identifier.

21:06
But yes. Can you tell who’s cookied you somewhere in your… Yeah, you can. Yeah, you can to a certain extent. All you got to do is right click a web page and then click on Inspect, which is the debugger for Chrome. And then you can just look at your cookies and what’s stored for that. So they’re all in there? Yeah. For example, if you were to go to Bumblebee Linen’s, I don’t know if… actually haven’t checked recently if this has been reduced, but there’s probably like… I don’t know.

21:35
50 cookies if you visit because each one of my tools that I have on the site, Postscript, Klaviyo, all that, they’re all putting cookies on. But there’s not like a place where like I’d have, so if I went to Bumblebee Linens, I could see everybody that was cooking me from Bumblebee Linens. But I couldn’t, there’s no way to see like every place in the past week that’s cooked me. In the past week? Yeah, you can’t, I mean, these are just files on your browser and you can see them. You can see how many there are, yeah. Where?

22:04
in the debugger for the browser. But that’s only if like that only shows me what’s on from Bumblebee linens. It doesn’t show me from. Oh, you just mean in general Old Navy, which I was on, you know, three hours earlier. You know what I’m saying? Yeah. Yeah. I’m sure there’s a way to do it. I just have never tried to do that before. I would be afraid. I would be afraid like I because I I don’t mind being so I just feel like we do this for a living. I don’t mind being tracked and everything because I kind of want to see what comes up. Like I like to see

22:33
how my behavior influences what I see. since I don’t do anything, I feel like I don’t do anything interesting on the web. I’m not worried about like, oh, you visited this webpage. But I would be curious to see all the different third party I wouldn’t wanna know. Actually, since we’re talking about advertising, here’s a funny fact. You know how a lot of people are using ad blockers? Mm-hmm. Well, some people are using ad blockers for YouTube so they don’t have to watch the commercials. Mm-hmm. Right? So YouTube,

23:03
I don’t know if this is still the case because there was backlash for it, but YouTube was purposely slowing down their experience loading for people who had ad blockers. I’ve so okay, here’s where I get the hate mail. You can buy YouTube premium and have a premium experience where you don’t get ads, right? So it’s like to me, it’s like, you’re kind of skirting.

23:27
the system like with the ad blocker. So it’s like, you’re not going to have as good of experience. I don’t know, considering there is a premium model with no ads because you’re all this. This is where this is what’s always bothered me about the Internet and what’s bothered me about like, I don’t know, users of the Internet. I remember when I was blogging probably two or three years in and this is back when, you’re putting up a three, four, five posts a week.

23:53
Every post is like heavy content, right? Recipes, DIY projects, how-tos. And I would have people email me complaining that like, they had to have an ad or like, oh, well that’s in a fit. Like people mad about it, right? And I’m like, you would have to go buy a cookbook, you know, for $29 or you would have to go buy a manual to do this or you’d have to buy a cleaning how-to book. Like, especially before the internet was like as crazy as it is today.

24:23
It’s like, you’re complaining to me that you see an ad when I’m giving you all this information for free. Like that’s always bothered me because I’m like, I’m teaching you how to do stuff. Like you teach people how to do all sorts of stuff on my way of quitting job. Who cares if there’s an ad, who cares if there’s a way for you to make money from it? I think I mean, I agree with you, but I always think maybe I’m biased. I’m sure I’m biased because that’s what we do. But like.

24:52
If you need, like if I need something, so for example, we have this puppy, right? She’s good, but she probably, I probably need to get a trainer just to like work with her on some behaviors, cause she’s big. And it’s like, am I willing to pay a trainer to come to my house and train the dog? 100 % I am, right? But if I wanted to do it myself and read articles and go to like Kristin’s site, right? And read more articles on things like, know, pets and training and things of that nature, then.

25:19
that’s fine too, but then I’m saving probably $500 by not hiring a trainer. So I should be okay with an ad, right? It’s like, it’s an either or it’s not, you know, I don’t know. No, I, I, I agree, but just people have been trained, you know, to get free stuff. I know, I know. So it’s annoying, but anyways, they got a lot of backlash, so I’m not sure if this is still happening. I just thought it was really interesting.

25:49
I think they should do that because I just started making YouTube videos and let me tell you, it’s not easy. just made a, I made, I made a video this morning right before recording. My hands are still sticky from this video because I was making a chicken marinade and um, I

26:06
Of course, I’m making a recipe, but I’m doubling it because it’s for my family. And I have everything in a Ziploc bag with this marinade and I go like to zip it up, but I push pressure down on the bag and all the marinade comes out all over me, all over my hands. And it’s like oil and vinegar and all this stuff. And I’m, you know, as I’m filming myself, which of course I’ll keep in. Yeah, perfect. That’s like, did you do it That’s video gold! Yeah.

26:31
But it’s still, I like wash my hands like four times, but I can still feel it. So yeah, listen, if you’re making a video, you deserve to get some ad money. Cause it’s it’s a pain in the heinie. I’ve made like seven videos this week and I was like, wow, I’ll watch every ad happily for these people. That’s really impressive. You filmed seven videos this week. I have no audio issues. Thank God. So yeah. And now I have like six short.

26:58
scripts written, so I’m probably going to film those either today or tomorrow. So, but speaking of like using the internet to find information, I don’t know if you saw this, but TikTok is growing as a search engine with Gen Z. But what’s interesting is once again, the headlines were very misleading, only really in the categories of recipes, workouts and fashion, which is honestly what I think TikTok’s good for.

27:23
Like the recipes on Tik Tok are actually really, I mean, some of them are terrible. I can’t stand when they like put uncooked pasta in a dish, but yeah, Jen, and whereas the boomers like zero desire to search on Tik Tok for anything. So I actually use Tik Tok now to search for problems and solutions. So our heat press actually just broke yesterday and it gave out this weird error code and

27:49
I couldn’t find like all the search results in Google were crap. They were like affiliate sites saying, this is the best thing ever. That was another piece of news by the way. Oh, okay. Yeah. That one’s a big one. could do a whole episode on that one. But anyway, so I went on YouTube next and it was still kind of crappy, but people were just doing reviews and I didn’t want to wait, watch like a 10 minute video just to get a simple answer. Yeah. So I went on Tik TOK and there’s a whole bunch of people complaining about this same error.

28:17
And then different people had different ways to fix it. Some guy had to take apart his heat press. And then I just discovered that our heat press is still under the 30 day return policy at Amazon. So we just returned it. But the point is that TikTok had pretty good information and you don’t have to watch anything long. It gets right to the point. Well, that’s what Jen Z said is they like the digestible size of the content. So actually reading that made me think, OK,

28:43
Cause I was gonna do, so I wasn’t even gonna do recipes on YouTube. And then Andrea was like, you gotta do recipes on YouTube. They’re just such a pain. Like I am not a chef. I don’t need people telling me my knife skills are bad. I know they’re bad. So I was just like, I don’t really wanna do recipes. But then she talked me into it. But now that I just read that and I’m like, actually a lot of people use TikTok for recipes. And most recipes really can be presented to you in three minutes, know, a minute to three minutes. They’re not, my recipes aren’t complicated.

29:12
I’ll probably I’ll probably just see if my guy can cut him down. I don’t want to film him twice If it involves filming him twice, I won’t do it. So we’ll see I should do a last-minute recipes for dudes Like I made a chicken nugget pizza the other day. I was just gonna say is it your chicken nugget quesadilla? We JD’s seafood pasta with the gold

29:34
So what came up in my memories just the other day was when my son made the I always think of you he made the buffalo bites quesadilla So he took the whatever the Frank’s buffalo bite. So they’re the boneless chicken wings He chopped him up and then he used like sour cream Monterey Jack cheese and more hot sauce, of course, because he’s a boy

29:58
and like made a quesadilla with it. And it smelled so good. I came out of my office. Like I remember this when you made it a couple of years ago, but it was on TikTok. It was on a Facebook memory. was like, I remember that, that boneless quesadilla. I was like, if I liked hot, spicy food, that thing would have been awesome. little sour cream to dip it in. You’re good to go. Yeah. Yeah. So I mean, TikTok, you know, I’m going to try it. So we do have someone talking at Seller Summit about TikTok shop.

30:25
I’m going to try to get TikTok shop because I have a contact in the person who runs it. I’m going to see if they want to actually come to the summit, maybe as a sponsor to answer some questions because it’s growing like gangbusters. Yeah. Despite that setback where people were getting banned just for doing stupid stuff, I think that just happens in the life of any platform. Yeah. So this is funny. So I just happened to. So both my kids play volleyball.

30:52
And whenever you play volleyball, you have to travel to these tournaments and you actually get to know the parents pretty well. And so I met a parent who does AI video, literally like stuff that people are using for YouTube automation. And what is surprising, because I asked her about it, because I, oh, maybe I’ll give it a try. Like, I’m not going to do YouTube automation, but her service, which is called Rizal, actually will

31:22
take any script, create B-roll narration titles, and turn it into like a video. That’s pretty good that you’ve scripted. And also like if you, if you say any statistics, it’ll automatically like detect them and flash them up. the service is really good for podcasts also. So if you have two heads, two talking heads, it’ll literally change the picture to the person speaking. Interesting. And also do annotation. So

31:50
That one’s not released yet, but I can’t wait to give it a try. since we’re friends now by nature of this, she’s taking a couple of my podcasts and we’ll just see how goes. But it could save a tremendous amount of time in just editing. remember how I talked about Opus in Office Hours, a couple of that. Opus is a tool that basically generates AI clips out of your own existing YouTube videos. Her tool takes it one step further and, you know,

32:20
literally just whatever you type in and finds B-roll for you. And they have access to the largest library of B-roll. Anyway. that wasn’t like the whole piece of the news. Like it turns out that large news outlets are doing this too. Meaning they’re just having AI generate the content. Not a human and just posting it. And you would think that large media outlets would want

32:49
you know, they’re writers to write the content for these things. Yeah. But I think just right now it’s like the wild, wild west. Like anything that you throw up, you know, in quantity, eventually something’s going to hit. We’ll see. I know. I just found that surprising because I know that I would never put out pure AI content. I know. Unless it was just an experiment where I just generated like a thousand pieces of content and just posted them. Right.

33:17
But all these big news outlets, I’m not going to name any names on here because, know, she kind of told me in confidence, but big names that you’ve heard of are doing this. Meanwhile, the New York Times is suing. Yeah. Meanwhile, yeah, exactly. I was actually looking at my YouTube feed. It’s just the other day, probably a third of it was AI generated content on YouTube. And I think it’s because I watch

33:47
Actually, you have my YouTube account. watch a lot of sports sometimes, so sorry for messing up your algorithm. I watch a lot of sports stuff. And all these sports news things are now AI generated. I have noticed that about the sports stuff. And not only that, it’s false. I don’t want to bore anyone, but one of these videos I watched claimed that the Warriors did a trade when in fact they didn’t.

34:17
But it got me to click on the video. It got so that’s I think the problem is there’s a lot of stuff that’s not true. And now it’s harder to find what’s true and what’s not true. Yeah, it got me to watch the ad because you have to watch one before you get the video. And then even though I clicked away, they still got paid for that ad, right? Yeah. That was a depressing one, huh? So I have an interesting one. OK, all right. So the FTC just ruled that TurboTax

34:47
can’t advertise as a free service. Okay. So TurboTax is one of the shadiest. I’m not recommending TurboTax, but I, there’s an interesting point to this, but go on talking about TurboTax. You know, they make a lot of the, a lot of their money from TurboTax every year. used to work there. Oh, I didn’t know that. Yeah. She used to work it into it.

35:14
Okay. Oh yes, I did. I forgot that they own Termitaks. It was there before they actually started doing all the shady stuff. But they have a free version, but they hid the URL. They hid the URL so that you couldn’t find it. And the only thing you could find was the paid version. Well, apparently about 70 % of the people don’t even qualify to use the free version, which is why the FTC

35:43
has told them they can’t advertise as something that they have a free version because the majority of people can’t use the free version anyway. And so basically it’s a lie, right? Like it’s not free because you don’t, it’s not free for you. might be free for, it’s probably free for like every 19 year old that works an hourly job, right? And that’s it. It doesn’t live in a state that you have to pay state income tax. What I think is interesting about this is that,

36:11
I wonder if this will eventually trickle down to, and it probably won’t, right? Because these people are small. mean, TurboTax is huge, right? Like it’s a huge company. They run a million ads from January to April. But there’s so many marketers out there that advertise that you can come to something for free, but it’s like barely free, right? It’s like what you get for free is garbage. And then, you know, it’s an immediate pay. And I wonder if that will eventually trickle down into things like that.

36:41
I mean, I think we advertise a webinar. We don’t advertise. We promote. So we don’t even actually run ads. But we have a free webinar. But I believe that our free webinar, you could easily get started and start doing things and never sign up for our paid course and have success. And we know people who go to all the webinars and do things on their own. It’s very possible. Now, if you want in-depth handholding,

37:09
cheerleaders plus like every question you’ve ever wanted answered under the sun, you sign up for the paid version, right? Which is true for most things. But I wonder if this will ever trickle down on a lot of these, what I think are pretty sleazy marketers who advertise things as being free, but they’re truly not free. Yeah. Yeah. Turbo tax, man. You know what I don’t get about this country? And I’m sure there’s some shady deals in there somewhere, but the government wants people to pay taxes, right? They want them to do it right.

37:39
so they can get paid. So why doesn’t the government just put out a free tool? It can’t be that difficult. mean, I technically they do. put out the forms, but you have to have a PhD in accounting to do the forms. But it’s a paper form, right? Yeah. Oh, I totally agree with you. they should. Well, they should just simplify everything, right? Like it’s so complicated that it’s like you clearly don’t want your money. I’m pretty sure it’d be pretty easy to put together some software.

38:08
That’s like 75 % of what TurboTax does. Oh, 100%. And just give it away for free and it’ll probably encourage more people to file correctly or even file, right? Yeah. I don’t know. There’s just things, some things that are just, I just don’t get. So Intuit must have some deal with the government, some crazy deal where maybe the government’s getting paid. Well, now they can’t advertise it as a free service anymore. So, which has been their, that’s been their

38:37
of their marketing strategy for as long as I remember them being online, like advertising online. If you guys are listening to this, go ahead and Google TurboTax. This scandal has been going on for years. Yeah, they’ve been doing all sorts of shady stuff. It drives me nuts. Okay, my last piece of news is kind of depressing too. All of your news has been depressing. I’m trying to think if I have anything positive.

39:06
Well, okay. So Google Podcast is going away. Okay. I know that doesn’t affect I don’t know what Google Podcast is. It’s a podcast app to listen to podcasts. Oh, okay. Is it for Android users? It’s the one that I use, which is why so the three people that are using it are going to have to find another way. You can’t listen on Spotify? What do you use? use the Apple’s app. Okay. Yeah. Okay. I don’t like Spotify. Have you ever used Spotify?

39:37
Not to listen to podcasts, I use it all the time to listen to music. Okay, do you have a paid version or do you have a free version? yeah. Oh, you have a paid, okay. So I’m using the free version. Yeah. And it just constantly has bugs or stops, ads and whatnot. So it’s not really like a pure podcast experience. That makes sense. So yeah, I’ve had the paid Spotify app for a long time, mainly because

39:59
The main reason why I got Spotify was to have music to listen to while running or at the gym. And there’s nothing like an ad for like hemorrhoid cream that will slow your rundown. Right? Like it’s just, didn’t want, I was like, I just need to be able to listen to my playlist and be able to download it and not even think about it. And so it’s worth it. And I have like the whole family accounts. My kids have, you know, they can listen to stuff and all that jazz. So. those are the ads you’re getting. I’m getting hair loss ads and erectile dysfunction now.

40:27
Everyone gets the erectile dysfunction. They’re all over the TV. They’re everywhere. Like, do we just watch shows made for 50 year old men? that the deal? Okay. Let’s this on a positive note. Give me a positive piece of news. Oh, you need a positive note? Okay. This is kind of positive. had two. Actually, I’m to do one that’s not positive. It’s just information, but people need to know this. So by the time this podcast airs,

40:54
The new DMARC regulations will go into effect about having the unsubscribe on your email. So if you’re not in compliance with that, you need to do it like immediately because we’re already gonna be past the deadline when you hear this. But an interesting thing that I read this morning actually was for your spam rates, you want to keep it below 0.1%. So that’s your goal for spam and never, never, never get above 0.3%.

41:23
So if you’re looking for like a benchmark for your email list and what you’re sending, that’s where it needs to sit. Now, most people sit there just fine if you’re sending out good content newsletter type stuff. But if you haven’t ever checked that, this is the time to do it and then make sure that you are really culling your list before, well, now when you hear this, it’ll be done. Make sure you get those people that are non-engaged off your list. Yeah.

41:51
I mean, we didn’t do a good job of explaining all this stuff. I mean, we explained in the class, but Google and Yahoo are basically cracking down on email spam. and Tony mentioned DKIM, SPF, and DMARC. These are just technical terms for ways to authenticate the email to make sure that you were the one sending it. In the past, you didn’t have to implement these things, but today you do.

42:19
And this goes into effect, I believe February 1st. Yeah. So this will be out after that date. Yeah, this will be out after that date. in the event that you do any email marketing, you have to get that set up. And practically every email marketing company that I know has been just sending out mass emails. Yeah, you know about this for sure. But what I haven’t seen, because everyone’s talking about the spam, but no one’s given like a hard number. Like this is where you need to keep it. And then Drew Sinaki came out with something a couple of weeks ago.

42:48
about it, of course, him saying, but this is why you should use direct mail. And then I read something today on a reputable site. can’t remember which one I was reading, but so yeah, just make sure you’re in compliance with that. It’s always been 0.1%. You know, what’s funny is a long time ago, I used to send out emails in different chunks. I’d send it out to my most engaged and then all the way down to the least engaged. Yeah.

43:18
That’s the wrong way to do it. I just set it all in aggregate now because then like they look at the spam rates percentage wise, Percent. And by amassing everything together, the spam rate is always going to be lower. Yes. I do have good news to end on. OK, I forgot. And then I remembered again, I didn’t have it in my browser, so I don’t forget someone we know just started a newsletter and you must subscribe.

43:48
Do know who? Who just started and used it? One of our friends? good, good friends. You’re not talking about Chanel, are you? No, our friend Dana Jean-Zemes just started a newsletter. all right. It is called Gap Pond, and you can subscribe. She has no idea that I’m saying this. She’ll probably kill me. You can go subscribe to it at gappond.substack.com. Oh, she started a sub stack. Excellent. Yes.

44:14
And it is basically talking about her gap year that she took between selling her business and retirement. So she sold her business and she was like, I’m not ready to retire, but I don’t want to buy another business. I’m going to take a gap year. People take gap years all the time. So, and she has made no promises. She’s like, I don’t know how often you’re going to get an email, but it is very good. Highly recommend. I think anytime you can learn from someone like Dana, you should.

44:40
you should sign up and digest everything. So go subscribe, gappond.substack.com.

44:50
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now both Tony and I will do news episodes whenever something brand new comes out that could potentially affect the world of content creation. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 517. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com.

45:19
And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequoterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

516: How To Skyrocket A YouTube Channel To 180K Subs By IGNORING Best Practices With Rob Berger

516: How to Skyrocket to 180K YouTube Subscribers By NOT Following Best Practices with Rob Berger

Today I’m thrilled to have my good friend and mastermind buddy, Rob Berger on the show. Rob is the founder of Dough Roller, which is a top financial blog that he grew to 2 million visitors per year before he sold it for a large sum of money. 

After the sale of his blog, he decided to start a YouTube channel, which he’s managed to grow to 180k subs by defying every best practice.  Here’s how he did it!

What You’ll Learn

  • How to quickly build a popular YouTube channel from scratch
  • Why best practices for a YouTube channel don’t always apply
  • Why fancy video editing is not necessary

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quarter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now in this episode, I brought on my good friend and mastermind buddy Rob Berger, who has managed to build a very popular YouTube channel without following any best practices whatsoever. Listen to this episode until the end to find out how he’s done it. But before we begin, I want to you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit,

00:27
are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based event where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods,

00:54
and not some high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th.

01:23
And right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur Yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 50 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book.

01:52
So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now on to the show.

02:05
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my good friend and mastermind buddy, Rob Berger on the show. Rob is the founder of Doe Roller, which was a top financial blog, which he grew to 2 million visitors per year before he sold it for a large sum of money. He’s been featured in Morningstar, US News. I believe he still writes for Forbes, MSN Money, Yahoo Finance, practically every financial publication. He is also the author of the book, Retire Before Mom and Dad.

02:35
But the reason I decided to have Rob on the show today is to talk about his YouTube channel, which is killing it. And what’s interesting about his YouTube story is that he’s basically defying all the best practices for a successful channel and is still getting a ton of views. And in fact, earlier this year, our mastermind group finally convinced him to make custom thumbnails. And with that, welcome to the show, Rob, how you doing? I’m doing well, Steve.

03:02
How are you? I am good. It was good seeing you at FinCon, albeit briefly, since you’re always mobbed at FinCon. Yeah. It’s always fun. And it goes by so quick and it just, it’s hard to believe it’s been so many years. And anyway, that just proves I’m getting old. Well, I mean, I think I’ve known you for a decade now or however many FinCons there have been. So yeah. Did you go to the first one? I missed the first one. I started going from the second one on. Okay.

03:30
That was 2012, yeah. Yeah, 2012. And I followed you for most of your journey here, but I’m actually curious and maybe the audience, fill in the audience, because I don’t typically interview bloggers on this show. Why did you start Doe Roller? Why did you sell Doe Roller? Why did you buy it back? And then what prompted you to start your YouTube channel? So I started Doe Roller in May of 2007. Actually, I think it’s a funny story. So I was still practicing law.

04:00
And I told my wife, said, I’m kind of bored with the law. She goes, get a hobby. And so I decided I was going to be a woodworker. And the reason I decided I was going to, you know, I guess build furniture or bookcases was because the house we’d moved into a few years earlier had a workshop in it. And so I started on the internet looking for, know, I built a workbench. I’m all in for this woodworking. I’m buying tools, at looking at a table saw. And somehow I stumbled across

04:29
a personal finance blog. don’t know if you’ve ever seen it. It’s called the 2 million blog. No. And I think it’s, I think it’s still up. I never met the blogger, but that, that led me to like get rich slowly and five cent nickel and consumerism commentary and bargaining, all of those sort of early day personal finance blogs. And I said, you know, this is awesome. They’ve built a website. They’re making some money from it. love personal finance and investing. And unlike woodworking, I’ve got probably a near zero chance of cutting off my

04:59
My finger. So I said, okay, woodworking is out. And I started a personal finance blog. You grew that thing to insane heights. I mean, what was your strategy back then for doing that? Was it all SEO? How were you getting your traffic? It was entirely SEO. I’ve never really focused a lot on social media. As you know, eventually I started a podcast that, you know, that was part of the blog.

05:24
Yeah, it did great. was a lot of fun. The Don’t Roll Our Money podcast, that started in 2013. And then by 2016, I’d retired from the practice of law, running the site full time. And kind of out of the blue in 2017, a couple of different companies reached out to me about buying the site. And I got the kind of offer that I just couldn’t refuse. And so in February of 2018, I sold it to a company in Tel Aviv.

05:55
And at the time I thought, okay, I’m done. I had no plans to, certainly no plans to ever buy it back. No YouTube plans. I thought I was truly retired. I ended up going to work for Forbes as the founding editor of what they call Forbes advisor, which was totally out of the blue. I did that for a couple of years. then- I remember I asked to contribute and you said, oh yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. But then you stopped returning my calls.

06:23
Yeah, it just, you, just kept pummeling me with calls and I just didn’t want to hear it. No. Um, I think I referred you to my editor cause I don’t, I don’t have any control over the contributor network. Are you, do you write for Forbes now? No, no, no, I don’t. I don’t. I, I didn’t think I was ready to actually take on that. Yeah, I agree. Yeah. But, but I can hook you up if you want to. No, no, it’s okay. It’s okay. I just thought I’d bring it up publicly on the podcast. Yeah, that’s nice. That’s nice. Uh, anyway, so.

06:52
I published my book and then I decided the idea of doing video sounded fun. My non-competed, it expired. so in 2020, right in the middle of COVID, it’s like, what else am I going to do? So I started a YouTube channel and that’s what I did. And I enjoy it thoroughly. It’s probably the most fun I’ve had between blogging and podcasting and writing a book and whatever. The YouTube channel is by far the most fun.

07:22
fun to talk about it. We obviously will go into the details, but, then earlier this year, the company that bought my site, they bought a bunch of others. They, they had not done well. They did well at first, but more recently they had not done well. So they basically sold them all back to the, the, the, for the most part to the founders. And, um, obviously there was sort of a different, different valuation model at this point.

07:48
And so to me it was just I could get it back at a very reasonable price and so I did and I’ve got a team helping me sort of basically scrub every single page on the site and that’s gonna be a Pretty lengthy process, but that’s been fun. It’s been a little little more work than I anticipated, but that’s okay

08:09
And now I’m on your show. so life couldn’t be better. That could get you from 07 to 23. There you go. What’s funny is you now own a lot of those early personal finance blogs that inspire you to get started. Yeah, it’s true. And I’m in the process of shutting them down, I’m afraid, but such is life. Well, you’re combining them. I wouldn’t call it shutting them down, but that’s Yeah, that’s fair. Yeah. All right. Let’s move on to this YouTube channel because you shot out of a cannon with this, with your YouTube channel.

08:38
And you said you started during the pandemic. What are you at? Like 130 something thousand subs. see the plaque in the background. Yeah. I’m actually looking at my, my YouTube studio. I’ve got 136,575 subscribed. Wow. That’s a lot. And you achieved that number fat much faster than I did. It took me about three years to hit that. You know, I suppose, but for folks watching, I would say it’s slow when you start. It just is.

09:07
It’s not like, you you publish a few videos and all of sudden you’re getting thousands of views and your subscriber, subscriber numbers are jumping up. You really should expect, you know, you’re going to get, you know, 25 views on a video, a hundred views on a video. You know, you’ll look at your subscriber count. won’t seem to be going up and you just got to expect that that’s the way it is. And you got to keep grinding and just keep putting out videos, the best content, you know, for whatever your goals are and your audience and what you’re doing.

09:35
Once it gets going, know, yesterday I’m looking at my stats. I published a video on is buy and hold investing dead. Now, prop, perhaps not the sexiest of topics that you’ll find on YouTube at any given point, but for my audience, you know, it’s a pretty important topic and it came about for a variety of reasons, but I’m looking at it now. It’s got 22,000 views. Yeah. Which is great. Um, but you know, two years ago, I would have never gotten.

10:05
I might’ve had 200 views, right? So you just gotta stick to it, gets grinded out, and eventually it’s kind of like a snowball and it really sort of takes on a life of its own, but it doesn’t happen overnight. I mean, just walk me through your process. And now you probably went into this goal, I mean, you’re already financially retired for the most part, and this is just a fun project for you. So I, and maybe I’m putting my words in your mouth here, but did you start this project saying,

10:34
Hey, I just want a very low maintenance way to basically publish videos on a YouTube channel. Pretty much. mean, well, in terms of my process, I can describe that. But in terms of starting the YouTube channel, was just this should be fun. Yes, I can make some side income. That’s nice. But I’ll do something that I enjoy. That was about the, that’s about how much thought I put into it as a business model. Yeah. And then I remember when I looked at your channel for the first time, I’m like, you don’t even have a thumbnail.

11:00
And you don’t do any editing at all. It’s just you in front of the desk that you are. Well, different desk maybe, but no, this is the desk. Yeah. And then you just film it. And that’s it. So, yeah. So when I started the channel, I didn’t know anything about how how I should do this. And I remember it was driving me crazy trying to, you know, just me in front of a camera like it’s basically it’s what you’re seeing now. And it’s not hard to put that together. But when you don’t know what you’re doing,

11:29
You don’t know what equipment to buy, what your lighting should be. I had a terrible time getting the sound to be okay, the lighting to look okay. I don’t have to be great, just okay. And so you’re spending all that time, that’s the first six months, just trying to figure that out. And then you’d look at other, in this case, personal finance YouTubers, at least I did. And my takeaway was you got to have the crazy thumbnails where the person looks like they ran over a dog with their car. They’re doing that or whatever, because that’s what YouTubers do.

11:58
And have to have a lot of cuts in your video because you’ve got to take out the ums and the uhs and it’s got to move quickly because people don’t have much attention span and some of them have the background music playing. You got to maybe that. And so that’s kind of the path I went down because I thought, you know, that’s just what you have to do. That’s what you do. And I was miserable. All this post-production editing of the video, I hated it. I absolutely hated it. So finally I just started to question everything. Why do I need a thumbnail?

12:26
You don’t need a thumbnail. Google will let you publish a video without a thumbnail. Now what it will do is pick a frame from your video. it tends to, for me, it tends to pick, you know, some frame where I’m like doing this, looking off to the side and that’s my thumbnail, but whatever, what I care. I thought I’m not going to edit anymore. I’m going to record it like this. And I’ll, I do put it in Final Cut Pro and I hit a little button that enhances the audio.

12:54
I lop off the front of the video, the excess and the end of it, upload. That’s it. And part of it too was that some people, there’s no right or wrong here, right? There’s different ways to do it. But some, would call it more of a performance that it’s heavily edited. They edit out any errors and it’s quick. It’s a production. For me, I think,

13:20
My videos are not unlike what we’re doing right now. I view them more as a conversation with my audience, right? When you’re at dinner with friends and you’re talking, you don’t edit out, you know, the things you get wrong. You just keep talking. You keep having a conversation. And so that’s kind of what I thought I would do. Part of it could be my demographic. know, the majority, I’d say at least half of my audience is 50 or older.

13:46
They’re not looking for a young 24 year old with a heavily edited video to tell them how they should manage their investments in retirement. So part of it I think is the demographic, but yeah, that was it and it just worked. And I thought, this is great. I can do less work and get better results. So there you go. Now, today I do a little thumbnail, but it’s not much. It’s just me, picture of me with like three or four words put on it.

14:13
Throw it on, throw them on in Canva. It takes me about 60 seconds and that’s my thumbnail. Did your audience start growing or your channel start growing faster when you stopped editing?

14:27
I think it did. Now, you know, the cause and effect there is always a tricky thing. One of the things though that I think the positive is I can do a video very quickly. Right. So I’m working on a video now, you know, there’s in the financial world, everything seems to be in flux, right? We’ve got inflation, it’s high, it’s a little bit lower. Interest rates are changing. We’ve got war in different parts of the country.

14:50
So I’m going to do a video on things that don’t change. Amidst all of the chaos and the change, there are some fundamental investing principles that in my view never change. Simple straightforward video. I can record it in 20 minutes when we’re done and have it uploaded within the hour. And so that helps me a lot. Just get through and get the videos up. I’m not trying to play a volume game where I produce tons of videos every week.

15:18
I don’t, you some people I talk to, spend a couple of days just with a script. I don’t do a script. I don’t have a script. I don’t read from anything. That’s why I just going ask you. So you just kind of go in cold and you flip on the camera or do you already have like an outline of what you want to say? Just like our conversation now. I rarely, rarely do an outline. Sometimes I will if just there’s one thing I just don’t want to, I’m afraid I’m going to forget something, you know, a point. And sometimes I’ll just, you know,

15:48
jot down a few notes on a card. And I don’t mind the audience seeing it, right? Might even point it out, right? I got a card here with seven good things to know about whatever. So sometimes I’ll do that, but most of time I don’t. I will show my computer screen a lot, which is here to my left. And I can just hit a button here on my monitor. I can do it now. There you go. You see my computer screen. So there’s no post-production editing. gets filmed that way.

16:18
And so if I’m going to show them whatever eight tabs could be a financial tool, article I found, whatever, I’ll kind of line them up in the order that I’m going to talk about them. And so they kind of act like an outline for me. Uh, but yeah, I don’t, other than that, no, I don’t have a script. I don’t normally do an outline. That’s a, that’s incredible. I’m just thinking to myself now. I I don’t know. You don’t take an outline to dinner with you so you can talk to your friends. It’s that kind of concept. You know what I mean?

16:46
Hang on. What’s going on in your life? Hang on. I’ve got I’ve got seven things I want to share with you tonight. Dinner number one. Well, you know, what’s funny about this particular episode is usually I have an outline for these interviews. But with you, I don’t I don’t have an outline just because I know it’s not going to great. You’re doing great. You don’t have an outline. You don’t need one. All right. So your YouTube channel is kind of more like a video podcast in a way, right?

17:17
In a way, yeah. mean, yes, there’s some similarities there. Which begs the question, you stopped the Doe Roller podcasts. Could you use the same content that you use on YouTube on your podcast and would that work well? So a lot of people want me to take the YouTube videos, strip out the audio and just publish that as a podcast. And I do that for the Rob Berger show on YouTube. I have someone that does it for me.

17:45
It’s kind of a hassle, even though someone else does it for me, it’s kind of a hassle in the sense that it’s just another thing I’ve got to think about and I’d rather just not. If you’re trying to build a business and make as much money as possible, you can literally work 24 hours a day. There’s other, I could write more books. I could build an online course that I think people would probably buy. There’s always something more you can do.

18:14
You know, but you got to sort of balance your time out, you know, and what is it you want to do? And then people say, well, you know, you can hire assistants and have all these people around you doing all these things for you. And then you can optimize. Yeah. Or I could just go to yoga and practice yoga for an hour. That’s what I prefer to do. You know, I played a game of chess before online speed chess before just 10 minutes before we started our call. know, so to me, it’s just a balance. But yeah, I do have

18:43
a Rob Berger podcast that we upload the audio from. I tell people, just listen to the YouTube. You don’t have to watch the video. You can listen to YouTube in your car. But I do get that some people just prefer a podcast format.

19:01
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in eCommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

19:30
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

19:42
So why do you think your channel works the way it does? It’s so funny. I’m in a YouTube mastermind group and a lot of times, and there’s guys in there with like 5 million subs and whatnot, and they spend a lot of time on the scripting, the post-production takes almost all the time, thumbnail and title and all that stuff. And I can see why they’re successful, but to me, that’s very intimidating. I don’t have the desire to.

20:08
go that route, nor do I want to hire a team to do that. yeah. I think it depends on the channel. mean, can’t ever fathom my channel getting, I mean, I don’t know, can I get to a million? That would be amazing. 5 million, I forget about it. Part of it depends on your topic, right? So in the personal finance space, the channels that get

20:36
say more than a million subscribers. I’ll call it an entertainment value to what they do and they produce excellent videos. But my goal is a lot different than that. And if you’re going to sit down and do an educational video, which is really kind what mine are, it’s going to help people understand how much money you can spend in retirement without going broke.

21:05
and you’re gonna really get into the nitty gritty. It’s not the kind of video that’s gonna go viral, you know, and it’s not the kind of channel that’s gonna get 5 million subscribers. But what it is gonna get are very, very loyal subscribers. And so, you I went to the Bogle Heads Conference, if you’re familiar, you know, with investing conference, and I probably had 30 or 40 people come up to me and say, hey, I watch you on YouTube, appreciate it. We had a great conversation. The last two years, a big group has gone out to dinner.

21:35
I get tons and tons of email from folks. do a live show every other Monday night where people can ask me whatever they want. And that gets a lot of good response, a great group of people that watch it live, and then another 10 to 20,000 people that watch it the following week or so. And it builds a relationship with your audience.

22:03
that I’m not sure I would get otherwise. Let me ask you this. How do you build that relationship? Is it just through the lives or are you in the comments? So I do try to respond to comments, but as you probably know, after a while it’s impossible. But I do try to, you know, when I put up a new video a couple hours in, I’ll go through and look at the comments and try to respond. I do put out a newsletter every Sunday morning. It’s free. It makes a little bit of money.

22:33
Although it didn’t make any for the first year, it’s not really the point of the newsletter. It’s basically to share content. And most of the content I share is not mine, just content I find on the internet about investing in retirement. all of the subscribers to that come from the YouTube channel. That’s how I market the newsletter. And I get tons and tons of replies and I encourage people, know, reply back to the email. I may not be able to answer you, but I read all of all of your email.

23:01
So I think that helps build a relationship. The live streams build a relationship. So yeah, it’s kind of a little bit of all those things. On your YouTube stats, what percentage of your visitors are returning versus new? I have no idea, but I can look it up. Yeah, I think you have it right in front of you. That’s why I was asking. me- Well, it’s not, yeah, do have it. Yeah, it’d take me a second to get there, but- Yeah, yeah.

23:28
And while you’re looking it up, I’ll just tell you a minor for me. It’s like 70 % are new and 30 % are returning. I would imagine for yours, it’s probably flipped, right? Well, it looks like it just over 50 % are returning viewers. Yeah. In the last. This is for the last 28 days. Yeah, that’s pretty good. Incidentally, that’s like one thing I’ve struggled with, which is why I’m kind of asking you that question.

23:56
If you were to choose one thing that has allowed you to build community the most, would you say it’d be the lives that you do? Yes. And I’ll talk about that, but I’m just looking at my stats. The stats are, it’s interesting because it’s a little distorted. If when I publish a video, like I published a video on, um, actually I published three videos on Monday, which is very rare, but I had, um, you know,

24:23
A good 80 to 90 % of the views that day were returning viewers. So it’s only when I go days without any new content, the view, it’s actually, it’s, it’s more like 70 % are returning. Yeah. I think the live Q and A goes a long way. People like that interaction. Uh, it gives them a chance to, you know, ask me a question. mean, unfortunately, I never get

24:52
to the vast majority of the questions. there’s so many people on the live stream, I go for an hour and a half and I can only answer so many questions. But I do think it builds a relationship and a connection with people that they’re not gonna get otherwise. So I think for folks considering the YouTube channel or that have one, it can be a little intimidating.

25:19
the first live stream, I was pretty nervous first time I did. I was nervous one, because what if I get this live stream going and only two people show up? But that’s easy enough. That’s like, yeah, well, then two people show up and they get to ask you questions and you just need to park your ego, you know, to the side. And if that’s what happens, what happens. It didn’t happen that way. But then the other thing that, you know, it’s like, well, am I gonna…

25:44
Am I going to look like a fool? Like, they going to ask me all these questions that I just don’t know the answer to and I can’t help, I can’t provide any useful information. And that by, mean, there’s certainly questions I get asked that I don’t have any helpful response to. But I think for the most part, I, I, it’s not that I have the answer to everything they ask, but I think I can point them in the right direction or give them some useful information. What is your post frequency? You mentioned you posted three videos on a Monday.

26:14
Well, yeah, that was unusual because I did a video, then I did a short, which I haven’t done in a while. And then that was also my evening. I did the live stream. So that’s why there were three. Oh, I see. before then I hadn’t done one in two weeks. Wow. OK, so that’s unusual, too. I like to at least do I do the live stream every other Monday. And then I like to be on that do at least one video a week. But, you know, part of

26:43
Part of the issue for me has been dough rollers taking up so much of my time. And I’m now fighting back to that, because really I don’t like working on dough roller. I want to work on YouTube. So in a perfect world, I would probably do two or three videos a week. And that’s what I’m trying to get back to now. And you count shorts as a video? No, I don’t. I would say two to three long videos. long for me is typically a 10 to 20 minute video. And then

27:11
Shorts have done well for me. I don’t do as many again. It’s that whole question of time and you know, but I’d like to do more because they’re fun. And again, I do them the same way. I don’t do any heavy editing. I record. I use the software just to cut off the front and the end and upload it to YouTube. And that’s it. And I’ve got a little schtick, a little, you know, format that I follow now for all my shorts.

27:41
because they’re only 60 seconds. you don’t have time to collect your thoughts. Yeah. Can you walk me through your process for creating the video? And I know part of this has to do with your talent and the way you speak. I mean, you’re a very polished speaker. I don’t hear any ums or ahs or anything like that. That’s the last compliment you’re going to get out of me on this show. Thank you. I’m going to play it on a loop on my computer. I can’t imagine. And this is, I’ve been doing YouTube for four years now.

28:11
I can’t imagine just flipping on the camera, talking for 10 to 20 minutes and turning it off without any prep. Walk me through your prep. Do you do any prep? Yeah, I do some prep. Sure. So like the one I’m talking that I mentioned earlier, I’m going to talk about the basic idea. I’ll tell you the title. My working title right now for the, my next video is something like the seven golden rules of successful investing that never change. Right. And to me, this is an important video.

28:40
Because you’ve got to be well grounded. can’t just let the daily news throw you about, oh, should I sell? Should I invest in crypto? How about this and back and forth? You got to be grounded. And amidst all of the chaos in our world, I think there are things that you can hold onto that don’t change. Right. Okay. So that’s the idea of the video. I’m holding a card, by the way, that doesn’t really say anything on it. It’s actually got one line on it, but anyway.

29:10
Uh, so I’ll probably write the seven things on this card. Uh, and one, like one, the first one will be that successful investing is long-term. You need to have a long-term mindset. And I’ll just talk about that for a minute. Right. And I won’t, I won’t have more preparation than that. Like I won’t script out what I would say. Okay. So for me, it might be something I’ll just, I can do it now. So, know, so that’s what that’s saying. It needs to be long-term. need to think long-term. need to think here.

29:39
We’re not talking years, we’re talking decades. And the reason for that is, you know, we go through economic cycles, that’s just normal. And that’s always gonna happen. We’re gonna have recessions, then we’re gonna have growth. We’re gonna be in times of war, in times of peace. These are just the things that happen in the world. You can’t avoid them, you can’t invest around them. And, you know, there’s gonna be times when whatever you invest in, it’s not doing well.

30:04
And if you allow that to cause you to sell or change your strategy, you’re going to end up much worse off than if you just stayed the course. So you need to think about investing 10, 20, 30 years. And in fact, as an example, Berkshire Hathaway, Warren Buffett’s company, it’s been around forever. People like to talk about how it’s made millionaires and billionaires. But you know, if you invested in it, you know, back in the sixties or seventies and held onto it, you made a lot of money. But did you know that at two or three different times in that time period,

30:33
It fell by 50%. So you actually only had that pot of gold at the end if you could live through those sorts of downturns. so number one, you got to think long-term. Amazing. Right. And then I’ll go to number two. just pulled all that out of your butt just now. Very eloquently, no pauses, nothing. You have such a way with words, mean, really, you can paint a visual picture that’s amazing.

31:01
No, that was really well done. if I stumble a little bit, that’s OK. In fact, I try to slow myself down. One of the mistakes I made at the beginning is I was in such a hurry because I felt that my audience was impatient. Go, Rob. Go, go, go, go. And it’s funny. I got to tell you, I think this is funny. At one point in Final Cut Pro, I thought, know, I do sort of talk on the slow side sometimes. So you know what I’m going to do? I’m going to increase the speed of the video.

31:30
before I upload it. But I’m thinking no one will notice I did it like 1.1 or 1.15 uploaded. mean, the comments were brutal. Rob, what do you do? What do you do? Speed up this video? What is wrong with you? And the thing is, is, you know, people can speed up the video on their own. They don’t need me to do it for them. They’re probably speeding up this interview right now. Probably true. People like to listen to me at 2x from what I hear.

32:01
All right, so Rob, let me ask you this. There’s some people listening out there that wanna start a YouTube channel. just given that you defied all the rules, or the best practices I should say that are commonly taught, and you always seem to find your own way of doing things, and it always works out for you, what’s some advice for someone just starting a YouTube channel?

32:22
Well, the first thing I would say is, you know, there’s all kinds of equipment and setup and all this stuff that you can do and it may or may not make sense for you. But I, my, I would, the focus would be on producing videos and getting them published. You can use your iPhone, just use your iPhone to start with. There’s a guy whose name now I forget, but I can find him on YouTube. He does retirement videos and he’s got his iPhone and

32:47
Every video is him walking somewhere down a path in the woods somewhere, just looking at his phone, talking. He’s got like 80,000 subscribers in just a few months. His videos get tens of thousands of views. So, you you don’t need all of the fancy equipment at some point. It may make sense. I’ve got some fancy equipment. You can’t see it, but, you don’t need it. So the focus should be on producing videos because here’s the thing. You’re not going to know really what you should be doing.

33:17
until you’ve been publishing videos for six months or more. You’re going to learn this as you go. There were plenty of videos that I published in the first year that today I would never publish. I wouldn’t publish the topic. It’s not relevant because I didn’t quite know what my focus was going to be. And even in the context of money, you know, I mean, there’s obviously a lot of different ways you can tackle that subject. And so

33:44
I think the first thing is to figure out the least expensive and fastest way you can produce videos and just start producing them and then kind of figure it out as you go. That personal finance YouTuber that you just talked about, does he use the Rob Berger lop off method of editing? Well, that’s a good for the Rob Berger. It’s got an official name. His videos are not edited that I can tell. Wow. Maybe there’s some cuts here and there.

34:12
But for the most part, at least, I mean, I don’t know that I’ve watched one of his videos literally from start to finish, but yeah, they’re not heavily edited. And then can you tell me what equipment you have? What did you start out with and what are you using now? Well, so I had some money to invest. So my first setup, a friend of mine helped me with it he was a videographer, but the problem is, the problem was he wasn’t a YouTuber.

34:40
So he kind of set me up like I was shooting regular videos. So I had all these fancy lights on tripods and the whole wireless mic thing that clipped to my shirt with the thing tucked in here to transmit the audio wirelessly. So I had to figure all that set up. I don’t do that now. have, it’s too bad I don’t have my iPad down here. could wait. I’ve got, I can’t, can’t show you. But in any event, I have two key lights here. They just attach.

35:07
to the desk. I got them at Micro Center for a hundred bucks. I’ll lift this up. If anything gets unplugged, I’ve got this video switcher, streamer, to mixer, I guess. It’s a Roland. And it allows me to just go from me to my computer screen. I can also connect an iPad to it or an iPhone and show that. And then I’ve got two computers. My iMac is the one that you see when I show what’s on my screen.

35:35
The other one’s just a gaming PC where I actually record the video. I do have a teleprompter. I don’t use it for a script, but I use it for things like this. So it allows me to see you while I’m also looking at the camera. If you were on my computer over here, I’d either just be looking at the camera or I’d be looking over here at you and then not looking at the camera. I do have a monitor. know if I can show you just a little. This just shows me whether I’m on camera or it’s the…

36:05
because sometimes you forget. And this, I can just look down here and say, oh, it’s me right now versus my computer. And then I have a shotgun mic right up here. I do have another- What is your shotgun mic? I can actually send you a link. Oh yeah, I’ll just post this. I know people are always interested in what gear- I do have the fancy microphone and I can turn it on. Now I’ve heard this one sounds better, but sometimes there can be a back- There’s a buzzing right now. Yeah.

36:33
I haven’t figured that out. Let’s not use that one. I use a Sony camera. Nothing fancy. Yeah, I think that’s it. I think I’m looking around to see if I’ve got anything else on the desk. I think that’s everything. I’ve got a mouse. Yeah, Tony and I, teach a class and we do cover YouTube. And I think there’s a lot of mental hurdles to getting started. And people usually spend a lot of time on the gear. And in my opinion, the only thing that really matters is the audio.

37:01
And I do use the wireless mic because I sometimes I actually I rarely move around, but sometimes I do. Yeah. And it gives me more freedom to do that. Yeah. My goal was to make things as seamless as possible. So for example, on my camera, I have one of those things you stick into the battery compartment, but you plug it in. Yeah, I got that too. I leave my camera on 24. My camera hasn’t been turned off in two years.

37:27
And so I can literally, I’ve got the mic, know, everything’s set up. I just come in here, I sit down and I can record. It’s that simple. That brief demo that you gave of some of your sample YouTube content. Yeah. It’s probably not something that 90 % of the people can do.

37:45
That may be. I everyone’s different. I mean, I will say that I was a litigator for 25 years. And so I didn’t actually try a lot of cases, a handful, but I took hundreds and hundreds of depositions. some lawyers will have these massive outlines and they’ll literally read question after question in a deposition. I don’t know how they do it. I was never that way. I would have documents that I wanted to ask the witness about, but I was just going off the top of my head, question after question after question.

38:14
So, you know, that training probably helps me a little bit, but like with anything else, it’s just a question of practice. And there are times when I’ll start a video and I’ll have to start at like nine different times because I mess up in the first couple of minutes. So there are times when I get frustrated and have to start over. just, some would edit that out, but that’s more work for me. I’d just rather start over. yeah, I do think the work as an attorney probably helped me.

38:45
I didn’t really think about it at the time, but probably helps me with my style of videos. I mean, that’s your superpower in my opinion. Let me ask you this. So if you could, let’s say double your views with the editing that you used to do and stopped, would you do that today or would you, you still wouldn’t? Okay. I wouldn’t do the editing. don’t know if I would maybe hire someone. Maybe, I don’t know. I don’t know that I would. Interesting.

39:10
Because then that’s process. I want to get the video published. Now I got to send it off. I got to wait. They get back to me in two days. It’s just a hassle. And I’ll tell you, I did an edited video once and it even had a little background music and my audience hated it. I mean, the comments were brutal. They want to have a conversation.

39:32
but you can’t have a conversation on YouTube unless you’re doing a live, right? Well, you can’t have a conversation like we’re having. Let’s talk about the content here. Are you asking questions? I’ve only watched a couple of your videos in its entirety. Are you asking questions and asking people to post questions and comments?

39:52
Well, no, I don’t normally ask a question. You’re talking about my regular videos, not the regular ones. No, I would say I don’t ask questions. I invite them. Sometimes I do. Sometimes, you know, like I did a video. This is for a different. This is for the door roller YouTube channel. I published a video today. Do remember Mint.com, the old budgeting app? Yeah, of course. You know, they’re closing down. I did not know that. Yeah, they’re having all their migrating all their users to credit Karma. Oh, my goodness. OK. I think it’s kind of weird. Anyway.

40:21
I did a video about that. And so at the end I asked folks, I gave them what I thought were good alternatives to mint.com, but I said, Hey, you know, I love learning about new apps. if you have any, if you use a budgeting app, haven’t mentioned, you think it’s great. Leave it in the comments below. Sometimes I’ll do something like that. haven’t checked the comments yet, but yeah. guess what I’m trying to ask is to your original question. I don’t think I would change my style just to get more, more views.

40:51
You keep mentioning having a conversation. What are some examples of that in your content or the way you kind of just structure your videos that are intentional for creating this? so one is the pacing of the video. You know, you’ll see a lot of videos where it’s a very fast pace cuts. They’re close to the camera. They’re farther away. Some B roll. That’s not a conversation. By the way, it can be a wonderful video and people might like those kind of videos more than mine. That’s OK. But.

41:20
It’s not how you talk when you’re out with friends having dinner. And so I like to try to make mine a little more, I guess conversational would be the way I would describe mine. Obviously, it’s just me in my basement looking at a camera. no, you day when I start to hear people talking back to me, I’m in big trouble. Well, what is your retention rate average? Just curious. I don’t know. You don’t know. Okay.

41:48
I can look it up for you. See, this is the interesting thing about different YouTubers. Some people are all over their stats and their analytics and what can I do? How do I keep them watching longer? I’ll talk about seven items, but I’ll tell them, you know, stay to the end because the seventh one is the best and all these sort of strategies. I, by and large, just don’t do that. It’s like, you know, watch the video if you want to. If you don’t, don’t. I know it’s refreshing and it’s working and it’s low energy, which is why I like it.

42:15
Well, I guess it’s not like I don’t have any strategies, but they’re just not all that advanced. don’t know. Let’s see. don’t even know where to look. By the way, a lot of the retention stats, so you got to be careful because a lot of them depend on the length of the video to begin with. If someone sees an eight minute video, they’re more likely to maybe watch the whole thing than if it’s 28 minutes. That’s correct. That’s correct. Yes. I got the answer right.

42:44
mailed it. What was the answer? Oh, no, the percentage. I’m still waiting for the percentage. I know what mine is. And I’m just kind of here’s the question, Steve. At this point, is anyone still watching this interview? Well, if they want to, I mean, we’re just having a conversation here. I’m following the Rob Berger method of the raw. That’s right. We are. I’ll show you the stat. This is my last video. Where do I go for retention audience? Probably. It’s engagement. So click on you don’t even have to look at your own stats. This is amazing.

43:14
Audio? Oh, it hasn’t, we don’t have data yet. You pick an older one. You gotta pick an older one. All right, hang on. too new. Yeah. All right.

43:23
Here we go. This is exciting. How and why to build a tips ladder. mean, who doesn’t want to learn about that? I don’t even know what that is. okay. Do know what a tips bond is? inflation protected security? Nope. Sorry. Maybe I should be following your channel. You don’t know what tips are, huh? Okay. I’m a T-bill and chill type of guy right now. T-bill and chill. Oh, that’s great. T-bill and chill. I like it. All right. Let’s see. Average view was six minutes. Average percentage view is 25%. 25%. Is that bad?

43:53
How long is the video? This video was I don’t even remember. It says right there. Oh, it does. Yeah. It’s a 20 something minutes. I can’t see that small and far sighted now. I don’t even see where it shows that it’s just in the upper like the thumbnail. See the thumbnail. Oh, you’re right. That’s funny. Um, this YouTube stuff is confusing. 25. Okay, yeah, that’s that’s what I’m good. That’s very good actually for a video that long, I think.

44:21
I can find a shorter one. Let’s find a shorter one. No, I was just curious. I don’t want to bore the audience with with with the ads too late for that. Yes. Let me ask you another question. What is your typical click through rate that you can see? You’re asking me all this data. Yeah, by the way, let me ask you a question. I’ll ask you a question and then I’ll answer yours. OK, in the context of YouTube, what does click through rate mean? It means your ability.

44:49
to maximize the amount of views on your channel based on the number of times YouTube shows your thumbnail to somebody. And this is why we’re trying to convince you to make custom thumbnails because that’ll increase the number of views, which is generally a goal that most people have when they start a channel. Well, here’s what I found. And I don’t know if I’m looking, I may have to look at an older one again, is that when I have a thumbnail that has words on it,

45:18
which is what I do now. That does have an effect on views. Shocking. But I don’t know that I, do I need to do anything else? Do I need the crazy thumbnail where it looks like I’ve just run over a dog? No, I think for your audience, which I believe is like people like my mom or even myself, maybe, I don’t know. I wouldn’t want to take financial advice from someone who does funny facial expressions, right?

45:48
I mean, I want someone I can trust. want someone with gray hair and a beard that talks very eloquently. Who’s got gray hair and a beard and two thumbs? This guy. So my impression click through rate on my current video is 5%. Okay. Our stats are actually quite similar. Okay. Yeah.

46:10
Now, I will say when my views, as views go up, I’ve seen click through rate go down. Correct. Because YouTube, I guess, is showing it to more and more people and they’re sort of moving beyond the obvious demographic or whatever of people that would want to watch it, I guess. I don’t know the algorithm, but. Yeah. Well, okay. A couple more questions. You mentioned before money is a vast space to be talking about, and you started out talking about different things. How did you hone in on the

46:40
on the topics that work? Well, that’s a great question. when I started, of course, you want views, you want subscribers. And so I was trying to create videos that I thought would get a lot of views. So this was in 2020. I did the stimulus check videos, the student loan forgiveness videos. And by the way, important topics, right? But they just weren’t interesting to me. I mean, you know, there’s a lot of important topics out there that I just don’t have any interest in creating videos for.

47:08
And I found myself creating them just because I wanted to try to get views. So finally, just said, it was kind of about the same time about the whole editing thing and thumbnail and all that. said, you know, forget that. I’m going to write, I’m going to do, I’m going to pick topics that I’m interested in that I think will be useful to people. Well, you may not have noticed, but I’m on the older side. so topics that are interesting of interest to me in finance have to do with investing and retirement planning for people in or near retirement.

47:38
That’s what’s interesting to me. And so I started producing videos on that. And then that’s how it just sort of over time, it started to work. People started to associate me and the channel to that kind of topic. And that’s what I do. That’s actually a really good answer. And you know what’s funny is we have a mutual friend that did stimulus check videos during the pandemic and that actually ruined his entire channel.

48:05
because all of a sudden he was attracting all these people with no money who wanted stimulus check information. That became the majority of his audience because those videos did so well and they’re not interested in investing. Yeah, there are some channels that did well with it that continued to do well after. Some didn’t. I mean, the issue is you can get a lot of subscribers pretty quickly if you have a few viral videos.

48:30
they may be subscribers who aren’t interested in the kind of content you want to create long-term. Because obviously a stimulus check video isn’t the kind of content you’re going to create for 10 years. Correct. And so you can have all these subscribers who don’t really have any interest in what your main topic is. So I, you know, that’s just sort of the way, I mean, in my case, I’ve had one viral, what I would call viral video. That’s it. So most of my subscribers have been built up, you know, relatively slowly over time.

49:01
You know, there’s something I’ve always really liked about you, and this is maybe the last compliment that I’ll give you, is that we go in these mastermind meetings, and we all talk about our strategies and whatnot, and even if there’s a strategy that’s working for almost everyone in the group, you always pick your own path, and you say, hey, you know, that might be work for you guys, but I’m just gonna go my own way, and whatever you choose always seems to work also.

49:29
Which just goes to show, I think, that you really have to find your own way in anything that you do and not just take one of these best practices as gospel. I I bet if you started following some of the best practices that other YouTubers teach for your channel, it would probably have a negative effect based on the audience that you particularly have, right? Yeah, I think it’s good to sort of question everything. Not for the sake of, the thing you want to avoid is you don’t want to question everything just because you want to be different.

49:59
Not that different is bad or good. It’s just, but question everything because you know, if you really spend some time looking around YouTube, you will realize that there is no one formula. There are some incredible channels that have huge followings that are just crazy. I would have never thought they would have worked. And that’s true outside the money space. It’s true within the money space.

50:28
There’s just a variety, there’s just a great variety of interests and what people like and don’t like. And, you know, I think if you’re as true to yourself as you can be, and there’s always some performance, right? I mean, but if you’re as true to yourself as you can be, one, you’ll enjoy the process the most. And you’ll find people that like what you have to offer.

50:55
I mean, you just will. mean, you may not have a channel with five million subscribers, but, know, can you build a channel that either helps support your business or if YouTube is your business that generates a full-time income? I think you absolutely can. And so if you can do that while doing it in a way that resonates with who you are, you really can’t ask for anything more. I mean, that’s like, to me, like the perfect sweet spot to be in. Yeah, Rob.

51:24
We’ve been talking about your channel a lot, where can people actually find this channel and follow you? Well, if you go to YouTube and just search for Rob Berger, you’ll find me. OK. If you look at any of my videos, you’ll see a link below to my newsletter. It’s free. It’s it’s it’s for primarily people interested in investing and retirement planning. What’s that? Which is like everybody, basically. It’s a lot of people. Yeah. Yeah.

51:50
I include a section in there that has stuff that I just find interesting that’s not related to money necessarily. But yeah, it goes out once a week. that’s probably the, those two, don’t, you know, I have a Twitter account, I don’t, I’m not a social media junkie. I rarely post on Facebook or Twitter or LinkedIn or, so those are probably the two best ways to connect. Cool. What’s ironic is Facebook is your demographic, isn’t it?

52:16
I guess it is. you know, when I do a live stream, I stream it to Twitter, LinkedIn, Facebook, even Twitch. I’ve got like two followers on Twitch. on Twitch. Amazing. Yeah. think the two followers are probably, they probably think I’m somebody else, but yeah. You know, when I stream, can, you know, I use different streaming services you can use, but they stream me to all those platforms. Yeah. Yeah. I’m on Twitch.

52:40
I want to have a Twitch account where I play speed chess. That’s a big thing actually on Twitch. Yes, I follow the Botez twins actually. Oh yeah, yeah. They’re a riot. I don’t watch a lot of their videos, but they’re very entertaining and great chess players actually, you very good. I mean, they’ve made chess really popular. They did. I think Nakamura did who’s the world reigning speed chess player. You Magnus Carlsen’s done a lot. Yeah, he’s got a social media presence too. Yeah, he does. I think it’s a little more well,

53:10
what you’ll find him doing. You can now find him on streaming his speed chess, which if you’re a chess player is a great thing to watch. You can actually learn a lot and his mind is just ridiculous. It’s just ridiculous. Yeah. His ability to play chess, but yeah. So, but so maybe I should turn my Twitch channel into a chess streaming thing, but in any event.

53:35
I don’t have time for that right now. I got to stay focused, Steve. I got to stay focused. Okay, here are my key takeaways for this episode, just for anyone listening. So one, stay focused. You could be doing a million things, but just do the things that move the needle the most. That’s the Rob Berger philosophy. The second philosophy for Rob Berger is just do what it takes to get the video out there. Don’t focus on the equipment or whatnot. Just focus on the process for producing videos on a consistent basis. And then figure out what works and then

54:05
on the topics that you’re actually interested in covering in the long run. Play the long game. Absolutely. Yeah, and you got to lean into what you like because whatever you start with, there’s going to be a point where it doesn’t seem like it’s working because this is a slow process to begin with. And what people end up doing is trying to change their approach too frequently. Stick with it for a year. Consistent videos.

54:30
That’s the only way to know if what you’re doing is going to work. You can’t do it for two months. That’s not going to be enough time. It’s kind of like investing. Kind of like investing. That’s right. Long term. Well, Rob, thanks a lot for coming on. I always learn something from you. Usually you give me more smart ass comments back. So maybe since we’re recording. to be nice today. But I appreciate you. I enjoy having in the mastermind group and meeting up with you.

55:00
once or twice a year. And I’m looking forward to the next one.

55:07
Hope you enjoy that episode. Rob’s story just goes to show that if you’ve got great content, you can grow a YouTube channel very quickly, even if you don’t follow best practices. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoupterjob.com slash episode 516. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go over to sellersummit.com.

55:37
If you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and they’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!